This is a modern-English version of Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Regions of the World, originally written by Swift, Jonathan. It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling, and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.

Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.

"HE COMMANDED HIS GENERALS TO DRAW UP THE TROOPS."

"HE COMMANDED HIS GENERALS TO DRAW UP THE TROOPS."

"HE TOLD HIS GENERALS TO ASSEMBLE THE TROOPS."

Gulliver’s Travels

INTO SEVERAL REMOTE REGIONS OF THE WORLD

BY

JONATHAN SWIFT, D.D.

EDITED WITH INTRODUCTION AND NOTES

BY THOMAS M. BALLIET

SUPERINTENDENT OF SCHOOLS, SPRINGFIELD, MASS.

WITH THIRTY-EIGHT ILLUSTRATIONS AND A MAP
Book Cover
bar design

PART I

A VOYAGE TO LILLIPUT

bar design

PART II

A VOYAGE TO BROBDINGNAG

D.C. HEATH & CO., PUBLISHERS

BOSTON NEW YORK CHICAGO

1900

bar design

PREFACE.

And behold! the book, enchanted from its very end,
A harmless joy for a happy child.
Lord Lytton.

Gulliver's Travels was published in 1726; and, although it was by no means intended for them, the book was soon appropriated by the children, who have ever since continued to regard it as one of the most delightful of their story books. They cannot comprehend the occasion which provoked the book nor appreciate the satire which underlies the narrative, but they delight in the wonderful adventures, and wander full of open-eyed astonishment into the new worlds through which the vivid and logically accurate imagination of the author so personally conducts them. And there is a meaning and a moral in the stories of the Voyages to Lilliput and Brobdingnag which is entirely apart from the political satire they are intended to convey, a meaning and a moral which the youngest child who can read it will not fail to seize, and upon which it is scarcely necessary for the teacher to comment.

Gulliver's Travels was published in 1726, and even though it wasn't meant for them, kids quickly made it their own and have since considered it one of their favorite storybooks. They don’t understand the reasons behind the book or grasp the satire woven into its narrative, but they love the incredible adventures and are filled with wide-eyed wonder as they explore the new worlds that the author's vivid and well-thought-out imagination leads them through. There’s a meaning and a lesson in the stories of the journeys to Lilliput and Brobdingnag that go beyond the political satire they were meant to express, a meaning and a lesson that even the youngest child who can read it will easily pick up on, and it’s hardly necessary for the teacher to explain it.

For young children the book combines in a measure the interest of Robinson Crusoe and that of the fairy tale; its style is objective, the narrative is simple, and the matter appeals strongly to the childish imagination. For more mature boys and girls and for adults the interest is found chiefly in the keen satire which underlies the narrative. It appeals, therefore, to a very wide range of intelligence and taste, and can be read with profit by the child of ten and by the young man or woman of mature years.

For young kids, the book mixes the excitement of Robinson Crusoe with the charm of fairy tales; its style is straightforward, the story is simple, and it really captures a child’s imagination. For older kids and adults, the main appeal lies in the sharp satire woven into the story. Thus, it caters to a wide range of intelligence and preferences, making it enjoyable for a ten-year-old as well as for young men and women who are older.

This edition is practically a reprint of the original (1726-27). The punctuation and capitalization have been modernized, some archaisms changed, and the paragraphs have been made more frequent. A few passages have been omitted which would offend modern ears and are unsuitable for children's reading, and some foot-notes have been added explaining obsolete words and obscure expressions.

This edition is almost a reprint of the original (1726-27). The punctuation and capitalization have been updated, some outdated terms have been changed, and the paragraphs have been made more frequent. A few sections have been removed that might offend modern readers and are not suitable for children, and some footnotes have been added to explain outdated words and obscure phrases.

As a reading book in school which must be adapted to the average mind, these stories will be found suitable for classes from the fifth or sixth school year to the highest grade of the grammar school.

As a book for school reading that needs to be suitable for the average student, these stories will work well for classes from fifth or sixth grade up to the highest level of grammar school.

THOMAS M. BALLIET.

THOMAS M. BALLIET.

CONTENTS.

bar design

VOYAGE TO LILLIPUT.

CHAPTER I.

The Author gives some account of himself and family—His first inducements to travel—He is shipwrecked, and swims for his life—Gets safe on shore in the country of Lilliput—Is made a prisoner, and carried up the country.

The author shares a bit about himself and his family—his initial reasons for traveling—he gets shipwrecked and swims for his life—he manages to reach the shore in the land of Lilliput—he is captured and taken inland.

CHAPTER II.

The emperor of Lilliput, attended by several of the nobility, comes to see the Author in his confinement—The emperor's person and habits described—Learned men appointed to teach the Author their language—He gains favor by his mild disposition—His pockets are searched, and his sword and pistols taken from him.

The emperor of Lilliput, accompanied by some nobles, visits the Author while he's in captivity. The emperor's appearance and habits are described. Scholars are assigned to teach the Author their language. He earns their goodwill with his gentle nature. His pockets are searched, and his sword and pistols are taken away.

CHAPTER III.

The Author diverts the emperor, and his nobility of both sexes, in a very uncommon manner—The diversions of the court of Lilliput described—The Author has his liberty granted him upon certain conditions.

The author entertains the emperor and his nobles, both men and women, in a very unusual way—the entertainments of the court of Lilliput are described—the author is granted his freedom under certain conditions.

CHAPTER IV.

Mildendo, the metropolis of Lilliput, described, together with the emperor's palace—A conversation between the Author and a principal secretary concerning the affairs of that empire—The Author's offers to serve the emperor in his wars.

Mildendo, the capital of Lilliput, is described along with the emperor's palace—A conversation between the Author and a key secretary about the matters of that empire—The Author's offers to assist the emperor in his wars.

CHAPTER V.

The Author, by an extraordinary stratagem, prevents an invasion—A high title of honor is conferred upon him—Ambassadors arrive from the emperor of Blefuscu, and sue for peace.

The Author, through an amazing tactic, stops an invasion—A prestigious title of honor is granted to him—Ambassadors arrive from the emperor of Blefuscu, seeking peace.

CHAPTER VI.

Of the inhabitants of Lilliput; their learning, laws, and customs; the manner of educating their children—The Author's way of living in that country—His vindication of a great lady.

Of the people of Lilliput: their education, laws, and customs; how they raise their children—The Author's lifestyle in that country—His defense of a notable lady.

CHAPTER VII.

The Author, being informed of a design to accuse him of high treason, makes his escape to Blefuscu—His reception there.

The Author, learning about a plan to accuse him of high treason, escapes to Blefuscu—His reception there.

CHAPTER VIII.

The Author, by a lucky accident, finds means to leave Blefuscu; and after some difficulties, returns safe to his native country.

The Author, by a fortunate coincidence, manages to leave Blefuscu; and after some challenges, returns safely to his home country.

LIST OF FULL-PAGE ILLUSTRATIONS.

AND TWENTY THREE SMALLER ONES IN THE TEXT.

bar design

A VOYAGE TO BROBDINGNAG.

CHAPTER I.

A great storm described; the long-boat sent to fetch water, the Author goes with it to discover the country—He is left on shore, is seized by one of the natives, and carried to a farmer's house—His reception there, with several accidents that happened there—A description of the inhabitants

A great storm occurs; the longboat is sent to get water, and the Author goes along to explore the area—He is left on shore, gets captured by a local, and taken to a farmer's house—His welcome there, along with several mishaps that happen—A description of the locals.

CHAPTER II.

A description of the farmer's daughter—The Author carried to a market-town, and then to the metropolis—The particulars of his journey

A description of the farmer's daughter—The Author taken to a market town, and then to the city—The details of his trip

CHAPTER III

The Author sent for to court—The queen buys him of his master the farmer, and presents him to the king—He disputes with his majesty's great scholars—An apartment at court provided for the Author—He is in high favor with the queen—He stands up for the honor of his own country—He quarrels with the queen's dwarf

The Author is called to court—The queen purchases him from his master, the farmer, and introduces him to the king—He debates with the king's top scholars—A room at court is arranged for the Author—He is in close favor with the queen—He defends the reputation of his own country—He gets into an argument with the queen's dwarf.

CHAPTER IV.

The country described—A proposal for correcting modern maps—The king's palace, and some account of the metropolis—The Author's way of travelling—The chief temple described

The country being discussed—A proposal for fixing today's maps—The king's palace, along with some details about the capital city—The Author's method of traveling—The main temple described.

CHAPTER V.

Several adventures that happened to the Author—The execution of a criminal—The Author shows his skill in navigation

Several adventures that the Author experienced—the execution of a criminal—the Author demonstrates his navigation skills.

CHAPTER VI.

Several contrivances of the Author to please the king and queen—He shows his skill in music—The king inquires into the state of Europe, which the Author relates to him—The king's observations thereon

Several tricks of the Author to entertain the king and queen—He demonstrates his musical talent—The king asks about the situation in Europe, which the Author explains to him—The king's comments on that

CHAPTER VII

The Author's love of his country—He makes a proposal of much advantage to the king, which is rejected—The king's great ignorance in politics—The learning of that country very imperfect and confined—Their laws, and military affairs, and in the state

The Author's love for his country—He presents a proposal that would greatly benefit the king, but it is turned down—The king's lack of knowledge in politics—The education in that country is very limited and narrow—Their laws, military matters, and governance

CHAPTER VIII

The king and queen make a progress to the frontiers—The Author attends them—The manner in which he leaves the country very particularly related—He returns to England

The king and queen travel to the borders—The Author accompanies them—The details of his departure from the country are described in detail—He returns to England

NOTE.

LIST OF FULL-PAGE ILLUSTRATIONS.

AND TWELVE SMALLER ONES IN THE TEXT.

bar design

THE FIRST PUBLISHER TO THE READER.

The author of these travels, Mr. Lemuel Gulliver, is my ancient and intimate friend; there is likewise some relation between us on the mother's side. About three years ago, Mr. Gulliver, growing weary of the concourse of curious people coming to him at his house in Redriff,[1] made a small purchase of land, with a convenient house, near Newark, in Nottinghamshire, his native county, where he now lives retired, yet in good esteem among his neighbors.

The author of these travels, Mr. Lemuel Gulliver, is an old and close friend of mine, and we’re also related on my mother’s side. About three years ago, Mr. Gulliver, tired of all the curious visitors coming to his home in Redriff,[1] bought a small piece of land with a nice house near Newark in Nottinghamshire, his home county, where he now lives a quiet life, yet is well-respected by his neighbors.

Although Mr. Gulliver was born in Nottinghamshire, where his father dwelt, yet I have heard him say his family came from Oxfordshire; to confirm which, I have observed in the churchyard at Banbury, in that county, several tombs and monuments of the Gullivers. Before he quitted Redriff he left the custody of the following papers in my hands, with the liberty to dispose of them as I should think fit. I have carefully perused them three times. The style is very plain and simple, and the only fault I find is, that the author, after the manner of travellers, is a little too circumstantial. There is an air of truth apparent through the whole; and, indeed, the author was so distinguished for his veracity, that it became a sort of proverb among his neighbors at Redriff, when any one affirmed a thing, to say it was as true as if Mr. Gulliver had spoken it.

Although Mr. Gulliver was born in Nottinghamshire, where his father lived, I’ve heard him say that his family came from Oxfordshire. To back this up, I’ve noticed several tombs and monuments of the Gullivers in the churchyard at Banbury in that county. Before he left Redriff, he entrusted me with the following papers, giving me the freedom to handle them as I saw fit. I’ve read them carefully three times. The writing is very straightforward and simple, and the only critique I have is that the author, like many travelers, goes into a bit too much detail. There’s a clear sense of truth throughout the whole text; indeed, the author was so known for his honesty that it became a saying among his neighbors in Redriff to claim something was as true as if Mr. Gulliver had said it.

By the advice of several worthy persons, to whom, with the author's permission, I communicated these papers, I now venture to send them into the world, hoping they may be, at least for some time, a better entertainment than the common scribbles about politics and party.

By the advice of several respected individuals, to whom, with the author's permission, I shared these papers, I now take the step to release them into the world, hoping they will provide, at least for a while, a more enjoyable read than the usual political and party drivel.

This volume would have been at least twice as large if I had not made bold to strike out innumerable passages relating to the winds and tides, as well as to the variations and bearings in the several voyages; together with the minute description of the management of the ship in the storms, in the style of sailors; likewise the account of longitudes and latitudes; wherein I have reason to apprehend that Mr. Gulliver may be a little dissatisfied; but I was resolved to fit the work as much as possible to the general capacity of readers. However, if my own ignorance in sea affairs shall have led me to commit some mistakes, I alone am answerable for them, and if any traveller hath a curiosity to see the whole work at large, as it came from the hand of the author, I will be ready to gratify him.

This book would have been at least twice as thick if I hadn't confidently decided to cut out countless sections about the winds and tides, as well as the details and routes of different voyages; along with the in-depth descriptions of how to handle the ship during storms, written in sailors' terminology; and the information about longitudes and latitudes. I suspect Mr. Gulliver might be a bit unhappy about this, but I was determined to make the work as accessible as possible for the average reader. However, if my own lack of knowledge about maritime topics has caused me to make some errors, I take full responsibility for them. If any traveler is curious to see the complete work as it was originally written by the author, I’m more than happy to provide it.

As for any farther particulars relating to the author, the reader will receive satisfaction from the first pages of the book.

As for any additional details about the author, the reader will find what they're looking for in the first pages of the book.

RICHARD SYMPSON.

RICHARD SYMPSON.

bar design
f
bar design

TRAVELS.

bar design

PART I.

A VOYAGE TO LILLIPUT.

bar design

CHAPTER I.

THE AUTHOR GIVES SOME ACCOUNT OF HIMSELF AND FAMILY: HIS FIRST INDUCEMENTS TO TRAVEL. HE IS SHIPWRECKED, AND SWIMS FOR HIS LIFE; GETS SAFE ASHORE IN THE COUNTRY OF LILLIPUT; IS MADE A PRISONER, AND CARRIED UP THE COUNTRY.

THE AUTHOR SHARES A BIT ABOUT HIMSELF AND HIS FAMILY: HIS INITIAL REASONS FOR TRAVELING. HE ENDURES A SHIPWRECK AND SWIMS FOR HIS LIFE; HE MANAGES TO REACH THE SHORE IN THE LAND OF LILLIPUT; HE IS TAKEN PRISONER AND CARRIED FURTHER INLAND.

My father had a small estate in Nottinghamshire; I was the third of five sons. He sent me to Emmanuel College in Cambridge at fourteen years old, where I resided three years, and applied myself close to my studies; but the charge of maintaining me, although I had a very scanty allowance, being too great for a narrow fortune, I was bound apprentice to Mr. James Bates, an eminent surgeon in London, with whom I continued four years; and my father now and then sending me small sums of money, I laid them out in learning navigation, and other parts of the mathematics useful to those who intend to travel, as I always believed it would be, some time or other, my fortune to do. When I left Mr. Bates, I went down to my father, where, by the assistance of him, and my uncle John and some other relations, I got forty pounds,[2] and a promise of thirty pounds a year, to maintain me at Leyden. There I studied physic two years and seven months, knowing it would be useful in long voyages.

My father owned a small estate in Nottinghamshire, and I was the third of five sons. He sent me to Emmanuel College in Cambridge at the age of fourteen, where I lived for three years and focused intensely on my studies. However, the cost of supporting me, even with a very small allowance, was too much for his limited finances. Therefore, I was apprenticed to Mr. James Bates, a well-known surgeon in London, where I stayed for four years. Occasionally, my father would send me small amounts of money, which I spent on learning navigation and other math skills that would be helpful for travel, as I always believed I would eventually have the chance to do so. After leaving Mr. Bates, I returned to my father’s home, where, with the help of him, my uncle John, and some other relatives, I obtained forty pounds,[2] and a promise of thirty pounds a year to support my studies at Leyden. I studied medicine there for two years and seven months, knowing it would be useful for long voyages.

Soon after my return from Leyden, I was recommended by my good master, Mr. Bates, to be surgeon to the "Swallow," Captain Abraham Pannell, commander; with whom I continued three years and a half, making a voyage or two into the Levant,[3] and some other parts. When I came back I resolved to settle in London; to which Mr. Bates, my master, encouraged me, and by him I was recommended to several patients. I took part of a small house in the Old Jewry; and, being advised to alter my condition, I married Mrs. Mary Burton,[4] second daughter to Mr. Edmund Burton, hosier in Newgate Street, with whom I received four hundred pounds for a portion.

Soon after I returned from Leyden, my good mentor, Mr. Bates, recommended me to be the surgeon for the "Swallow," commanded by Captain Abraham Pannell. I worked there for three and a half years and took a couple of trips to the Levant,[3] and some other places. When I got back, I decided to settle down in London, which Mr. Bates encouraged. He recommended me to several patients. I rented part of a small house in the Old Jewry, and, being advised to change my status, I married Mrs. Mary Burton,[4] the second daughter of Mr. Edmund Burton, a hosier on Newgate Street, and I received four hundred pounds as her dowry.

But my good master, Bates, dying in two years after, and I having few friends, my business began to fail; for my conscience would not suffer me to imitate the bad practice of too many among my brethren. Having, therefore, consulted with my wife, and some of my acquaintance, I determined to go again to sea. I was surgeon successively in two ships, and made several voyages, for six years, to the East and West Indies, by which I got some addition to my fortune. My hours of leisure I spent in reading the best authors, ancient and modern, being always provided with a good number of books; and, when I was ashore, in observing the manners and dispositions of the people, as well as learning their language, wherein I had a great facility, by the strength of my memory.

But my good master, Bates, passed away two years later, and since I had few friends, my business began to decline; my conscience wouldn’t let me copy the bad practices of too many of my colleagues. So, after talking with my wife and some acquaintances, I decided to go back to sea. I served as a surgeon on two ships and made several trips for six years to the East and West Indies, which helped increase my fortune a bit. I spent my free time reading the best authors, both ancient and modern, always making sure I had a good selection of books. When I was on land, I observed the customs and behaviors of the people and learned their language, which I found easy thanks to my strong memory.

The last of these voyages not proving very fortunate, I grew weary of the sea, and intended to stay at home with my wife and family. I removed from the Old Jewry to Fetter Lane, and from thence to Wapping, hoping to get business among the sailors; but it would not turn to account. After three years' expectation that things would mend, I accepted an advantageous offer from Captain William Prichard, master of the "Antelope," who was making a voyage to the South Sea.[5] We set sail from Bristol, May 4, 1699; and our voyage at first was very prosperous.

The last of these voyages didn't go well, so I got tired of the sea and decided to stay home with my wife and family. I moved from Old Jewry to Fetter Lane, and then to Wapping, hoping to find work among the sailors, but it didn't lead to anything. After three years of waiting for things to improve, I accepted a good offer from Captain William Prichard, the captain of the "Antelope," who was going on a trip to the South Sea.[5] We set sail from Bristol on May 4, 1699, and our voyage started off really well.

It would not be proper, for some reasons, to trouble the reader with the particulars of our adventures in those seas. Let it suffice to inform him, that, in our passage from thence to the East Indies, we were driven by a violent storm, to the northwest of Van Diemen's Land.[6]

It wouldn’t be appropriate, for various reasons, to burden the reader with the details of our adventures in those waters. It’s enough to say that during our journey from there to the East Indies, we were pushed off course by a severe storm, heading northwest of Van Diemen's Land.[6]

By an observation, we found ourselves in the latitude of 30 degrees and 2 minutes south. Twelve of our crew were dead by immoderate labor and ill food; the rest were in a very weak condition.

By observation, we found ourselves at a latitude of 30 degrees and 2 minutes south. Twelve of our crew members had died from excessive work and poor food; the rest were in very weak condition.

On the fifth of November, which was the beginning of summer in those parts, the weather being very hazy, the seamen spied a rock within half a cable's length of the ship;[7] but the wind was so strong, that we were driven directly upon it, and immediately split. Six of the crew, of whom I was one, having let down the boat into the sea, made a shift to get clear of the ship and the rock. We rowed, by my computation, about three leagues, till we were able to work no longer, being already spent with labor, while we were in the ship. We, therefore, trusted ourselves to the mercy of the waves; and, in about half an hour, the boat was overset by a sudden flurry from the north. What became of my companions in the boat, as well as those who escaped on the rock, or were left in the vessel, I cannot tell, but conclude they were all lost.

On November 5th, which marked the start of summer in that region, the weather was really hazy, and the sailors spotted a rock about half a cable's length from the ship;[7] but the wind was so strong that we were pushed right onto it, and the ship eventually broke apart. Six of the crew, including me, dropped the boat into the water and tried to get away from the ship and the rock. We rowed, by my estimation, about three leagues until we were too exhausted to continue, having already worn ourselves out on the ship. So, we decided to rely on the waves to carry us. About half an hour later, the boat was capsized by a sudden gust from the north. I have no idea what happened to my fellow boatmates, those who managed to escape to the rock, or those who were left on the ship, but I assume they all perished.

For my own part, I swam as fortune directed me, and was pushed forward by wind and tide. I often let my legs drop, and could feel no bottom; but, when I was almost gone, and able to struggle no longer, I found myself within my depth; and, by this time, the storm was much abated.

For my part, I swam wherever fate took me, pushed along by the wind and waves. I often let my legs sink and couldn’t feel the bottom; but when I was almost done for and could barely fight anymore, I found I was back in water that was shallow enough for me to stand. By then, the storm had calmed down a lot.

The declivity was so small that I walked near a mile before I got to the shore, which I conjectured was about eight o'clock in the evening. I then advanced forward near half a mile, but could not discover any sign of houses or inhabitants; at least, I was in so weak a condition, that I did not observe them. I was extremely tired, and with that, and the heat of the weather, and about half a pint of brandy that I drank as I left the ship, I found myself much inclined to sleep. I lay down on the grass, which was very short and soft, where I slept sounder than ever I remembered to have done in my life, and, as I reckoned, about nine hours; for, when I awaked, it was just daylight. I attempted to rise, but was not able to stir: for as I happened to lie on my back, I found my arms and legs were strongly fastened on each side to the ground; and my hair, which was long and thick, tied down in the same manner. I likewise felt several slender ligatures across my body, from my arm-pits to my thighs. I could only look upwards, the sun began to grow hot, and the light offended my eyes.

The slope was so gentle that I walked almost a mile before reaching the shore, which I figured was around eight o'clock in the evening. I then went another half mile but saw no signs of houses or people; at least, I was in such poor shape that I didn’t notice them. I was incredibly tired, and with that, the heat of the day, and about half a pint of brandy I drank before leaving the ship, I felt very sleepy. I lay down on the grass, which was short and soft, and slept more soundly than I ever remembered, for, I estimated, about nine hours; when I woke up, it was just getting light. I tried to get up but found I couldn't move: I had been lying on my back and discovered that my arms and legs were tightly pinned down on each side to the ground; my long, thick hair was also tied down that way. I also felt several thin bindings across my body from my armpits to my thighs. I could only look up, the sun was starting to get hot, and the light hurt my eyes.

I heard a confused noise about me; but, in the posture I lay, could see nothing except the sky. In a little time, I felt something alive moving on my left leg, which, advancing gently forward over my breast, came almost up to my chin; when, bending my eyes downward, as much as I could, I perceived it to be a human creature, not six inches high, with a bow and arrow in his hands, and a quiver at his back. In the meantime I felt at least forty more of the same kind (as I conjectured) following the first.

I heard a confusing noise around me, but since I was lying down, I could only see the sky. After a little while, I felt something alive moving on my left leg. It slowly crawled over my chest and almost reached my chin. When I bent my eyes down as much as I could, I realized it was a tiny human, not more than six inches tall, holding a bow and arrow, with a quiver on its back. Meanwhile, I sensed at least forty more like it following the first one.

I was in the utmost astonishment, and roared so loud that they all ran back in a fright; and some of them, as I was afterwards told, were hurt with the falls they got by leaping from my sides upon the ground. However, they soon returned, and one of them, who ventured so far as to get a full sight of my face, lifting up his hands and eyes by way of admiration, cried out in a shrill, but distinct voice—Hekinah degul! the others repeated the same words several times, but I then knew not what they meant.

I was incredibly shocked and yelled so loud that they all ran back in fear; some of them, as I found out later, got hurt from falling when they jumped off my sides onto the ground. However, they soon came back, and one of them, who was brave enough to get a good look at my face, raised his hands and eyes in admiration and shouted in a high, yet clear voice—Hekinah degul! The others repeated the same words several times, but at that moment, I had no idea what they meant.

I lay all this while, as the reader may believe, in great uneasiness. At length, struggling to get loose, I had the fortune to break the strings, and wrench out the pegs, that fastened my left arm to the ground; for by lifting it up to my face, I discovered the methods they had taken to bind me, and, at the same time, with a violent pull, which gave me excessive pain, I a little loosened the strings that tied down my hair on the left side, so that I was just able to turn my head about two inches.

I lay there for a while, as you might imagine, feeling really uneasy. Eventually, after struggling to get free, I managed to break the strings and pull out the pegs that were pinning my left arm to the ground. By lifting it to my face, I could see how they had tied me up. At the same time, with a painful yank, I slightly loosened the strings holding my hair down on the left side, which allowed me to turn my head about two inches.

But the creatures ran off a second time, before I could seize them; whereupon there was a great shout in a very shrill accent, and after it ceased, I heard one of them cry aloud, Tolgo phonac; when, in an instant, I felt above an hundred arrows discharged on my left hand, which pricked me like so many needles; and, besides, they shot another flight into the air, as we do bombs in Europe, whereof many, I suppose, fell on my body (though I felt them not), and some on my face, which I immediately covered with my left hand.

But the creatures took off again before I could catch them; then I heard a loud shout in a very high-pitched voice, and after it stopped, one of them yelled, Tolgo phonac; suddenly, I felt over a hundred arrows shot at my left side, which poked me like so many needles; and besides that, they launched another set into the air, like we do with bombs in Europe, many of which, I assume, landed on my body (though I didn’t feel them), and some hit my face, which I quickly covered with my left hand.

When this shower of arrows was over, I fell a-groaning with grief and pain, and then striving again to get loose, they discharged another volley larger than the first, and some of them attempted with spears to stick me in the sides; but by good luck I had on me a buff jerkin,[8] which they could not pierce. I thought it the most prudent method to lie still, and my design was to continue so till night, when, my left hand being already loose, I could easily free myself; and as for the inhabitants, I had reason to believe I might be a match for the greatest army they could bring against me, if they were all of the same size with him that I saw.

When the shower of arrows ended, I fell down, groaning with grief and pain. Then, trying to get free again, they fired another volley that was even bigger than the first. Some of them even tried to stab me with spears in the sides, but luckily I was wearing a protective jerkin,[8] which they couldn't pierce. I thought it was best to lie still, planning to stay that way until night. By then, my left hand would be free, and I could easily get myself out. As for the locals, I believed I could handle the biggest army they could throw at me, as long as they were all the same size as the one I had seen.

I LAY ALL THIS WHILE IN GREAT UNEASINESS

"I LAY ALL THIS WHILE IN GREAT UNEASINESS"

"I lay here the whole time feeling very uneasy."

But fortune disposed otherwise of me. When the people observed I was quiet, they discharged no more arrows: but, by the noise I heard, I knew their numbers increased; and about four yards from me, over against my right ear, I heard a knocking for above an hour, like that of people at work; when, turning my head that way, as well as the pegs and strings would permit me, I saw a stage erected, about a foot and a half from the ground, capable of holding four of the inhabitants, with two or three ladders to mount it; from whence one of them, who seemed to be a person of quality, made me a long speech, whereof I understood not one syllable.

But fate had other plans for me. When the people saw that I was quiet, they stopped shooting arrows. However, from the sounds I heard, I knew their numbers were growing; and about four yards from me, near my right ear, I heard a knocking sound for over an hour, like people working. When I turned my head that way, as much as the pegs and strings would allow, I saw a stage built about a foot and a half off the ground, big enough to hold four of the inhabitants, with two or three ladders to get up there. From that stage, one of them, who looked like a person of importance, gave me a long speech, of which I understood not a single word.

But I should have mentioned, that before the principal person began his oration, he cried out three times, Langro debul san (these words, and the former, were afterwards repeated, and explained to me). Whereupon immediately about fifty of the inhabitants came and cut the strings that fastened the left side of my head, which gave me the liberty of turning it to the right, and of observing the person and gesture of him that was to speak. He appeared to be of a middle age, and taller than any of the other three who attended him, whereof one was a page that held up his train, and seemed to be somewhat longer than my middle finger; the other two stood one on each side, to support him. He acted every part of an orator, and I could observe many periods of threatenings, and others of promises, pity, and kindness.

But I should have mentioned that before the main speaker began his speech, he shouted three times, Langro debul san (these words, along with the previous ones, were repeated and explained to me later). Immediately, about fifty of the locals came and cut the strings that were fastening the left side of my head, allowing me to turn it to the right and see the person and gestures of the one who was about to speak. He seemed to be middle-aged and taller than the other three who accompanied him, one of whom was a page holding up his train and looked to be a bit longer than my middle finger; the other two stood on either side to support him. He played every role of an orator, and I could see many moments of threats, along with others expressing promises, pity, and kindness.

I answered in a few words, but in the most submissive manner, lifting up my left hand, and both my eyes, to the sun, as calling him for a witness: and, being almost famished with hunger, having not eaten a morsel for some hours before I left the ship, I found the demands of nature so strong upon me, that I could not forbear showing my impatience (perhaps against the strict rules of decency) by putting my finger frequently to my mouth, to signify that I wanted food. The hurgo (for so they call a great lord, as I afterwards learned) understood me very well. He descended from the stage, and commanded that several ladders should be applied to my sides; on which above a hundred of the inhabitants mounted, and walked towards my mouth, laden with baskets full of meat, which had been provided and sent thither by the king's orders, upon the first intelligence he received of me.

I answered briefly, but in the most respectful way, raising my left hand and both my eyes to the sun, as if calling it as a witness. Being nearly starving, having not eaten anything for hours before I left the ship, I felt the pull of hunger so intensely that I couldn’t help but show my impatience (perhaps against the strict rules of politeness) by frequently touching my mouth, indicating that I wanted food. The hurgo (as I later learned they call a great lord) understood me perfectly. He came down from the platform and ordered several ladders to be set up on my sides; then, more than a hundred of the locals climbed up and walked toward my mouth, carrying baskets full of food that had been prepared and sent there by the king as soon as he heard about me.

I observed there was the flesh of several animals, but could not distinguish them by the taste. There were shoulders, legs, and loins, shaped like those of mutton, and very well dressed, but smaller than the wings of a lark. I ate them by two or three at a mouthful, and took three loaves at a time, about the bigness of musket bullets. They supplied me as they could, showing a thousand marks of wonder and astonishment at my bulk and appetite. I then made another sign that I wanted drink.

I noticed there was meat from several animals, but I couldn’t tell what they were by the taste. There were shoulders, legs, and loins that looked like lamb, and they were well cooked, but smaller than the wings of a lark. I ate them two or three at a time and took three loaves at once, about the size of musket bullets. They gave me what they could, showing many signs of surprise and amazement at my size and appetite. I then gestured again that I wanted something to drink.

They found by my eating that a small quantity would not suffice me; and being a most ingenious people, they slung up with great dexterity, one of their largest hogsheads, then rolled it towards my hand, and beat out the top: I drank it off at a draught; which I might well do, for it did not hold half a pint, and tasted like a small[9] wine of Burgundy, but much more delicious. They brought me a second hogshead, which I drank in the same manner, and made signs for more; but they had none to give me.

They figured out by my eating that a small amount wouldn't be enough for me; and being a clever group, they skillfully hoisted one of their biggest barrels, rolled it over to me, and knocked off the top. I chugged it down in one go; which I could easily do since it didn’t hold half a pint and tasted like a small wine from Burgundy, but much more delicious. They brought me a second barrel, which I drank just like the first, and signaled for more; but they didn’t have any to give me.

When I had performed these wonders, they shouted for joy, and danced upon my breast, repeating, several times, as they did at first, Hekinah degul. They made me a sign, that I should throw down the two hogsheads, but first warning the people below to stand out of the way, crying aloud, Borach nevola; and, when they saw the vessels in the air, there was an universal shout of Hekinah degul.

When I did these amazing things, they cheered with joy and danced on my chest, repeating several times, just like before, Hekinah degul. They signaled to me to drop the two casks, but first warned the people below to get out of the way, shouting Borach nevola; and when they saw the containers in the air, there was a collective shout of Hekinah degul.

I confess, I was often tempted, while they were passing backwards and forwards on my body, to seize forty or fifty of the first that came in my reach, and dash them against the ground. But the remembrance of what I had felt, which probably might not be the worst they could do, and the promise of honor I made them—for so I interpreted my submissive behavior—soon drove out those imaginations. Besides, I now considered myself as bound, by the laws of hospitality, to a people who had treated me with so much expense and magnificence. However, in my thoughts I could not sufficiently wonder at the intrepidity of these diminutive mortals, who durst venture to mount and walk upon my body, while one of my hands was at liberty, without trembling at the very sight of so prodigious a creature, as I must appear to them.

I admit, I was often tempted, while they were moving back and forth on my body, to grab forty or fifty of the first ones that came within my reach and throw them to the ground. But the memory of what I had experienced, which might not be the worst they could do, and the promise of honor I made to them—since I viewed my submissive behavior that way—quickly pushed those thoughts away. Besides, I now saw myself as obligated, by the laws of hospitality, to a people who had treated me with such generosity and grandeur. Still, I couldn't help but marvel at the bravery of these tiny beings, who dared to climb and walk on my body while one of my hands was free, without trembling in the presence of such a gigantic creature, as I must have appeared to them.

PRODUCING HIS CREDENTIALS.

"PRODUCING HIS CREDENTIALS."

"Showing his credentials."

After some time, when they observed that I made no more demands for meat, there appeared before me a person of high rank from his imperial majesty. His excellency, having mounted on the small of my right leg, advanced forwards up to my face, with about a dozen of his retinue: and, producing his credentials under the signet-royal,[10] which he applied close to my eyes, spoke about ten minutes, without any signs of anger, but with a kind of determinate resolution, often pointing forwards, which, as I afterwards found, was towards the capital city, about half a mile distant, whither it was agreed by his majesty in council that I must be conveyed. I answered in few words, but to no purpose, and made a sign with my hand that was loose, putting it to the other (but over his excellency's head, for fear of hurting him or his train) and then to my own head and body, to signify that I desired my liberty.

After a while, when they noticed I had stopped asking for meat, a high-ranking person sent by the emperor appeared before me. He climbed onto my right leg and approached my face, followed by about a dozen attendants. He presented his credentials, sealed with the royal signet, which he held close to my eyes. He spoke for about ten minutes, showing no signs of anger but with a firm determination, often pointing forward, which I later realized was towards the capital city, about half a mile away. It had been decided by the emperor and his council that I was to be taken there. I responded briefly, but it didn’t seem to matter, and I gestured with my loose hand, moving it to my other hand (but over his excellency's head to avoid hurting him or his entourage) and then to my own head and body to indicate that I wanted my freedom.

It appeared that he understood me well enough, for he shook his head by way of disapprobation, and held his hand in a posture to show that I must be carried as a prisoner. However, he made other signs, to let me understand that I should have meat and drink enough, and very good treatment. Whereupon I once more thought of attempting to break my bonds; but again, when I felt the smart of their arrows upon my face and hands, which were all in blisters, and many of the darts still sticking in them, and observing, likewise, that the number of my enemies increased, I gave tokens to let them know, that they might do with me what they pleased. Upon this the hurgo and his train withdrew, with much civility, and cheerful countenances.

It seemed like he understood me well enough because he shook his head to show his disapproval and held his hand in a way that indicated I had to be taken as a prisoner. However, he made other gestures to let me know that I would have plenty of food and drink and be treated well. This made me think again about trying to break free; but when I felt the sting of the arrows on my face and hands, which were all blistered, with many of the darts still stuck in them, and noticing that my enemies were multiplying, I signaled to let them know they could do whatever they wanted with me. With that, the hurgo and his group left, acting very politely and with happy expressions.

Soon after, I heard a general shout, with frequent repetitions of the words, Peplom selan, and I felt great numbers of people on my left side, relaxing the cords to such a degree, that I was able to turn upon my right, and to get a little ease. But, before this, they had daubed my face and both my hands with a sort of ointment very pleasant to the smell, which, in a few minutes, removed all the smart of their arrows. These circumstances, added to the refreshment I had received by their victuals and drink, which were very nourishing, disposed me to sleep. I slept about eight hours, as I was afterwards assured; and it was no wonder, for the physicians, by the emperor's order, had mingled a sleepy potion in the hogsheads of wine.

Soon after, I heard a loud shout, with many people repeating the words, Peplom selan, and I felt a large crowd on my left side, loosening the ropes so much that I could turn onto my right side and get a bit of relief. But before that, they had smeared my face and hands with a kind of ointment that smelled amazing, which quickly took away the sting from their arrows. These things, along with the nourishing food and drink I had, made me feel sleepy. I ended up sleeping for about eight hours, as I was later told; and it was no surprise, because the doctors, by the emperor's command, had mixed a sleeping potion into the barrels of wine.

It seems that, upon the first moment I was discovered sleeping on the ground after my landing, the emperor had early notice of it, by an express; and determined in council, that I should be tied in the manner I have related (which was done in the night, while I slept), that plenty of meat and drink should be sent to me, and a machine prepared to carry me to the capital city.

It appears that as soon as I was found sleeping on the ground after my arrival, the emperor was quickly informed by a messenger and decided in a meeting that I should be tied up in the way I described (which was done at night while I slept), that a lot of food and drink should be sent to me, and that a device should be built to transport me to the capital city.

This resolution, perhaps, may appear very bold and dangerous, and I am confident would not be imitated by any prince in Europe, on the like occasion. However, in my opinion, it was extremely prudent, as well as generous; for, supposing these people had endeavored to kill me with their spears and arrows, while I was asleep, I should certainly have awaked with the first sense of smart, which might so far have roused my rage and strength, as to have enabled me to break the strings wherewith I was tied; after which, as they were not able to make resistance, so they could expect no mercy.

This resolution might seem pretty bold and risky, and I'm sure no prince in Europe would follow suit in a similar situation. However, I believe it was both wise and generous; because if these people had tried to kill me with their spears and arrows while I was asleep, I would have definitely woken up at the first sting, which could have fueled my anger and strength enough to break the bonds that tied me. After that, since they wouldn't have been able to fight back, they couldn't expect any mercy.

These people are most excellent mathematicians, and arrived to a great perfection in mechanics, by the countenance and encouragement of the emperor, who is a renowned patron of learning. The prince hath several machines fixed on wheels for the carriage of trees, and other great weights. He often builds his largest men of war, whereof some are nine feet long, in the woods where the timber grows, and has them carried on these engines three or four hundred yards to the sea. Five hundred carpenters and engineers were immediately set to work, to prepare the greatest engine they had. It was a frame of wood, raised three inches from the ground, about seven feet long and four wide, moving upon twenty-two wheels. The shout I heard was upon the arrival of this engine, which, it seems, set out in four hours after my landing. It was brought parallel to me, as I lay. But the principal difficulty was, to raise and place me in this vehicle.

These people are excellent mathematicians and have achieved great skill in mechanics, thanks to the support and encouragement of the emperor, who is a well-known supporter of education. The prince has various machines mounted on wheels for transporting trees and other heavy loads. He often constructs his largest warships, some of which are nine feet long, in the forests where the timber is sourced, and then has them moved on these machines three or four hundred yards to the sea. Five hundred carpenters and engineers were immediately assigned to prepare the largest machine they had. It was a wooden frame, elevated three inches from the ground, about seven feet long and four feet wide, moving on twenty-two wheels. The shout I heard was from the arrival of this machine, which had apparently set out just four hours after I landed. It was brought parallel to me while I lay there. However, the main challenge was to lift and place me into this vehicle.

Eighty poles, each of one foot high, were erected for this purpose, and very strong cords, of the bigness of packthread, were fastened by hooks to many bandages, which the workmen had girt round my neck, my hands, my body, and my legs. Nine hundred of the strongest men were employed to draw up these cords by many pulleys fastened on the poles; and thus, in less than three hours, I was raised and slung into the engine, and tied fast.

Eighty poles, each one foot tall, were set up for this purpose, and very strong ropes, as thick as packing thread, were attached with hooks to many straps that the workers had secured around my neck, hands, body, and legs. Nine hundred of the strongest men were hired to pull these ropes using multiple pulleys attached to the poles; and in less than three hours, I was lifted and hoisted into the engine, and secured tightly.

All this I was told; for, while the whole operation was performing, I lay in a profound sleep, by the force of that soporiferous medicine infused into my liquor. Fifteen hundred of the emperor's largest horses, each about four inches and a half high, were employed to draw me towards the metropolis, which, as I said, was half a mile distant.

All of this was explained to me; because, while everything was happening, I was in a deep sleep due to the strong sleeping medicine mixed into my drink. Fifteen hundred of the emperor's biggest horses, each about four and a half inches tall, were used to pull me toward the city, which, as I mentioned, was half a mile away.

About four hours after we began our journey, I awaked, by a very ridiculous accident; for, the carriage being stopt a while, to adjust something that was out of order, two or three of the young natives had the curiosity to see how I looked, when I was asleep. They climbed up into the engine, and advancing very softly to my face, one of them, an officer in the guards, put the sharp end of his half-pike[11] a good way up into my left nostril, which tickled my nose like a straw, and made me sneeze violently; whereupon they stole off, unperceived, and it was three weeks before I knew the cause of my awaking so suddenly.

About four hours into our trip, I woke up from a pretty silly accident. The carriage had stopped for a bit to fix something that was broken, and a couple of the local kids got curious to see what I looked like while I was asleep. They climbed up to the front of the carriage and quietly approached my face. One of them, a guard, poked the sharp end of his half-pike[11] up my left nostril, which tickled my nose like a straw and made me sneeze really hard. Then, they quietly slipped away without me noticing, and it took me three weeks to figure out why I had woken up so suddenly.

We made a long march the remaining part of the day, and rested at night with five hundred guards on each side of me, half with torches, and half with bows and arrows, ready to shoot me, if I should offer to stir. The next morning, at sunrise, we continued our march, and arrived within two hundred yards of the city gates about noon. The emperor, and all his court, came out to meet us; but his great officers would by no means suffer his majesty to endanger his person, by mounting on my body.

We marched for most of the day and rested at night, with five hundred guards on each side of me—half holding torches and half with bows and arrows, ready to shoot if I tried to move. The next morning, at sunrise, we resumed our march and reached within two hundred yards of the city gates around noon. The emperor and all his court came out to meet us, but his high-ranking officials absolutely wouldn’t let him risk his safety by climbing onto my back.

At the place where the carriage stopt, there stood an ancient temple, esteemed to be the largest in the whole kingdom, which, having been polluted some years before by an unnatural murder, was, according to the zeal of those people, looked upon as profane, and therefore had been applied to common use, and all the ornaments and furniture carried away. In this edifice it was determined I should lodge. The great gate, fronting to the north, was about four feet high, and almost two feet wide, through which I could easily creep. On each side of the gate was a small window, not above six inches from the ground; into that on the left side the king's smith conveyed four score and eleven chains, like those that hang to a lady's watch in Europe, and almost as large, which were locked to my left leg with six-and-thirty padlocks.

At the spot where the carriage stopped, there stood an old temple, believed to be the largest in the entire kingdom. It had been tainted a few years earlier by an unnatural murder and was seen as cursed by the local people. As a result, the temple was turned to common use, and all the decorations and furnishings were taken away. It was decided that I would stay in this building. The main gate, facing north, was about four feet high and nearly two feet wide, so I could easily crawl through it. On each side of the gate was a small window, just six inches off the ground. Through the window on the left side, the king's blacksmith brought in eighty-one chains, similar to those that hang from a lady's watch in Europe and nearly the same size, which were locked to my left leg with thirty-six padlocks.

Over against this temple, on the other side of the great highway, at twenty feet distance, there was a turret at least five feet high. Here the emperor ascended, with many principal lords of his court, to have an opportunity of viewing me, as I was told, for I could not see them. It was reckoned that above an hundred thousand inhabitants came out of the town upon the same errand; and, in spite of my guards, I believe there could not be fewer than ten thousand, at several times, who mounted my body, by the help of ladders. But a proclamation was soon issued, to forbid it, upon pain of death.

Across from this temple, on the other side of the main road, there was a turret at least five feet tall, about twenty feet away. The emperor went up there with many key members of his court to get a chance to see me, or so I was told, since I couldn’t see them. It was estimated that more than a hundred thousand people came out of the town for the same reason; despite my guards, I believe there couldn’t have been fewer than ten thousand at different times who climbed onto my body using ladders. However, a proclamation was quickly made to prohibit it, under the threat of death.

When the workmen found it was impossible for me to break loose, they cut all the strings that bound me; whereupon I rose up, with as melancholy a disposition as ever I had in my life. But the noise and astonishment of the people, at seeing me rise and walk, are not to be expressed. The chains that held my left leg were about two yards long, and gave me not only the liberty of walking backwards and forwards in a semi-circle, but, being fixed within four inches of the gate, allowed me to creep in, and lie at my full length in the temple.

When the workers realized it was impossible for me to break free, they cut all the strings that held me down. I got up feeling as sad as I ever have in my life. The noise and amazement of the crowd when they saw me stand and walk is beyond words. The chains on my left leg were about two yards long, which not only let me walk back and forth in a semi-circle, but since they were fixed just four inches from the gate, they allowed me to crawl in and lie flat in the temple.

bar design

CHAPTER II.

THE EMPEROR OF LILLIPUT, ATTENDED BY SEVERAL OF THE NOBILITY, COMES TO SEE THE AUTHOR IN HIS CONFINEMENT. THE EMPEROR'S PERSON AND HABIT DESCRIBED. LEARNED MEN APPOINTED TO TEACH THE AUTHOR THEIR LANGUAGE. HE GAINS FAVOR BY HIS MILD DISPOSITION. HIS POCKETS ARE SEARCHED, AND HIS SWORD AND PISTOLS TAKEN FROM HIM.

THE EMPEROR OF LILLIPUT, ACCOMPANIED BY SOME NOBLES, VISITS THE AUTHOR IN HIS CAPTIVITY. A DESCRIPTION OF THE EMPEROR’S APPEARANCE AND DRESS. SCHOLARS ARE ASSIGNED TO TEACH THE AUTHOR THEIR LANGUAGE. HE WINS THEIR FAVOR WITH HIS GENTLE NATURE. HIS POCKETS ARE SEARCHED, AND THEY TAKE AWAY HIS SWORD AND PISTOLS.

When I found myself on my feet, I looked about me, and must confess I never beheld a more entertaining prospect. The country around, appeared like a continued garden, and the enclosed fields, which were generally forty feet square, resembled so many beds of flowers. These fields were intermingled with woods of half a stang,[12] and the tallest trees, as I could judge, appeared to be seven feet high. I viewed the town on my left hand, which looked like the painted scene of a city in a theatre.

When I got back on my feet, I looked around and have to admit I had never seen a more entertaining view. The countryside looked like one big garden, and the enclosed fields, which were usually about forty feet square, resembled little flower beds. These fields were mixed in with woods that were half a stang,[12] and the tallest trees I could see seemed to be seven feet tall. I glanced at the town on my left, which looked like a painted backdrop of a city in a theater.

The emperor was already descended from the tower, and advancing on horseback towards me, which had like to have cost him dear; for the beast, though very well trained, yet wholly unused to such a sight, which appeared as if a mountain moved before him, reared up on his hind feet. But that prince, who is an excellent horseman, kept his seat, till his attendants ran in and held the bridle, while his majesty had time to dismount.

The emperor had already come down from the tower and was riding towards me on horseback, which almost turned out badly for him; the horse, although well-trained, was completely unaccustomed to such a sight, which seemed like a mountain moving in front of it, and reared up on its hind legs. But that prince, being an excellent rider, managed to stay in the saddle until his attendants rushed in to hold the reins, giving his majesty the chance to dismount.

When he alighted, he surveyed me round with great admiration, but kept without the length of my chain. He ordered his cooks and butlers, who were already prepared, to give me victuals and drink, which they pushed forward in a sort of vehicles upon wheels, till I could reach them. I took these vehicles, and soon emptied them all; twenty of them were filled with meat; each afforded me two or three good mouthfuls. The empress and young princes of the blood of both sexes, attended by many ladies, sat at some distance in their chairs;[13] but upon the accident that happened to the emperor's horse, they alighted, and came near his person, which I am now going to describe. He is taller, by almost the breadth of my nail, than any of his court, which alone is enough to strike an awe into the beholders. His features are strong and masculine, with an Austrian lip and arched nose, his complexion olive, his countenance erect, his body and limbs well proportioned, all his motions graceful, and his deportment majestic. He was then past his prime, being twenty-eight years and three-quarters old, of which he had reigned about seven in great felicity, and generally victorious. For the better convenience of beholding him, I lay on my side, so that my face was parallel to his, and he stood but three yards off. However, I have had him since many times in my hand, and therefore cannot be deceived in the description.

When he got down, he looked at me with great admiration but stayed out of the reach of my chain. He instructed his cooks and butlers, who were already ready, to bring me food and drinks, which they rolled toward me in vehicles on wheels so that I could reach them. I took these vehicles and soon finished them all; twenty of them were filled with meat, each giving me two or three good bites. The empress and young princes of both genders, along with many ladies, sat at a distance in their chairs; [13] but after the incident with the emperor's horse, they got down and approached him, which I will now describe. He is taller, by almost the width of my nail, than any of his court, which alone is enough to create an aura of awe among onlookers. His features are strong and masculine, with a distinctive Austrian lip and arched nose, his complexion is olive, his posture is upright, and his body and limbs are well-proportioned, all his movements are graceful, and his overall presence is majestic. At that time, he was past his prime, being twenty-eight and three-quarters years old, having reigned about seven years in great happiness and generally with success. To get a better view of him, I lay on my side so that my face was parallel to his, and he was only three yards away. However, I've held him many times since and I can't be mistaken in this description.

His dress was very plain and simple, and the fashion of it between the Asiatic and the European; but he had on his head a light helmet of gold, adorned with jewels, and a plume an the crest.[14] He held his sword drawn in his hand, to defend himself, if I should happen to break loose; it was almost three inches long; the hilt and scabbard were gold, enriched with diamonds. His voice was shrill, but very clear and articulate, and I could distinctly hear it, when I stood up.

His outfit was quite plain and simple, blending elements from both Asiatic and European styles; however, he wore a lightweight gold helmet decorated with jewels and a plume on the crest.[14] He kept his sword drawn in his hand, ready to defend himself in case I managed to break free; it was nearly three inches long, with a handle and sheath made of gold, adorned with diamonds. His voice was high-pitched yet very clear and articulate, and I could hear it distinctly when I stood up.

The ladies and courtiers were all most magnificently clad; so that the spot they stood upon seemed to resemble a petticoat spread on the ground, embroidered with figures of gold and silver. His imperial majesty spoke often to me, and I returned answers, but neither of us could understand a syllable. There were several of his priests and lawyers present (as I conjectured by their habits), who were commanded to address themselves to me; and I spoke to them in as many languages as I had the least smattering of, which were, High and Low Dutch, Latin, French, Spanish, Italian, and Lingua Franca;[15] but all to no purpose.

The ladies and courtiers were all dressed in the most magnificent outfits, making the spot they stood on look like a petticoat laid out on the ground, covered in gold and silver designs. His imperial majesty spoke to me frequently, and I responded, but neither of us understood a word. There were several of his priests and lawyers present (as I guessed by their attire), who were instructed to talk to me; I tried speaking to them in as many languages as I had a bit of knowledge of, which were High and Low German, Latin, French, Spanish, Italian, and Lingua Franca;[15] but it was all futile.

After about two hours the court retired, and I was left with a strong guard, to prevent the impertinence, and probably the malice of the rabble, who were very impatient to crowd about me as near as they durst; and some of them had the impudence to shoot their arrows at me, as I sat on the ground by the door of my house, whereof one very narrowly missed my left eye. But the colonel ordered six of the ring-leaders to be seized, and thought no punishment so proper as to deliver them bound into my hands; which some of his soldiers accordingly did, pushing them forwards with the butt-ends of their pikes into my reach. I took them all on my right hand, put five of them into my coat-pocket; and as to the sixth, I made a countenance as if I would eat him alive. The poor man squalled terribly, and the colonel and his officers were in much pain, especially when they saw me take out my penknife; but I soon put them out of fear, for, looking mildly, and immediately cutting the strings he was bound with, I set him gently on the ground, and away he ran. I treated the rest in the same manner, taking them one by one out of my pocket; and I observed both the soldiers and people were highly delighted at this mark of my clemency, which was represented very much to my advantage at court.

After about two hours, the court took a break, and I was left with a strong guard to prevent the rudeness and likely malice of the crowd, who were eager to get as close to me as they could. Some of them even had the audacity to shoot arrows at me while I sat on the ground by the door of my house, one of which narrowly missed my left eye. The colonel ordered six of the ringleaders to be captured and thought the best punishment would be to hand them over to me, bound. Some of his soldiers pushed them forward with the ends of their pikes until they were within my reach. I took them all on my right side, put five of them in my coat pocket, and pretended I would eat the sixth one alive. The poor guy screamed terribly, and the colonel and his officers looked very worried, especially when they saw me pull out my penknife. But I quickly put them at ease; I smiled and cut the ropes he was tied with, then gently set him on the ground, and he ran away. I treated the others the same way, taking them out of my pocket one by one, and I noticed both the soldiers and the crowd were very pleased with this display of my mercy, which reflected well on me in court.

Towards night, I got with some difficulty into my house, where I lay on the ground, and continued to do so about a fortnight, during which time the emperor gave orders to have a bed prepared for me. Six hundred beds, of the common measure, were brought in carriages and worked up in my house; an hundred and fifty of their beds, sewn together, made up the breadth and length; and these were four double, which, however, kept me but very indifferently from the hardness of the floor, which was of smooth stone. By the same computation, they provided me with sheets, blankets, and coverlets, which were tolerable enough for one who had been so long inured to hardships as I.

As night approached, I managed to get into my house with some difficulty, where I lay on the ground for about two weeks. During this time, the emperor ordered a bed to be prepared for me. Six hundred standard beds were brought in carriages and assembled in my house. One hundred and fifty of those beds, stitched together, formed the width and length; they ended up being four layers thick, but still didn’t offer much relief from the hardness of the smooth stone floor. By the same calculations, they provided me with sheets, blankets, and coverlets, which were decent enough for someone like me who had been accustomed to hardship for so long.

As the news of my arrival spread through the kingdom, it brought prodigious numbers of rich, idle, and curious people to see me; so that the villages were almost emptied; and great neglect of tillage and household affairs must have ensued, if his imperial majesty had not provided, by several proclamations and orders of state, against this inconvenience. He directed that those who had already beheld me should return home, and not presume to come within fifty yards of my house without license from court; whereby the secretaries of state got considerable fees.

As word of my arrival spread throughout the kingdom, it attracted a huge crowd of wealthy, idle, and curious people eager to see me; so much so that the villages were nearly empty, and there was likely a big decline in farming and household chores if the emperor hadn’t issued several proclamations and orders to address this issue. He instructed that those who had already seen me should go back home and not come within fifty yards of my house without permission from the court; as a result, the secretaries of state made a good amount of money from fees.

In the meantime, the emperor held frequent councils, to debate what course should be taken with me; and I was afterwards assured by a particular friend, a person of great quality, who was as much in the secret as any, that the court was under many difficulties concerning me. They apprehended my breaking loose; that my diet would be very expensive, and might cause a famine. Sometimes they determined to starve me, or at least to shoot me in the face and hands with poisoned arrows, which would soon despatch me: but again they considered that the stench of so large a carcase might produce a plague in the metropolis, and probably spread through the whole kingdom.

In the meantime, the emperor held frequent meetings to discuss what should be done with me. A close friend of mine, someone of high status who knew all the details, later assured me that the court faced many challenges regarding my situation. They worried that I might break free, that my food requirements would be very expensive, and could lead to a famine. Sometimes they decided to starve me, or at least to shoot me in the face and hands with poisoned arrows, which would quickly finish me off. But then they reconsidered, thinking that the smell of such a large dead body might cause a plague in the city, and could likely spread throughout the entire kingdom.

In the midst of these consultations, several officers of the army went to the door of the great council-chamber, and two of them being admitted, gave an account of my behavior to the six criminals above-mentioned, which made so favorable an impression in the breast of his majesty, and the whole board, in my behalf, that an imperial commission was issued out, obliging all the villages nine hundred yards round the city to deliver in, every morning, six beeves, forty sheep, and other victuals, for my sustenance; together with a proportionable quantity of bread and wine, and other liquors; for the due payment of which his majesty gave assignments upon his treasury. For this prince lives chiefly upon his own demesnes, seldom, except upon great occasions, raising any subsidies upon his subjects, who are bound to attend him in his wars at their own expense. An establishment was also made of six hundred persons, to be my domestics, who had board-wages allowed for their maintenance, and tents built for them very conveniently on each side of my door.

In the middle of these discussions, several army officers approached the entrance of the great council chamber. Two of them were admitted and reported on my behavior to the six mentioned criminals, which created such a positive impression on His Majesty and the whole council that an imperial mandate was issued. This order required all villages within nine hundred yards of the city to provide every morning six cattle, forty sheep, and other food for my sustenance, along with an appropriate amount of bread, wine, and other beverages. For this, His Majesty issued assignments from his treasury. This prince primarily relies on his own lands, and only raises taxes on his subjects for significant occasions; they are required to support him in his wars at their own expense. Additionally, an arrangement was made for six hundred people to serve as my staff, who received board wages for their support, with tents conveniently set up on either side of my door.

It was likewise ordered that three hundred tailors should make me a suit of clothes, after the fashion of the country; that six of his majesty's greatest scholars should be employed to instruct me in their language; and lastly, that the emperor's horses, and those of the nobility and troops of guards, should be frequently exercised in my sight, to accustom themselves to me.

It was also decided that three hundred tailors would make me a suit of clothes in the style of the country; that six of the king's top scholars would teach me their language; and finally, that the emperor's horses, along with those of the nobility and the guard, would be exercised regularly in my view to get used to me.

All these orders were duly put in execution, and in about three weeks I made a great progress in learning their language; during which time the emperor frequently honored me with his visits, and was pleased to assist my masters in teaching me. We began already to converse together in some sort; and the first words I learnt were to express my desire that he would please give me my liberty, which I every day repeated on my knees. His answer, as I could apprehend it, was, that this must be a work of time, not to be thought on without the advice of his council, and that first I must lumos kelmin pesso desmar lon emposo; that is, swear a peace with him and his kingdom. However, that I should be used with all kindness; and he advised me to acquire, by my patience and discreet behavior, the good opinion of himself and his subjects.

All these orders were carried out, and in about three weeks, I made great progress in learning their language. During this time, the emperor often visited me and was kind enough to help my teachers. We were starting to have some conversations; the first words I learned were to express my wish that he would grant me my freedom, which I repeated every day on my knees. His reply, as far as I could understand, was that this was something that would take time, and it couldn’t be decided without consulting his council. First, I had to lumos kelmin pesso desmar lon emposo; that is, swear peace with him and his kingdom. However, I would be treated with kindness, and he advised me to win the good opinion of both him and his subjects through my patience and good behavior.

He desired I would not take it ill, if he gave orders to certain proper officers to search me; for probably I might carry about me several weapons which must needs be dangerous things, if they answered the bulk of so prodigious a person. I said his majesty should be satisfied, for I was ready to strip myself and turn up my pockets before him. This I delivered, part in words, and part in signs.

He hoped I wouldn’t be offended if he instructed some appropriate officers to search me, as I might be carrying several weapons that would clearly be dangerous for someone of such a massive stature. I assured him that his majesty should be at ease, as I was prepared to strip down and empty my pockets in front of him. I expressed this partly through words and partly through gestures.

He replied, that by the laws of the kingdom, I must be searched by two of his officers; that he knew this could not be done without my consent and assistance; that he had so good an opinion of my generosity and justice, as to trust their persons in my hands; that whatever they took from me should be returned when I left the country, or paid for at the rate which I should set upon them. I took up the two officers in my hands, put them first into my coat-pockets, and then into every other pocket about me, except my two fobs[16] and another secret pocket, which I had no mind should be searched, wherein I had some little necessaries that were of no consequence to any but myself. In one of my fobs there was a silver watch, and in the other a small quantity of gold in a purse.

He replied that according to the laws of the kingdom, I had to be searched by two of his officers. He knew this couldn't be done without my consent and help. He had such a high opinion of my generosity and fairness that he trusted his officers in my hands. He assured me that whatever they took from me would be returned when I left the country or would be compensated at the value I set. I took the two officers in my hands, first putting them into my coat pockets and then into every other pocket I had, except for my two fobs[16] and another hidden pocket that I didn’t want searched, which contained some personal necessities that were only important to me. In one of my fobs, there was a silver watch and in the other, a small amount of gold in a purse.

THESE GENTLEMEN MADE AN EXACT INVENTORY OF EVERYTHING THEY SAW.

"THESE GENTLEMEN MADE AN EXACT INVENTORY OF EVERYTHING THEY SAW."

"These gentlemen made a detailed inventory of everything they observed."

These gentlemen having pen, ink, and paper about them, made an exact inventory of everything they saw; and, when they had done, desired I would set them down, that they might deliver it to the emperor. This inventory I afterwards translated into English, and is word for word as follows:—

These gentlemen had pen, ink, and paper with them, so they made a detailed list of everything they saw. When they finished, they asked me to write it down so they could give it to the emperor. I later translated this inventory into English, and it is exactly as follows:—

Imprimis,[17] In the right coat-pocket of the great man-mountain (for so I interpret the words quinbus flestrin), after the strictest search, we found only one great piece of coarse cloth, large enough to be a foot-cloth for your majesty's chief room of state. In the left pocket, we saw a huge silver chest, with a cover of the same metal, which we the searchers were not able to lift. We desired it should be opened, and one of us stepping into it, found himself up to the mid-leg in a sort of dust, some part whereof flying up to our faces, set us both a sneezing for several times together. In his right waistcoat pocket we found a prodigious number of white thin substances folded one over another, about the bigness of three men, tied with a strong cable, and marked with black figures; which we humbly conceive to be writings, every letter almost half as large as the palm of our hands. In the left, there was a sort of engine, from the back of which were extended twenty long poles, resembling the palisadoes before your majesty's court; wherewith we conjecture the man-mountain combs his head, for we did not always trouble him with questions, because we found it a great difficulty to make him understand us. In the large pocket on the right side of his middle cover (so I translate the word ranfu-lo, by which they meant my breeches), we saw a hollow pillar of iron, about the length of a man, fastened to a strong piece of timber, larger than the pillar; and upon one side of the pillar were huge pieces of iron sticking out, cut into strange figures, which we know not what to make of. In the left pocket, another engine of the same kind. In the smaller pocket on the right side were several round flat pieces of white and red metal, of different bulk; some of the white, which seemed to be silver, were so large and so heavy, that my comrade and I could hardly lift them. In the left pocket, were two black pillars irregularly shaped; we could not without difficulty reach the top of them, as we stood at the bottom of his pocket. One of them was covered, and seemed all of a piece; but at the upper end of the other, there appeared a white and round substance, about twice the bigness of our heads. Within each of these was enclosed a prodigious plate of steel, which, by our orders, we obliged him to show us, because we apprehended they might be dangerous engines. He took them out of their cases, and told us that in his own country his practice was to shave his beard with one of these, and to cut his meat with the other. There were two pockets which we could not enter: these he called his fobs. Out of the right fob hung a great silver chain, with a wonderful kind of engine at the bottom. We directed him to draw out whatever was at the end of that chain, which appeared to be a globe, half silver, and half of some transparent metal; for on the transparent side we saw certain strange figures, circularly drawn, and thought we could touch them till we found our fingers stopped by that lucid substance.[18] He put this engine to our ears, which made an incessant noise, like that of a water-mill; and we conjecture it is either some unknown animal, or the god that he worships; but we are more inclined to the latter opinion, because he assured us (if we understood him right, for he expressed himself very imperfectly), that he seldom did anything without consulting it. He called it his oracle, and said it pointed out the time for every action of his life. From the left fob he took out a net almost large enough for a fisherman, but contrived to open and shut like a purse, and served him for the same use; we found therein several massy pieces of yellow metal, which, if they be real gold, must be of immense value.

First,[17] In the right coat pocket of the giant (that's how I interpret the term quinbus flestrin), after a thorough search, we found only one large piece of rough cloth, big enough to be a foot mat for your majesty's main chamber. In the left pocket, we saw a huge silver chest with a cover made of the same metal, which we, the searchers, couldn't lift. We asked for it to be opened, and one of us stepped inside, finding himself up to his mid-leg in a kind of dust; some of it flew up into our faces, causing both of us to sneeze multiple times. In his right waistcoat pocket, we discovered an enormous number of thin white items folded on top of each other, about the size of three men, tied with a thick cable and marked with black symbols; we believe these to be writings, with each letter almost half the size of our hands. In the left pocket, there was a sort of device from which twenty long poles extended, resembling the fences outside your majesty's court; we think the giant uses them to comb his hair since we didn’t always trouble him with questions, finding it very hard to communicate with him. In the large pocket on the right side of his main garment (which I interpret the word ranfu-lo to mean as my trousers), we saw a hollow iron pillar, about the length of a man, attached to a sturdy beam larger than the pillar itself; on one side of the pillar were giant pieces of iron protruding, shaped into strange designs that we couldn’t decipher. In the left pocket, there was another device like the first. In the smaller pocket on the right side, we found several round flat pieces of white and red metal, varying in size; some of the white ones, which seemed to be silver, were so large and heavy that my companion and I could barely lift them. In the left pocket, there were two oddly shaped black pillars; we could only just reach their tops while standing at the bottom of his pocket. One was covered and looked like a single piece, but at the top of the other, there was a white round object about twice the size of our heads. Inside each of these was a huge steel plate, which we insisted he show us because we suspected they might be dangerous tools. He took them out of their cases and explained that in his homeland, he used one to shave his beard and the other to cut his meat. There were two pockets we couldn’t access: he referred to those as his fobs. From the right fob hung a large silver chain, with a strange device at the end. We instructed him to pull out whatever was attached to that chain, which turned out to be a globe, half silver and half some clear metal; on the transparent side, we noticed some unusual circular designs and thought we could touch them until our fingers were stopped by that clear material.[18] He put this device to our ears, producing a constant noise, similar to that of a water mill; we suspect it may be some unknown creature or the deity he worships; we tend to lean toward the latter belief since he assured us (if we understood him correctly, which was difficult) that he seldom acted without consulting it. He called it his oracle and stated it indicated the best time for every action in his life. From the left fob, he pulled out a net almost large enough for a fisherman, but designed to open and close like a purse, serving him in the same way; we found several heavy pieces of yellow metal inside, which, if they are real gold, must be incredibly valuable.

Having thus, in obedience to your majesty's commands, diligently searched all his pockets, we observed a girdle about his waist, made of the hide of some prodigious animal, from which, on the left side, hung a sword of the length of five men; and on the right, a bag or pouch, divided into two cells, each cell capable of holding three of your majesty's subjects. In one of these cells were several globes, or balls, of a most ponderous metal, about the bigness of our heads, and required a strong hand to lift them; the other cell contained a heap of certain black grains, but of no great bulk or weight, for we could hold about fifty of them in the palms of our hands.

Having followed your majesty's orders and thoroughly searched all his pockets, we noticed a belt around his waist made from the hide of some enormous creature. On the left side hung a sword as long as five men, and on the right was a bag divided into two sections, each able to hold three of your majesty's subjects. One section contained several heavy metal balls, roughly the size of our heads, which required considerable strength to lift. The other section held a pile of small black grains, which weren’t very large or heavy, since we could easily hold about fifty of them in our hands.

This is an exact inventory of what we found about the body of the man-mountain, who used us with great civility and due respect to your majesty's commission. Signed and sealed, on the fourth day of the eighty-ninth moon of your majesty's auspicious reign.

This is a detailed inventory of what we discovered regarding the body of the man-mountain, who treated us with great courtesy and proper respect to your majesty's commission. Signed and sealed, on the fourth day of the eighty-ninth moon of your majesty's fortunate reign.

CLEFRIN FRELOC.
MARSI FRELOC.

When this inventory was read over to the emperor, he directed me, although in very gentle terms, to deliver up the several particulars.

When this inventory was presented to the emperor, he kindly asked me to provide the specific details.

He first called for my scimitar, which I took out, scabbard and all. In the meantime, he ordered three thousand of his choicest troops (who then attended him) to surround me at a distance, with their bows and arrows just ready to discharge; but I did not observe it, for mine eyes were wholly fixed upon his majesty. He then desired me to draw my scimitar, which, although it had got some rust by the sea-water, was in most parts exceedingly bright. I did so, and immediately all the troops gave a shout between terror and surprise; for the sun shone clear, and the reflection dazzled their eyes, as I waved the scimitar to and fro in my hand. His majesty, who is a most magnanimous prince, was less daunted than I could expect; he ordered me to return it into the scabbard, and cast it on the ground as gently as I could, about six feet from the end of my chain.

He first asked for my sword, which I took out, scabbard and all. In the meantime, he commanded three thousand of his best troops (who were there with him) to surround me at a distance, their bows and arrows ready to fire; but I didn’t notice it, as my eyes were completely focused on him. He then asked me to draw my sword, which, although it had gotten a bit rusty from the sea water, was mostly very shiny. I did so, and immediately all the troops shouted in a mix of fear and surprise; the sun was shining bright, and the reflection dazzled their eyes as I waved the sword back and forth in my hand. His majesty, who is a very generous prince, was less intimidated than I expected; he told me to put it back in the scabbard and lay it on the ground as gently as I could, about six feet from the end of my chain.

The next thing he demanded was one of the hollow iron pillars, by which he meant my pocket-pistols. I drew it out, and at his desire, as well as I could, expressed to him the use of it; and charging it only with powder, which, by the closeness of my pouch, happened to escape wetting in the sea (an inconvenience against which all prudent mariners take special care to provide), I first cautioned the emperor not to be afraid, and then let it off in the air.

The next thing he asked for was one of the hollow iron pillars, referring to my pocket pistols. I pulled it out and, as best as I could, explained how it worked. I only loaded it with powder, which, due to the tightness of my pouch, had luckily stayed dry in the sea (a problem that all careful sailors typically prepare for). I first warned the emperor not to be scared, then fired it into the air.

The astonishment here was much greater than at the sight of my scimitar. Hundreds fell down as if they had been struck dead; and even the emperor, although he stood his ground, could not recover himself in some time I delivered up both my pistols, in the same manner as I had done my scimitar, and then my pouch of powder and bullets, begging him that the former might be kept from fire, for it would kindle with the smallest spark, and blow up his imperial palace into the air.

The shock was way greater than when people saw my scimitar. Hundreds collapsed as if they’d been hit hard; even the emperor, while he held his ground, couldn’t regain his composure for a while. I handed over both my pistols, just like I had done with my scimitar, along with my pouch of powder and bullets, asking him to keep the powder away from fire, because it could ignite with the tiniest spark and blow his imperial palace sky-high.

I likewise delivered up my watch, which the emperor was very curious to see, and commanded two of his tallest yeomen of the guards[19] to bear it on a pole upon their shoulders, as draymen in England do a barrel of ale. He was amazed at the continual noise it made and the motion of the minute-hand, which he could easily discern; for their sight is much more acute than ours. He asked the opinions of his learned men about it, which were various and remote, as the reader may well imagine without my repeating; although, indeed, I could not very perfectly understand them.

I also handed over my watch, which the emperor was really curious about, and he ordered two of his tallest guards[19] to carry it on a pole on their shoulders, like draymen in England do with a barrel of ale. He was astonished by the constant noise it made and the movement of the minute hand, which he could easily see, since their vision is much sharper than ours. He asked his scholars for their thoughts on it, which were varied and far-fetched, as you can imagine without me having to repeat them; although, to be honest, I couldn’t fully understand them.

I then gave up my silver and copper money, my purse, with nine large pieces of gold, and some smaller ones; my knife and razor, my comb and silver snuffbox, my handkerchief and journal-book. My scimitar, pistols, and pouch were conveyed in carriages to his majesty's stores; but the rest of my goods were returned to me.

I then handed over my silver and copper coins, my wallet with nine big gold pieces and some smaller ones; my knife and razor, my comb and silver snuffbox, my handkerchief and journal. My scimitar, pistols, and pouch were taken in carriages to the king's storage, but the rest of my belongings were given back to me.

I had, as I before observed, one private pocket, which escaped their search, wherein there was a pair of spectacles (which I sometimes use for the weakness of mine eyes), a pocket perspective,[20] and some other little conveniences; which, being of no consequence to the emperor, I did not think myself bound in honor to discover; and I apprehended they might be lost or spoiled if I ventured them out of my possession.

I had, as I mentioned before, one hidden pocket that they didn’t find. Inside it were a pair of glasses (which I sometimes use because my eyes aren't great), a pocket telescope,[20] and a few other small items. Since these weren’t important to the emperor, I didn’t feel it was my duty to reveal them, and I worried they might get lost or damaged if I let them out of my hands.

bar design

CHAPTER III.

THE AUTHOR DIVERTS THE EMPEROR AND HIS NOBILITY OF BOTH SEXES IN A VERY UNCOMMON MANNER. THE DIVERSIONS OF THE COURT OF LILLIPUT DESCRIBED. THE AUTHOR HAS HIS LIBERTY GRANTED HIM UPON CERTAIN CONDITIONS.

THE AUTHOR ENTERTAINS THE EMPEROR AND HIS NOBILITY OF BOTH GENDERS IN A VERY UNUSUAL WAY. THE ENTERTAINMENTS OF THE COURT OF LILLIPUT ARE DESCRIBED. THE AUTHOR IS GRANTED HIS FREEDOM UNDER CERTAIN CONDITIONS.

My gentleness and good behavior had gained so far on the emperor and his court, and indeed upon the army and people in general, that I began to conceive hopes of getting my liberty in a short time, I took all possible methods to cultivate this favorable disposition. The natives came by degrees to be less apprehensive of any danger from me. I would sometimes lie down, and let five or six of them dance on my hand, and at last the boys and girls would venture to come and play at hide and seek in my hair. I had now made a good progress in understanding and speaking their language.

My kindness and good behavior had won over the emperor, his court, and even the army and the general public to the point where I started to hope I could gain my freedom soon. I did everything I could to nurture this positive sentiment. The locals gradually became less afraid of me. Sometimes, I would lie down and let five or six of them dance on my hand, and eventually, the boys and girls would dare to come and play hide and seek in my hair. I had now made significant progress in understanding and speaking their language.

The emperor had a mind, one day, to entertain me with one of the country shows, wherein they exceed all nations I have known, both for dexterity and magnificence. I was diverted with none so much as that of the rope-dancers, performed upon a slender white thread, extended about two feet, and twelve inches from the ground. Upon which I shall desire liberty, with the reader's patience, to enlarge a little.

The emperor decided one day to entertain me with one of the local shows, where they excel beyond any other country I’ve seen, both in skill and grandeur. I was most captivated by the rope dancers, who performed on a thin white thread, stretched about two feet in the air and twelve inches off the ground. I would like to take a moment, with the reader's patience, to elaborate on this a bit.

This diversion is only practised by those persons who are candidates for great employments and high favor at court. They are trained in this art from their youth, and are not always of noble birth or liberal education. When a great office is vacant, either by death or disgrace (which often happens) five or six of those candidates petition the emperor to entertain his majesty, and the court, with a dance on the rope, and whoever jumps the highest, without falling, succeeds in the office. Very often the chief ministers themselves are commanded to show their skill, and to convince the emperor that they have not lost their faculty. Flimnap, the treasurer, is allowed to cut a caper on the straight rope, at least an inch higher than any lord in the whole empire. I have seen him do the summersault several times together upon a trencher,[21] fixed on a rope, which is no thicker than a common packthread in England. My friend Reldresal, principal secretary for private affairs, is, in my opinion, if I am not partial, the second after the treasurer; the rest of the great officers are much upon a par.

This activity is only practiced by those who are vying for important positions and favor at court. They are trained in this skill from a young age and don't always come from noble backgrounds or elite education. When a significant position opens up, either due to death or disgrace (which happens frequently), five or six candidates petition the emperor to entertain him with a rope dance, and whoever jumps the highest without falling gets the job. Often, the chief ministers themselves are asked to demonstrate their skills to prove to the emperor that they haven't lost their ability. Flimnap, the treasurer, is allowed to jump on the straight rope at least an inch higher than any lord in the entire empire. I've seen him perform multiple somersaults on a tray,[21] fixed on a rope that’s no thicker than a regular thread in England. My friend Reldresal, the chief secretary for private matters, is, in my opinion, if I'm not biased, the second-best after the treasurer; the other high officials are pretty much on the same level.

These diversions are often attended with fatal accidents, whereof great numbers are on record. I myself have seen two or three candidates break a limb. But the danger is much greater when the ministers themselves are commanded to show their dexterity! for, by contending to excel themselves and their fellows, they strain so far that there is hardly one of them who hath not received a fall, and some of them two or three. I was assured that a year or two before my arrival, Flimnap would have infallibly broke his neck if one of the king's cushions, that accidentally lay on the ground, had not weakened the force of his fall.

These activities often come with serious accidents, and there are many recorded cases. I've seen two or three participants break a limb. But the risk is much higher when the ministers themselves are required to showcase their skills! In trying to outdo each other and push their limits, hardly any of them escapes without a fall, and some have fallen two or three times. I was told that a year or two before I got here, Flimnap would have definitely broken his neck if one of the king's cushions, which just happened to be on the ground, hadn't softened his fall.

There is likewise another diversion, which is only shown before the emperor and empress and first minister, upon particular occasions. The emperor lays on the table three fine silken threads, of six inches long; one is purple, the other yellow, and the third white. These threads are proposed as prizes for those persons whom the emperor hath a mind to distinguish by a peculiar mark of his favor. The ceremony is performed in his majesty's great chamber of state, where the candidates are to undergo a trial of dexterity very different from the former, and such as I have not observed the least resemblance of in any other country of the old or new world.

There’s also another event that’s only shown to the emperor, empress, and the chief minister on special occasions. The emperor places three fine silk threads, each six inches long, on the table; one is purple, another is yellow, and the third is white. These threads are offered as rewards for individuals whom the emperor wishes to recognize with a special mark of his favor. The ceremony takes place in the grand chamber of state, where the candidates must demonstrate a skill that is quite different from the previous one, and I have never seen anything like it in any other country, old or new.

The emperor holds a stick in his hands, both ends parallel to the horizon, while the candidates, advancing one by one, sometimes leap over the stick, sometimes creep under it, backwards and forwards several times, according as the stick is advanced or depressed. Sometimes the emperor holds one end of the stick, and his first minister the other: sometimes the minister has it entirely to himself. Whoever performs his part with most agility, and holds out the longest in leaping and creeping, is rewarded with the blue-colored silk; the yellow is given to the next, and the green to the third, which they all wear girt twice about the middle; and you see few great persons round about this court who are not adorned with one of these girdles.

The emperor holds a stick in his hands, both ends parallel to the horizon, while the candidates, moving forward one by one, sometimes jump over the stick and sometimes crawl under it, going back and forth several times depending on whether the stick is raised or lowered. Sometimes the emperor holds one end of the stick, and his first minister holds the other; other times, the minister has it all to himself. Whoever performs the best, showing the most agility and lasting the longest in jumping and crawling, is rewarded with a blue silk ribbon; the yellow goes to the next, and the green to the third, which they all wear wrapped twice around their waist. You’ll see few important people in this court who aren’t wearing one of these sashes.

The horses of the army, and those of the royal stables, having been daily led before me, were no longer shy, but would come up to my very feet without starting. The riders would leap them over my hand as I held it on the ground; and one of the emperor's huntsmen, upon a large courser, took my foot, shoe and all, which was indeed a prodigious leap.

The army's horses and those from the royal stables were brought before me every day, so they had stopped being shy and would approach my feet without flinching. The riders would jump the horses over my hand as I held it on the ground, and one of the emperor's huntsmen, riding a big horse, actually took my foot, shoe and all, which was quite an amazing leap.

I had the good fortune to divert the emperor one day after a very extraordinary manner. I desired he would order several sticks of two feet high, and the thickness of an ordinary cane, to be brought me; whereupon his majesty commanded the master of his woods to give directions accordingly; and the next morning six wood-men arrived with as many carriages, drawn by eight horses to each.

I was lucky enough to entertain the emperor one day in a very unique way. I asked him to have several sticks about two feet tall and the thickness of a regular cane brought to me; his majesty then instructed the head of his forests to arrange this. The next morning, six woodworkers came with as many carts, each pulled by eight horses.

I took nine of these sticks, and fixing them firmly in the ground in a quadrangular figure, two feet and a half square, I took four other sticks and tied them parallel at each corner, about two feet from the ground; then I fastened my handkerchief to the nine sticks that stood erect, and extended it on all sides, till it was as tight as the top of a drum; and the four parallel sticks, rising about five inches higher than the handkerchief, served as ledges on each side.

I took nine of these sticks and planted them firmly in the ground to form a square shape, two and a half feet on each side. Then, I took four more sticks and tied them parallel at each corner, about two feet off the ground. After that, I attached my handkerchief to the nine upright sticks, stretching it out on all sides until it was as tight as a drumhead. The four parallel sticks, sticking up about five inches higher than the handkerchief, acted as ledges on each side.

When I had finished my work, I desired the emperor to let a troop of his best horse, twenty-four in number, come and exercise upon this plain. His majesty approved of the proposal, and I took them up one by one in my hands, ready mounted and armed, with the proper officers to exercise them. As soon as they got into order, they divided into two parties, performed mock skirmishes, discharged blunt arrows, drew their swords, fled and pursued, attacked and retired, and, in short, discovered the best military discipline I ever beheld. The parallel sticks secured them and their horses from falling over the stage: and the emperor was so much delighted that he ordered this entertainment to be repeated several days, and once was pleased to be lifted up and give the word of command; and, with great difficulty, persuaded even the empress herself to let me hold her in her close chair within two yards of the stage, from whence she was able to take a full view of the whole performance.

When I finished my work, I asked the emperor if a troop of his best horses, twenty-four in total, could come and practice on this plain. His majesty agreed, and I picked them up one by one in my hands, fully mounted and armed, along with the proper officers to train them. Once they were in formation, they split into two groups, performed mock battles, shot blunt arrows, drew their swords, fled and chased each other, attacked and retreated, and, in short, displayed the best military discipline I had ever witnessed. The parallel sticks prevented them and their horses from falling off the stage, and the emperor was so pleased that he commanded this entertainment to be repeated several days. At one point, he even had me lift him up so he could give the commands; he managed to persuade the empress herself to let me hold her in her chair just two yards from the stage, where she could get a full view of the entire performance.

It was my good fortune that no ill accident happened in these entertainments; only once a fiery horse, that belonged to one of the captains, pawing with his hoof, struck a hole in my handkerchief, and his foot slipping, he overthrew his rider and himself; but I immediately relieved them both, and covering the hole with one hand, I set down the troop with the other, in the same manner as I took them up. The horse that fell was strained in the left shoulder, but the rider got no hurt, and I repaired my handkerchief as well as I could; however, I would not trust to the strength of it any more in such dangerous enterprises.

I was lucky that nothing bad happened during these events; only once did a fiery horse belonging to one of the captains, while pawing with its hoof, tear a hole in my handkerchief. The horse slipped and knocked over both its rider and itself; but I quickly helped them both, covering the hole with one hand while I set down the troop with the other, just like I had picked them up. The fallen horse strained its left shoulder, but the rider wasn't hurt, and I fixed my handkerchief as best as I could. Still, I decided not to rely on its strength anymore for such risky situations.

About two or three days before I was set at liberty, as I was entertaining the court with feats of this kind, there arrived an express to inform his majesty that some of his subjects riding near the place where I was first taken up, had seen a great black substance lying on the ground, very oddly shaped, extending its edges round as wide as his majesty's bed-chamber, and rising up in the middle as high as a man; that it was no living creature, as they had at first apprehended, for it lay on the grass without motion; and some of them had walked round it several times; that, by mounting upon each other's shoulders, they had got to the top, which was flat and even, and, stamping upon it, they found it was hollow within; that they humbly conceived it might be something belonging to the man-mountain; and if his majesty pleased, they would undertake to bring it with only five horses.

About two or three days before I was released, while I was entertaining the court with my performances, a messenger arrived to inform His Majesty that some of his subjects riding near the place where I was originally captured had seen a large black object lying on the ground. It had a very unusual shape, its edges spread out as wide as the king's bedroom and rose in the middle to the height of a man. They confirmed it was not a living creature, as they had initially thought, because it lay on the grass without moving. Some of them walked around it several times, and by stacking on each other's shoulders, they climbed to the top, which was flat and smooth. When they stomped on it, they discovered it was hollow inside, and they humbly suggested it might be something related to the giant. If His Majesty approved, they would be willing to bring it back with just five horses.

I presently knew what they meant, and was glad at heart to receive this intelligence. It seems, upon my first reaching the shore after our shipwreck, I was in such confusion that, before I came to the place where I went to sleep, my hat, which I had fastened with a string to my head while I was rowing, and had stuck on all the time I was swimming, fell off after I came to land; the string, as I conjecture, breaking by some accident which I never observed, but thought my hat had been lost at sea. I intreated his imperial majesty to give orders it might be brought to me as soon as possible, describing to him the use and nature of it; and the next day the wagoners arrived with it, but not in a very good condition; they had bored two holes in the brim, within an inch and a half of the edge, and fastened two hooks in the holes; these hooks were tied by a long cord to the harness; and thus my hat was dragged along for above half an English mile; but the ground in that country being extremely smooth and level, it received less damage than I expected.

I now understood what they meant, and I was truly glad to hear this news. It turns out that when I first reached the shore after our shipwreck, I was so disoriented that before I got to the spot where I fell asleep, my hat—which I had secured with a string to my head while rowing and had kept on the whole time I was swimming—fell off as soon as I got to land. I guess the string must have broken due to some accident I didn't notice, so I thought my hat had been lost at sea. I asked his imperial majesty to give orders to have it brought to me as soon as possible, explaining its use and nature to him. The next day, the wagon drivers arrived with it, but it wasn't in great shape; they had drilled two holes in the brim, just an inch and a half from the edge, and attached two hooks to the holes. These hooks were tied to a long cord that connected to the harness, and that's how my hat was dragged along for over half a mile. Luckily, the ground in that area was really smooth and flat, so it didn’t suffer as much damage as I expected.

Two days after this adventure, the emperor, having ordered that part of the army which quarters in and about his metropolis to be in readiness, took a fancy of diverting himself in a very singular manner. He desired I would stand like a colossus, with my legs as far asunder as I conveniently could. He then commanded his general (who was an old, experienced leader and a great patron of mine) to draw up the troops in close order and march under me; the foot by twenty-four abreast and the horse by sixteen, with drums beating, colors flying, and pikes advanced. This body consisted of three thousand foot and a thousand horse.

Two days after this adventure, the emperor, having ordered that part of the army stationed in and around his capital to be on standby, decided to entertain himself in a unique way. He asked me to stand like a giant, spreading my legs as wide as I could. Then he commanded his general (who was an old, experienced leader and a great supporter of mine) to line up the troops closely and march underneath me; the infantry in groups of twenty-four and the cavalry in groups of sixteen, with drums beating, banners waving, and pikes raised. This assembly included three thousand infantry and a thousand cavalry.

I had sent so many memorials and petitions for my liberty, that his majesty at length mentioned the matter, first in the cabinet, and then in full council; where it was opposed by none, except Skyrris Bolgolam who was pleased, without any provocation, to be my mortal enemy. But it was carried against him by the whole board, and confirmed by the emperor. That minister was galbet, or admiral of the realm, very much in his master's confidence, and a person well versed in affairs, but of a morose and sour complexion. However, he was at length persuaded to comply; but prevailed, that the articles and conditions upon which I should be set free, and to which I must swear, should be drawn up by himself.

I had sent so many pleas and requests for my freedom that the king finally brought it up, first in the cabinet and then in a full council meeting. No one opposed it except for Skyrris Bolgolam, who seemed to take pleasure in being my enemy for no reason. However, the whole council voted against him, and the emperor confirmed the decision. That minister was the galbet, or admiral of the realm, who was very trusted by the king and knowledgeable about affairs, but had a grumpy and unfriendly demeanor. Eventually, he was convinced to agree, but insisted that he be the one to draft the articles and conditions for my release, which I would have to swear to.

These articles were brought to me by Skyrris Bolgolam in person, attended by two under-secretaries, and several persons of distinction. After they were read, I was demanded to swear to the performance of them, first in the manner of my own country, and afterwards in the method prescribed by their laws; which was, to hold my right foot in my left hand, and to place the middle finger of my right hand on the crown of my head, and my thumb on the tip of my right ear.

These articles were delivered to me by Skyrris Bolgolam in person, accompanied by two under-secretaries and several notable individuals. After they were read, I was asked to swear to uphold them, first in the way of my own country, and then in the manner required by their laws; which involved holding my right foot in my left hand, placing the middle finger of my right hand on the crown of my head, and my thumb on the tip of my right ear.

But because the reader may be curious to have some idea of the style and manner of expression peculiar to that people, as well as to know the articles upon which I recovered my liberty, I have made a translation of the whole instrument, word for word, as near as I was able, which I here offer to the public.

But since the reader might be interested in the style and way of speaking unique to that people, as well as the terms on which I regained my freedom, I have translated the entire document, word for word, as closely as I could, which I present here to the public.

Golbasto Momaren Evlame Gurdilo Shefin Mully Ully Gue, Most Mighty Emperor of Lilliput, delight and terror of the universe, whose dominions extend five thousand blustrugs (about twelve miles in circumference) to the extremities of the globe; monarch of all monarchs, taller than the sons of men; whose feet press down to the centre, and whose head strikes against the sun; at whose nod the princes of the earth shake their knees; pleasant as the spring, comfortable as the summer, fruitful as autumn, dreadful as winter. His most sublime majesty proposeth to the man-mountain, lately arrived at our celestial dominions, the following articles, which by a solemn oath he shall be obliged to perform.

Golbasto Momaren Evlame Gurdilo Shefin Mully Ully Gue, Most Powerful Emperor of Lilliput, both a source of joy and fear across the universe, whose rule spans five thousand blustrugs (about twelve miles around) to the edges of the earth; king of all kings, taller than any human; whose feet reach down to the center of the earth and whose head touches the sun; at whose command the rulers of the world tremble; delightful like spring, cozy like summer, bountiful like autumn, and terrifying like winter. His most exalted majesty presents the following terms to the giant, who has just arrived in our heavenly territory, which he shall be bound by a solemn oath to fulfill.

First. The man-mountain shall not depart from our dominions without our license under our great seal.

First. The giant must not leave our territory without our permission under our official seal.

Second. He shall not presume to come into our metropolis, without our express order, at which time the inhabitants shall have two hours warning to keep within doors.

Second. He must not come into our city without our direct order, and when that happens, the residents will have two hours' notice to stay indoors.

Third. The said man-mountain shall confine his walks to our principal high roads, and not offer to walk or lie down in a meadow or field of corn.[22]

Third. The said giant shall stick to our main highways and must not attempt to walk or lie down in a meadow or cornfield.[22]

Fourth. As he walks the said roads, he shall take the utmost care not to trample upon the bodies of any of our loving subjects, their horses or carriages, nor take any of our subjects into his hands without their own consent.

Fourth. As he walks the mentioned roads, he must be very careful not to step on the bodies of any of our loyal subjects, their horses, or carriages, nor should he take hold of any of our subjects without their consent.

Fifth. If an express requires extraordinary despatch, the man-mountain shall be obliged to carry in his pocket the messenger and horse a six-days' journey once in every moon, and return the said messenger back (if so required) safe to our imperial presence.

Fifth. If an express needs to be delivered urgently, the big guy must carry the messenger and horse for a six-day journey once a month and return the messenger safely to our imperial presence if requested.

Sixth. He shall be our ally against our enemies in the island of Blefuscu, and do his utmost to destroy their fleet, which is now preparing to invade us.

Sixth. He will be our ally against our enemies on the island of Blefuscu and do everything he can to destroy their fleet, which is currently getting ready to invade us.

Seventh. That the said man-mountain shall at his times of leisure be aiding and assisting to our workmen, in helping to raise certain great stones, towards covering the wall of the principal park, and other our royal buildings.

Seventh. That the mentioned giant shall, in his free time, help our workers lift some large stones to cover the wall of the main park and our other royal buildings.

Eighth. That the said man-mountain shall, in two moons time, deliver in an exact survey of the circumference of our dominions, by a computation of his own paces round the coast.

Eighth. That the mentioned giant shall, in two months' time, provide an accurate survey of the boundaries of our lands, by counting his own steps around the coast.

Lastly. That upon his solemn oath to observe all the above articles, the said man-mountain shall have a daily allowance of meat and drink sufficient for the support of 1724 of our subjects, with free access to our royal person, and other marks of our favor. Given at our palace at Belfaborac, the twelfth day of the ninety-first moon of our reign.

Lastly, upon his solemn oath to follow all the above articles, the said giant shall receive a daily supply of food and drink enough to sustain 1724 of our subjects, with unrestricted access to our royal presence and other signs of our favor. Given at our palace at Belfaborac, on the twelfth day of the ninety-first moon of our reign.

I swore and subscribed to the articles with great cheerfulness and content, although some of them were not so honorable as I could have wished; which proceeded wholly from the malice of Skyrris Bolgolam, the high admiral; whereupon my chains were immediately unlocked, and I was at full liberty. The emperor himself in person did me the honor to be by at the whole ceremony. I made my acknowledgments, by prostrating myself at his majesty's feet: but he commanded me to rise; and after many gracious expressions, which, to avoid the censure of vanity, I shall not repeat, he added, that he hoped I should prove a useful servant, and well deserve all the favors he had already conferred upon me, or might do for the future.

I happily swore in and agreed to the articles, even though some of them weren't as honorable as I would have liked; this was entirely due to the spite of Skyrris Bolgolam, the high admiral. Immediately after, my chains were unlocked, and I was completely free. The emperor himself attended the entire ceremony, which was an honor for me. I showed my gratitude by bowing down at his feet, but he told me to get up. After many kind words, which I won't repeat to avoid sounding vain, he said he hoped I would be a valuable servant and earn all the favors he had already granted me, or would grant me in the future.

The reader may please to observe, that, in the last article for the recovery of my liberty, the emperor stipulates to allow me a quantity of meat and drink sufficient for the support of 1724 Lilliputians. Some time after, asking a friend at court, how they came to fix on that determinate number, he told me, that his majesty's mathematicians having taken the height of my body by the help of a quadrant,[23] and finding it to exceed theirs in the proportion of twelve to one, they concluded, from the similarity of their bodies, that mine must contain at least 1724 of theirs, and consequently would require as much food as was necessary to support that number of Lilliputians. By which the reader may conceive an idea of the ingenuity of that people, as well as the prudent and exact economy of so great a prince.

The reader may notice that in the last agreement for my release, the emperor arranged to provide me with enough food and drink to sustain 1724 Lilliputians. Later, when I asked a friend at court how they determined that specific number, he explained that the emperor's mathematicians measured my height using a quadrant,[23] and found it to be twelve times taller than theirs. From the similarity in our body types, they concluded that I must contain at least 1724 of their people, and therefore would need as much food as it would take to support that many Lilliputians. This gives the reader an idea of the cleverness of that society, as well as the careful and precise management of such a significant ruler.

bar design

CHAPTER IV.

MILENDO, THE METROPOLIS OF LILLIPUT, DESCRIBED TOGETHER WITH THE EMPEROR'S PALACE. A CONVERSATION BETWEEN THE AUTHOR AND A PRINCIPAL SECRETARY, CONCERNING THE AFFAIRS OF THAT EMPIRE. THE AUTHOR OFFERS TO SERVE THE EMPEROR IN HIS WARS.

MILENDO, THE CAPITAL OF LILLIPUT, ALONG WITH THE EMPEROR'S PALACE. A DISCUSSION BETWEEN THE AUTHOR AND A CHIEF SECRETARY ABOUT THE EMPIRE'S MATTERS. THE AUTHOR OFFERS TO SUPPORT THE EMPEROR IN HIS WARS.

The first request I made, after I had obtained my liberty, was, that I might have license to see Milendo, the metropolis; which the emperor easily granted me, but with a special charge to do no hurt, either to the inhabitants or their houses. The people had notice, by proclamation, of my design to visit the town.

The first thing I asked for after gaining my freedom was permission to visit Milendo, the capital city. The emperor quickly granted my request but specifically instructed me not to harm either the people or their homes. The residents were informed through a public announcement about my plan to visit the city.

The wall, which encompassed it, is two feet and a half high, and at least eleven inches broad, so that a coach and horses may be driven very safely round it; and it is flanked with strong towers at ten feet distance. I stept over the great western gate, and passed very gently, and sideling, through the two principal streets, only in my short waistcoat, for fear of damaging the roofs and eaves of the houses with the skirts[24] of my coat. I walked with the utmost circumspection, to avoid treading on any stragglers who might remain in the streets; although the orders were very strict, that all people should keep in their houses at their own peril. The garret-windows and tops of houses were so crowded with spectators, that I thought in all my travels I had not seen a more populous place.

The wall surrounding it is two and a half feet high and at least eleven inches wide, allowing a coach and horses to navigate around it safely. It's lined with strong towers spaced ten feet apart. I stepped over the large western gate and carefully made my way through the two main streets, only in my short waistcoat, to avoid damaging the roofs and eaves of the houses with the skirts[24] of my coat. I walked very cautiously to avoid stepping on any stragglers who might still be in the streets, even though it was strictly ordered that everyone should stay indoors at their own risk. The garret windows and rooftops were so packed with onlookers that I felt I had never seen a busier place in all my travels.

The city is an exact square, each side of the wall being five hundred feet long. The two great streets, which run across and divide it into four quarters, are five feet wide. The lanes and alleys, which I could not enter, but only viewed them as I passed, are from twelve to eighteen inches. The town is capable of holding five hundred thousand souls; the houses are from three to five stories; the shops and markets well provided.

The city is a perfect square, with each side of the wall measuring five hundred feet. The two main streets that cross through and divide it into four sections are five feet wide. The lanes and alleys, which I could only glance at as I went by, range from twelve to eighteen inches. The town can accommodate five hundred thousand people; the buildings are between three to five stories high, and the shops and markets are well-stocked.

The emperor's palace is in the centre of the city, where the two great streets meet. It is enclosed by a wall of two foot high, and twenty foot distant from the buildings. I had his majesty's permission to step over this wall; and the space being so wide between that and the palace, I could easily view it on every side.

The emperor's palace is in the middle of the city, where the two main streets intersect. It’s surrounded by a wall that’s two feet high and twenty feet away from the buildings. I had the king's permission to climb over this wall, and since the space between it and the palace is so wide, I could easily see it from all directions.

The outward court is a square of forty feet, and includes two other courts; in the inmost are the royal apartments, which I was very desirous to see, but found it extremely difficult; for the great gates from one square into another were but eighteen inches high, and seven inches wide. Now the buildings of the outer court were at least five feet high, and it was impossible for me to stride over them without infinite damage to the pile, though the walls were strongly built of hewn stone, and four inches thick.

The outer court is a square measuring forty feet and contains two other courts; in the innermost one are the royal apartments, which I was very eager to see, but found it incredibly challenging. The large gates linking one square to another were only eighteen inches high and seven inches wide. The structures in the outer court were at least five feet tall, making it impossible for me to step over them without causing significant damage to the buildings, even though the walls were solidly constructed from cut stone and four inches thick.

At the same time, the emperor had a great desire that I should see the magnificence of his palace; but this I was not able to do till three days after, which I spent in cutting down, with my knife, some of the largest trees in the royal park, about an hundred yards distance from the city. Of these trees I made two stools, each about three feet high, and strong enough to bear my weight.

At the same time, the emperor really wanted me to see how magnificent his palace was; however, I couldn't do that until three days later. During those three days, I used my knife to cut down some of the largest trees in the royal park, which was about a hundred yards from the city. From these trees, I made two stools, each about three feet tall and sturdy enough to support my weight.

HER IMPERIAL MAJESTY WAS PLEASED TO SMILE VERY GRACIOUSLY UPON ME.

HER IMPERIAL MAJESTY WAS PLEASED TO SMILE VERY GRACIOUSLY UPON ME.

HER IMPERIAL MAJESTY SMILED AT ME VERY GRACIOUSLY.

The people having received notice a second time, I went again through the city to the palace, with my two stools in my hands. When I came to the side of the outer court, I stood upon one stool, and took the other in my hand; this I lifted over the roof, and gently set it down on the space between the first and second court, which was eight feet wide. I then stept over the building very conveniently, from one stool to the other, and drew up the first after me with a hooked stick. By this contrivance I got into the inmost court; and, lying down upon my side, I applied my face to the windows of the middle stories, which were left open on purpose, and discovered the most splendid apartments that can be imagined. There I saw the empress and the young princes in their several lodgings, with their chief attendants about them. Her imperial majesty was pleased to smile very graciously upon me, and gave me out of the window her hand to kiss.

The people had been notified a second time, so I made my way through the city to the palace, carrying my two stools. When I reached the side of the outer court, I stood on one stool and held the other in my hand; I lifted it over the roof and gently placed it down in the space between the first and second court, which was eight feet wide. I then stepped over the building conveniently from one stool to the other and pulled the first stool up after me with a hooked stick. With this setup, I managed to get into the innermost court; lying on my side, I leaned my face against the open windows of the middle stories, which had been left open on purpose, and saw the most magnificent rooms imaginable. There I spotted the empress and the young princes in their separate lodgings, surrounded by their main attendants. Her imperial majesty smiled warmly at me and offered her hand out of the window for me to kiss.

But I shall not anticipate the reader with farther descriptions of this kind, because I reserve them for a greater work, which is now almost ready for the press, containing a general description of this empire, from its first erection, through a long series of princes, with a particular account of their wars and politics, laws, learning, and religion, their plants and animals, their peculiar manners and customs, with other matters very curious and useful; my chief design, at present, being only to relate such events and transactions as happened to the public, or to myself, during a residence of about nine months in that empire.

But I won’t keep the reader waiting with more descriptions like this, because I’m saving them for a bigger work that's almost ready to be published. This upcoming book will give a general overview of the empire, from its beginnings through a long line of rulers, including details about their wars and politics, laws, education, religion, plants and animals, unique customs and habits, as well as other interesting and useful information. For now, my main focus is just to share the events and experiences that happened to the public or to me during my nine-month stay in that empire.

One morning, about a fortnight after I had obtained my liberty, Reldresal, principal secretary (as they style him) for private affairs, came to my house, attended only by one servant. He ordered his coach to wait at a distance, and desired I would give him an hour's audience; which I readily consented to, on account of his quality and personal merits, as well as of the many good offices he had done me during my solicitations at court. I offered to lie down, that he might the more conveniently reach my ear; but he chose rather to let me hold him in my hand during our conversation.

One morning, about two weeks after I gained my freedom, Reldresal, the principal secretary (as they call him) for private affairs, came to my house with just one servant. He instructed his coach to wait at a distance and asked if I could spare him an hour for a chat; I gladly agreed because of his position, his personal qualities, and all the help he had given me during my dealings at court. I suggested lying down so it would be easier for him to talk, but he preferred that I hold him in my hand while we talked.

He began with compliments on my liberty; said he might pretend to some merit in it. But however, added, that if it had not been for the present situation of things at court, perhaps I might not have obtained it so soon. For, said he, as flourishing a condition as we may appear to be in to foreigners, we labor under two mighty evils: a violent faction at home, and the danger of an invasion, by a most potent enemy, from abroad. As to the first, you are to understand, that, for above seventy moons past, there have been two struggling parties in this empire, under the names of Tramecksan and Slamecksan, from the high and low heels of their shoes, by which they distinguish themselves. It is alleged, indeed, that the high heels are most agreeable to our ancient constitution; but, however this may be, his majesty hath determined to make use only of low heels in the administration of the government, and all offices in the gift of the crown, as you cannot but observe: and particularly, that his majesty's imperial heels are lower, at least by a drurr, than any of his court (drurr is a measure about the fourteenth part of an inch). The animosities between these two parties run so high, that they will neither eat nor drink nor talk with each other. We compute the Tramecksan, or high heels, to exceed us in number; but the power is wholly on our side. We apprehend his imperial highness, the heir to the crown, to have some tendency towards the high heels; at least, we can plainly discover that one of his heels is higher than the other, which gives him a hobble in his gait. Now, in the midst of these intestine disquiets, we are threatened with an invasion from the island of Blefuscu, which is the other great empire of the universe, almost as large and powerful as this of his majesty. For, as to what we have heard you affirm, that there are other kingdoms and states in the world, inhabited by human creatures as large as yourself, our philosophers are in much doubt, and would rather conjecture that you dropped from the moon or one of the stars, because it is certain, that an hundred mortals of your bulk would, in a short time, destroy all the fruits and cattle of his majesty's dominions. Besides, our histories of six thousand moons make no mention of any other regions than the two great empires of Lilliput and Blefuscu. Which two mighty powers have, as I was going to tell you, been engaged in a most obstinate war for six-and-thirty moons past. It began upon the following occasion: It is allowed on all hands, that the primitive way of breaking eggs, before we eat them, was upon the larger end; but his present majesty's grandfather, while he was a boy, going to eat an egg, and breaking it according to the ancient practice, happened to cut one of his fingers. Whereupon the emperor, his father, published an edict, commanding all his subjects, upon great penalties, to break the smaller end of their eggs. The people so highly resented this law, that our histories tell us, there have been six rebellions raised on that account, wherein one emperor lost his life, and another his crown. These civil commotions were constantly fomented by the monarchs of Blefuscu; and when they were quelled, the exiles always fled for refuge to that empire. It is computed, that eleven thousand persons have, at several times, suffered death, rather than submit to break their eggs at the smaller end. Many hundred large volumes have been published upon this controversy, but the books of the Big-endians have been long forbidden, and the whole party rendered incapable, by law, of holding employments.

He started by complimenting my freedom, claiming he might take some credit for it. But he added that if it weren't for the current situation at court, I might not have gotten it so quickly. He said that despite how prosperous we seem to outsiders, we're dealing with two major issues: a violent faction at home and the threat of invasion from a powerful enemy abroad. Regarding the first issue, you should know that for over seventy moons, there have been two opposing groups in this empire, known as Tramecksan and Slamecksan, defined by the height of their shoes. It’s argued that high heels align better with our ancient constitution; however, his majesty has decided to only use low heels in government and all crown positions, as you may have noticed. Specifically, his majesty's imperial heels are at least a drurr lower than anyone at court (drurr is a measure about a fourteenth of an inch). The hostility between these factions is so intense that they refuse to share food, drink, or conversation. We estimate that the Tramecksan (the high heels) outnumber us, but we hold the power. We suspect that his imperial highness, the heir to the crown, leans towards high heels; at least, we can clearly see that one of his heels is taller than the other, causing him to limp a bit. Amidst these internal conflicts, we're also faced with a threat of invasion from the island of Blefuscu, which is the other great empire in the world, almost as large and powerful as his majesty's. Concerning your claims about other kingdoms and places inhabited by beings your size, our philosophers are skeptical and prefer to think you fell from the moon or a star, because it's certain that one hundred people your size would quickly ruin all the crops and livestock in his majesty's lands. Furthermore, our histories over six thousand moons mention no other lands than the two great empires of Lilliput and Blefuscu. As I was mentioning, these two powerful kingdoms have been locked in a bitter war for thirty-six moons now. It started for the following reason: it’s universally accepted that the original way to break eggs before eating them was from the larger end, but his present majesty's grandfather, as a boy, broke an egg that way and cut one of his fingers. In response, the emperor, his father, issued a decree mandating all subjects, under severe penalties, to break their eggs at the smaller end. The people were so angered by this law that our histories recount six rebellions over it, resulting in one emperor losing his life and another his crown. These civil unrests were constantly stirred by the monarchs of Blefuscu, and when quelled, the exiles always sought refuge in that empire. It's estimated that eleven thousand people have died at various times rather than yield to breaking their eggs at the smaller end. Many hundreds of large volumes have been written on this debate, but the books by the Big-endians have long been banned, and that entire group has been legally barred from holding positions.

During the course of these troubles, the Emperors of Blefuscu did frequently expostulate, by their ambassadors, accusing us of making a schism in religion, by offending against a fundamental doctrine of our great prophet Lustrog, in the fifty-fourth chapter of the Blundecral (which is their Alcoran)[25] This, however, is thought to be a mere strain upon the text; for the words are these: That all true believers break their eggs at the convenient end. And which is the convenient end, seems, in my humble opinion, to be left to every man's conscience, or, at least, in the power of the chief magistrate to determine. Now, the Big-endian exiles have found so much credit in the emperor of Blefuscu's court, and so much private assistance and encouragement from their party here at home, that a bloody war hath been carried on between the two empires fo six-and-thirty moons, with various success; during which time we have lost forty capital ships, and a much greater number of smaller vessels, together with thirty thousand of our best seamen and soldiers; and the damage received by the enemy is reckoned to be somewhat greater than ours. However, they have now equipped a numerous fleet, and are just preparing to make a descent upon us; and his imperial majesty, placing great confidence in your valor and strength, hath commanded me to lay this account of his affairs before you.

During these issues, the Emperors of Blefuscu often complained through their ambassadors, accusing us of causing a division in religion by going against a core belief of our great prophet Lustrog, in the fifty-fourth chapter of the Blundecral (which is their Alcoran)[25]. However, this is considered a misinterpretation of the text; for the words state that all true believers break their eggs at the convenient end. And what constitutes the convenient end seems, in my humble opinion, to be left to each person's conscience, or, at least, in the discretion of the chief magistrate to decide. Now, the Big-endian exiles have gained considerable favor in the emperor of Blefuscu's court and received significant support and encouragement from their faction here at home, so a bloody war has been waged between the two empires for six-and-thirty moons, with mixed outcomes; during this time we have lost forty major ships and many more smaller vessels, along with thirty thousand of our best sailors and soldiers; and the damage inflicted on the enemy is believed to be slightly more than ours. Nevertheless, they have now prepared a large fleet and are getting ready to launch an attack on us; and his imperial majesty, placing great confidence in your bravery and strength, has commanded me to present this account of his affairs to you.

I desired the secretary to present my humble duty to the emperor, and to let him know that I thought it would not become me, who was a foreigner, to interfere with parties; but I was ready, with the hazard of my life, to defend his person and state against all invaders.

I asked the secretary to pass on my respects to the emperor and to let him know that I believed it wouldn’t be appropriate for me, as a foreigner, to get involved in affairs. However, I was willing, even at the risk of my own life, to protect his person and state from any invaders.

bar design

CHAPTER V.

THE AUTHOR, BY AN EXTRAORDINARY STRATAGEM, PREVENTS AN INVASION. A HIGH TITLE OF HONOR IS CONFERRED UPON HIM. AMBASSADORS ARRIVE FROM THE EMPEROR OF BLEFUSCU, AND SUE FOR PEACE. THE EMPRESS'S APARTMENT ON FIRE, BY ACCIDENT; THE AUTHOR INSTRUMENTAL IN SAVING THE REST OF THE PALACE.

THE AUTHOR, USING A BRILLIANT STRATEGY, STOPS AN INVASION. A HIGH HONORARY TITLE IS GIVEN TO HIM. AMBASSADORS ARRIVE FROM THE EMPEROR OF BLEFUSCU, REQUESTING PEACE. THE EMPRESS'S APARTMENT CATCHES FIRE ACCIDENTALLY; THE AUTHOR PLAYS A KEY ROLE IN SAVING THE REST OF THE PALACE.

The empire of Blefuscu is an island, situate to the north northeast of Lilliput, from whence it is parted only by a channel of eight hundred yards wide. I had not yet seen it; and upon this notice of an intended invasion, I avoided appearing on that side of the coast, for fear of being discovered by some of the enemy's ships, who had received no intelligence of me, all intercourse between the two empires having been strictly forbidden during the war, upon the pain of death, and an embargo[26] laid by our emperor upon all vessels whatsoever.

The empire of Blefuscu is an island located to the north-northeast of Lilliput, separated by a channel that is eight hundred yards wide. I hadn't seen it yet, and after hearing about a planned invasion, I avoided going near that side of the coast to prevent being spotted by some enemy ships, who had no information about me. All contact between the two empires had been strictly prohibited during the war, punishable by death, and our emperor had placed an embargo[26] on all vessels.

I communicated to his majesty a project I had formed, of seizing the enemy's whole fleet; which, as our scouts assured us, lay at anchor in the harbor, ready to sail with the first fair wind. I consulted the most experienced seamen upon the depth of the channel, which they had often plumbed; who told me, that in the middle, at high water, it was seventy glumgluffs deep, which is about six feet of European measure; and the rest of it fifty glumgluffs at most. I walked towards the northeast coast, over against Blefuscu; where, lying down behind a hillock, I took out my small perspective glass, and viewed the enemy's fleet at anchor, consisting of about fifty men-of-war, and a great number of transports; I then came back to my house, and gave orders (for which I had a warrant) for a great quantity of the strongest cable and bars of iron. The cable was about as thick as packthread, and the bars of the length and size of a knitting needle. I trebled the cable, to make it stronger; and, for the same reason, I twisted three of the iron bars together, bending the extremities into a hook.

I told the king about a plan I had to capture the enemy's entire fleet, which, according to our scouts, was anchored in the harbor, ready to set sail with the first good wind. I consulted the most experienced sailors about the depth of the channel, which they had measured many times; they informed me that in the middle, at high tide, it was seventy glumgluffs deep, roughly equivalent to six feet in European measurements, and the rest was at most fifty glumgluffs. I walked toward the northeast coast, opposite Blefuscu; there, lying down behind a small hill, I took out my telescope and observed the enemy's fleet at anchor, which consisted of about fifty warships and a large number of transport vessels. After that, I returned to my house and issued orders (for which I had proper authorization) for a significant amount of strong cable and iron bars. The cable was about as thick as sewing thread, and the bars were the length and thickness of a knitting needle. I tripled the cable to make it stronger, and for the same reason, I twisted three of the iron bars together, bending the ends into a hook.

Having thus fixed fifty hooks to as many cables, I went back to the northeast coast, and putting off my coat, shoes, and stockings, walked into the sea in my leathern jerkin, about half an hour before high-water. I waded with what haste I could, and swam in the middle about thirty yards, till I felt ground; I arrived at the fleet in less than half an hour. The enemy were so frightened, when they saw me, that they leaped out of their ships, and swam to shore, where there could not be fewer than thirty thousand souls: I then took my tackling, and fastening a hook to the hole at the prow of each, I tied all the cords together at the end.

Having attached fifty hooks to as many cables, I went back to the northeast coast. I took off my coat, shoes, and socks and walked into the sea in my leather jerkin about half an hour before high tide. I waded as quickly as I could and swam about thirty yards until I felt the bottom; I reached the fleet in less than half an hour. The enemy was so scared when they saw me that they jumped out of their ships and swam to shore, where there were at least thirty thousand people. I then took my gear, attached a hook to the hole at the front of each ship, and tied all the cords together at the end.

While I was thus employed, the enemy discharged several thousand arrows, many of which stuck in my hands and face; and, besides the excessive smart, gave me much disturbance in my work. My greatest apprehension was for mine eyes, which I should have infallibly lost, if I had not suddenly thought of an expedient. I kept, among other little necessaries, a pair of spectacles, in a private pocket, which, as I observed before, had escaped the emperor's searchers. These I took out, and fastened as strongly as I could upon my nose, and thus armed, went on boldly with my work, in spite of the enemy's arrows, many of which struck against the glasses of my spectacles, but without any other effect, farther than a little to discompose them.[27] I had now fastened all the hooks, and, taking the knot in my hand, began to pull: but not a ship would stir, for they were all too fast held by their anchors; so that the boldest part of my enterprise remained. I therefore let go the cord, and, leaving the hooks fixed to the ships, I resolutely cut with my knife the cables that fastened the anchors, receiving above two hundred shots in my face and hands; then I took up the knotted end of the cables, to which my hooks were tied, and, with great ease, drew fifty of the enemy's largest men-of-war after me.

While I was working, the enemy fired off thousands of arrows, many of which hit my hands and face; in addition to the extreme pain, they caused a lot of distractions while I was trying to focus. I was most worried about my eyes, which I would have definitely lost if I hadn’t suddenly come up with a solution. I had, among other small items, a pair of glasses tucked away in a secret pocket that, as I mentioned before, had escaped the emperor’s searchers. I pulled them out and secured them as best as I could on my nose, and with that protection, I boldly continued my work, despite the enemy’s arrows, many of which struck against the lenses of my glasses but had no other effect other than slightly shifting them. [27] I had now secured all the hooks, and, holding the knot in my hand, I began to pull: but no ship would move, as they were all firmly held by their anchors; so the riskiest part of my task lay ahead. I let go of the cord, and, leaving the hooks attached to the ships, I resolutely cut the cables that held the anchors, taking over two hundred hits to my face and hands; then I grabbed the knotted end of the cables to which my hooks were tied, and, with great ease, pulled fifty of the enemy's largest warships after me.

The Blefuscudians, who had not the least imagination of what I intended, were at first confounded with astonishment. They had seen me cut the cables, and thought my design was only to let the ships run adrift, or fall foul on each other: but when they perceived the whole fleet moving in order, and saw me pulling at the end, they set up such a scream of grief and despair as it is almost impossible to describe or conceive. When I had got out of danger, I stopped awhile to pick out the arrows that stuck in my hands and face: and rubbed on some of the same ointment that was given me at my first arrival, as I have formerly mentioned. I then took off my spectacles, and waiting about an hour, till the tide was a little fallen, I waded through the middle with my cargo, and arrived safe at the royal port of Lilliput.

The Blefuscudians, who had no idea what I was up to, were initially shocked and astonished. They had watched me cut the cables and thought I just wanted to let the ships drift or collide with each other. But when they saw the entire fleet moving in formation and noticed me pulling at the end, they let out a scream of grief and despair that’s almost impossible to describe. Once I was out of danger, I took a moment to remove the arrows that were lodged in my hands and face, and I applied some of the ointment I had received when I first arrived, as I mentioned before. I then took off my glasses and waited about an hour for the tide to go down a bit. After that, I waded through the middle with my load and arrived safely at the royal port of Lilliput.

The emperor and his whole court stood on the shore, expecting the issue of this great adventure. They saw the ships move forward in a large half-moon, but could not discern me, who was up to my breast in water. When I advanced to the middle of the channel, they were yet more in pain, because I was under water to my neck. The emperor concluded me to be drowned, and that the enemy's fleet was approaching in an hostile manner: but he was soon eased of his fears; for the channel growing shallower every step I made, I came in a short time within hearing; and holding up the end of the cable, by which the fleet was fastened, I cried in a loud voice, Long live the most puissant[28] emperor of Lilliput! This great prince received me at my landing, with all possible encomiums, and created me a nardac upon the spot, which is the highest title of honor among them.

The emperor and his entire court stood on the shore, waiting to see what would happen in this great adventure. They watched the ships move forward in a wide half-moon, but they couldn't see me, as I was up to my chest in the water. When I reached the middle of the channel, they became even more anxious because I was underwater up to my neck. The emperor thought I had drowned and that the enemy's fleet was coming in an aggressive manner; however, he was soon relieved of his worries. As the water became shallower with each step I took, I quickly came within earshot, and holding up the end of the cable that secured the fleet, I shouted loudly, "Long live the mighty emperor of Lilliput!" This great prince welcomed me when I landed with all possible praise and immediately made me a nardac, which is the highest title of honor among them.

His majesty desired I would take some other opportunity of bringing all the rest of his enemy's ships into his ports. And so immeasurable is the ambition of princes, that he seemed to think of nothing less than reducing the whole empire of Blefuscu into a province, and governing it by viceroy; of destroying the Big-endian exiles, and compelling that people to break the smaller end of their eggs, by which he would remain the sole monarch of the whole world. But I endeavored to divert him from this design, by many arguments, drawn from the topics of policy, as well as justice. And I plainly protested, that I would never be an instrument of bringing a free and brave people into slavery. And when the matter was debated in council, the wisest part of the ministry were of my opinion.

His majesty wanted me to find another way to bring all the remaining enemy ships into his ports. His ambition was so boundless that he seemed to think about nothing less than turning the entire empire of Blefuscu into a province, ruling it with a viceroy; he wanted to eliminate the Big-endian exiles and force that people to break their eggs at the smaller end, which would mean he would be the sole ruler of the whole world. But I tried to change his mind about this plan, using various arguments based on politics and justice. I made it clear that I would never be a tool to enslave a free and brave people. When the issue was discussed in council, the wisest members of the ministry agreed with my stance.

AND CREATED ME A NARDAC UPON THE SPOT.

"AND CREATED ME A NARDAC UPON THE SPOT."

"AND CREATED ME A NARDAC RIGHT THEN AND THERE."

This open, bold declaration of mine was so opposite to the schemes and politics of his imperial majesty, that he could never forgive me; he mentioned it, in a very artful manner, at council, where, I was told, that some of the wisest appeared, at least by their silence, to be of my opinion; but others, who were my secret enemies, could not forbear some expressions, which by a side-wind reflected on me. And, from this time began an intrigue between his majesty and a junto[29] of ministers maliciously bent against me, which broke out in less than two months, and had like to have ended in my utter destruction. Of so little weight are the greatest services to princes, when put into the balance with a refusal to gratify their passions.

This bold announcement of mine was so contrary to the plans and politics of his imperial majesty that he could never forgive me. He brought it up cleverly at council, where, I was told, some of the wisest members seemed to silently agree with me, but others, who were secretly against me, couldn't help but make comments that indirectly criticized me. From that moment on, an intrigue developed between his majesty and a group of ministers set against me, which erupted in less than two months and almost led to my complete downfall. It shows how little value even the greatest services hold for princes when weighed against a refusal to satisfy their desires.

About three weeks after this exploit, there arrived a solemn embassy from Blefuscu, with humble offers of peace; which was soon concluded, upon conditions very advantageous to our emperor, wherewith I shall not trouble the reader. There were six ambassadors, with a train of about five hundred persons; and their entry was very magnificent, suitable to the grandeur of their master, and the importance of their business. When their treaty was finished, wherein I did them several good offices, by the credit I now had, or at least appeared to have at court, their excellencies, who were privately told how much I had been their friend, made me a visit in form. They began with many compliments upon my valor and generosity, invited me to that kingdom, in the emperor their master's name, and desired me to show some proofs of my prodigious strength, of which they had heard so many wonders; wherein I readily obliged them, but shall not trouble the reader with the particulars.

About three weeks after this event, a formal delegation from Blefuscu arrived, offering peaceful terms. The agreement was quickly reached, benefiting our emperor in many ways, which I won’t go into detail about. There were six ambassadors accompanied by around five hundred people, and their arrival was quite impressive, fitting the dignity of their leader and the significance of their mission. Once the treaty was completed, during which I helped them using the influence I had, or at least appeared to have, at the court, the ambassadors, who had been informed of my support for them, paid me a formal visit. They started with numerous compliments about my bravery and generosity, invited me to their kingdom on behalf of their emperor, and requested that I demonstrate some of my incredible strength, which they had heard so much about. I gladly obliged, but I won’t bother the reader with the specifics.

f

When I had for some time entertained their Excellencies, to their infinite satisfaction and surprise, I desired they would do me the honor to present my most humble respects to the emperor their master, the renown of whose virtues had so justly filled the whole world with admiration, and whose royal person I resolved to attend, before I returned to my own country. Accordingly, the next time I had the honor to see our emperor, I desired his general license to wait on the Blefuscudian monarch, which he was pleased to grant me, as I could plainly perceive, in a very cold manner; but could not guess the reason, till I had a whisper from a certain person, that Flimnap and Bolgolam had represented my intercourse with those ambassadors as a mark of disaffection, from which, I am sure, my heart was wholly free. And this was the first time I began to conceive some imperfect idea of courts and ministers.

After entertaining their Excellencies for a while, much to their satisfaction and surprise, I asked them to pass on my humble respects to their master, the emperor. His virtues had rightfully earned admiration worldwide, and I was determined to meet him before returning to my own country. So, when I had the honor of seeing our emperor again, I requested his permission to visit the Blefuscudian king, which he granted, albeit in a rather cold way. I couldn’t understand why at first until I was informed by someone that Flimnap and Bolgolam had painted my meetings with the ambassadors as a sign of disloyalty, which, I assure you, was far from my intentions. This was the first time I began to get a vague sense of how courts and ministers operate.

It is to be observed, that these ambassadors spoke to me by an interpreter, the languages of both empires differing as much from each other as any two in Europe, and each nation priding itself upon the antiquity, beauty, and energy of its own tongue, with an avowed contempt for that of its neighbor; yet our emperor, standing upon the advantage he had got by the seizure of their fleet, obliged them to deliver their credentials, and make their speech in the Lilliputian tongue.

It’s worth noting that these ambassadors communicated with me through an interpreter, as the languages of both empires were as different from each other as any two languages in Europe, and each nation took pride in the history, elegance, and strength of its own language, openly despising that of its neighbor; however, our emperor, leveraging the advantage gained from taking their fleet, required them to present their credentials and deliver their speech in the Lilliputian language.

And it must be confessed, that, from the great intercourse of trade and commerce between both realms; from the continual reception of exiles, which is mutual among them; and from the custom in each empire, to send their young nobility, and richer gentry, to the other, in order to polish themselves, by seeing the world, and understanding men and manners; there are few persons of distinction, or merchants, or, seamen, who dwell in the maritime parts, but what can hold conversation in both tongues, as I found some weeks after, when I went to pay my respects to the Emperor of Blefuscu, which, in the midst of great misfortunes, through the malice of my enemies, proved a very happy adventure to me, as I shall relate in its proper place.

And I have to admit that, because of the extensive trade and commerce between both kingdoms; due to the ongoing exchange of exiles, which happens on both sides; and because it’s common for young nobles and wealthy gentry from each empire to visit the other to refine themselves by exploring the world and understanding people and their customs; there are very few distinguished individuals, merchants, or sailors living in the coastal areas who can't converse in both languages. I discovered this a few weeks later when I went to pay my respects to the Emperor of Blefuscu, which, despite the great misfortunes caused by my enemies, turned out to be a very fortunate experience for me, as I will explain in the appropriate section.

The reader may remember, that when I signed those articles, upon which I recovered my liberty, there were some which I disliked, upon account of their being too servile; neither could anything but an extreme necessity have forced me to submit. But, being now a nardac of the highest rank in that empire, such offices were looked upon as below my dignity, and the emperor, to do him justice, never once mentioned them to me. However, it was not long before I had an opportunity of doing his majesty, at least as I then thought, a most signal service. I was alarmed at midnight with the cries of many hundred people at my door, by which, being suddenly awaked, I was in some kind of terror. I heard the word burglum repeated incessantly.

The reader might recall that when I signed those articles that allowed me to regain my freedom, there were a few that I disliked because they felt too submissive; only extreme necessity could have made me agree to them. However, now that I am a nardac of the highest rank in that empire, such positions were considered beneath my dignity, and to his credit, the emperor never mentioned them to me. But it wasn’t long before I had a chance to do his majesty what I thought was a significant service. I was awakened in the middle of the night by the cries of hundreds of people at my door, which startled me and filled me with a certain fear. I kept hearing the word burglum repeated over and over.

Several of the emperor's court, making their way through the crowd, entreated me to come immediately to the palace, where her imperial majesty's apartment was on fire, by the carelessness of a maid of honor, who fell asleep while she was reading a romance. I got up in an instant; and orders being given to clear the way before me, and it being likewise a moonshine night, I made a shift to get to the palace, without trampling on any of the people. I found they had already applied ladders to the walls of the apartment, and were well provided with buckets, but the water was at some distance. These buckets were about the size of a large thimble, and the poor people supplied me with them as fast as they could; but the flame was so violent that they did little good. I might easily have stifled it with my coat, which I unfortunately left behind me for haste, and came away only in my leathern jerkin. The case seemed wholly desperate and deplorable, and this magnificent palace would have infallibly been burnt down to the ground, if, by a presence of mind unusual to me, I had not suddenly thought of an expedient by which in three minutes the fire was wholly extinguished, and the rest of that noble pile, which had cost so many ages in erecting, preserved from destruction.

Several members of the emperor's court, making their way through the crowd, urged me to come immediately to the palace, where the empress's room was on fire because a maid of honor had fallen asleep while reading a romance. I got up instantly; after orders were given to clear the way for me and it being a moonlit night, I managed to reach the palace without stepping on anyone. I found that they had already placed ladders against the walls of the room and had plenty of buckets, but the water was far away. These buckets were about the size of a large thimble, and the poor people handed them to me as quickly as they could; however, the flames were so fierce that they barely helped. I could have easily put the fire out with my coat, which I unfortunately left behind in my haste, and I only had my leather tunic on. The situation seemed completely hopeless and tragic, and this magnificent palace would have undoubtedly burned to the ground if, by an unusual presence of mind for me, I hadn’t quickly thought of a way to extinguish the fire entirely in just three minutes, saving the rest of that noble structure, which had taken so many ages to build, from destruction.

It was now daylight, and I returned to my house, without waiting to congratulate with the emperor; because, although I had done a very eminent piece of service, yet I could not tell how his majesty might resent the manner by which I had performed it: for, by the fundamental laws of the realm, it is capital in any man, of what quality soever, to even touch the empress or the royal princesses without invitation. But I was a little comforted by a message from his majesty, that he would give orders to the grand justiciary for passing my pardon in form, which, however, I could not obtain. And I was privately assured that the empress, conceiving the greatest abhorrence of me, and, in the presence of her chief confidants, could not forbear vowing revenge.

It was now daytime, and I went back to my house, without waiting to congratulate the emperor; because, even though I had completed a highly significant service, I wasn't sure how his majesty would react to the way I had done it: for, according to the fundamental laws of the realm, it's a serious offense for anyone, no matter their status, to even touch the empress or the royal princesses without permission. But I felt a bit reassured by a message from his majesty that he would instruct the grand justiciary to officially grant my pardon, which, however, I could not secure. And I was privately informed that the empress, who felt a deep disgust towards me, could not help but vow revenge in front of her closest advisors.

bar design

CHAPTER VI.

OF THE INHABITANTS OF LILLIPUT; THEIR LEARNING, LAWS, AND CUSTOMS; THE MANNER OF EDUCATING THEIR CHILDREN. THE AUTHOR'S WAY OF LIVING IN THAT COUNTRY.

OF THE INHABITANTS OF LILLIPUT; THEIR EDUCATION, LAWS, AND CUSTOMS; HOW THEY RAISE THEIR CHILDREN. THE AUTHOR'S LIFESTYLE IN THAT COUNTRY.

Although I intend to leave the description of this empire to a particular treatise, yet, in the meantime, I am content to gratify the curious reader with some general ideas. As the common size of the natives is somewhat under six inches high, so there is an exact proportion in all other animals, as well as plants and trees: for instance, the tallest horses and oxen are between four and five inches in height, the sheep an inch and a half, more or less; their geese about the bigness of a sparrow, and so the several gradations downwards, till you come to the smallest, which, to my sight, were almost invisible; but nature hath adapted the eyes of the Lilliputians to all objects proper for their view; they see with great exactness, but at no great distance. And, to show the sharpness of their sight, towards objects that are near, I have been much pleased with observing a cook pulling[30] a lark, which was not so large as a common fly; and a young girl threading an invisible needle with invisible silk.

Although I plan to save the detailed description of this empire for a specific work, for now, I'm happy to share some general insights with the curious reader. The average height of the locals is just under six inches, and this size is reflected in all other animals, as well as in plants and trees. For example, the tallest horses and cows are between four and five inches tall, the sheep about an inch and a half, give or take; their geese are about the size of a sparrow, and so on, down to the smallest creatures that, to my eye, were nearly invisible. However, nature has designed the eyes of the Lilliputians to be well-suited for their world; they see with great clarity, but not from far away. To illustrate their keen eyesight for nearby objects, I was amused to watch a cook catching a lark that was no bigger than a common fly, and a young girl threading an invisible needle with invisible silk.

Their tallest trees are about seven feet high; I mean some of those in the great royal park, the tops whereof I could but just reach with my fist clenched. The other vegetables are in the same proportion; but this I leave to the reader's imagination.

Their tallest trees are about seven feet tall; I’m talking about some of those in the big royal park, the tops of which I could barely touch with my fist closed. The other plants are similar in size, but I’ll leave that to the reader's imagination.

I shall say but little at present of their learning, which, for many ages, hath flourished in all its branches among them: but their manner of writing is very peculiar, being neither from the left to the right like the Europeans; nor from the right to the left, like the Arabians; nor from up to down, like the Chinese, but aslant, from one corner of the paper to the other, like ladies in England.

I won't say much about their knowledge right now, which has thrived in various forms among them for many ages. However, their writing style is quite unique. It doesn’t go from left to right like Europeans, or from right to left like Arabs, or top to bottom like the Chinese. Instead, it slants from one corner of the paper to the other, similar to how ladies write in England.

They bury their dead with their heads directly downwards, because they hold an opinion, that in eleven thousand moons they are all to rise again, in which period the earth (which they conceive to be flat) will turn upside down, and by this means they shall, at the resurrection, be found ready, standing on their feet. The learned among them confess the absurdity of this doctrine, but the practice still continues, in compliance to the vulgar.

They bury their dead with their heads pointed straight down because they believe that in eleven thousand moons, everyone will come back to life. They think the earth is flat, and when it flips upside down during this time, they will be ready at the resurrection, standing on their feet. The educated among them acknowledge how ridiculous this belief is, but the practice still continues out of respect for the common people.

There are some laws and customs in this empire very peculiar; and, if they were not so directly contrary to those of my own dear country, I should be tempted to say a little in their justification. It is only to be wished they were as well executed. The first I shall mention relates to informers. All crimes against the state are punished here with the utmost severity; but, if the person accused maketh his innocence plainly to appear upon his trial, the accuser is immediately put to an ignominious death; and, out of his goods, or lands, the innocent person is quadruply recompensed for the loss of his time, for the danger he underwent, for the hardship of his imprisonment, and for all the charges he hath been at in making his defence, or, it that fund be deficient, it is largely supplied by the crown. The emperor also confers on him some public mark of his favor, and proclamation is made of his innocence through the whole city.

There are some laws and customs in this empire that are quite unusual; and if they weren't so directly opposed to those of my own dear country, I might be tempted to say a bit in their defense. It's just to be hoped they were enforced as well. The first one I want to mention relates to informers. All crimes against the state are punished here with the utmost severity; however, if the accused clearly proves their innocence during the trial, the accuser is immediately put to a shameful death. The innocent person is also compensated four times over for the time lost, the danger they faced, the hardship of their imprisonment, and all the expenses incurred in making their defense. If the compensation fund is insufficient, it's generously topped up by the crown. The emperor also gives them a public sign of his favor, and an announcement is made of their innocence throughout the entire city.

They look upon fraud as a greater crime than theft, and therefore seldom fail to punish it with death; for they allege, that care and vigilance, with a very common understanding, may preserve a man's goods from thieves, but honesty has no fence against superior cunning; and, since it is necessary that there should be a perpetual intercourse of buying and selling, and dealing upon credit, where fraud is permitted and connived at, or hath no law to punish it, the honest dealer is always undone, and the knave gets the advantage. I remember, when I was once interceding with the king for a criminal, who had wronged his master of a great sum of money, which he had received by order, and run away with, and happening to tell his majesty, by way of extenuation, that it was only a breach of trust, the emperor thought it monstrous in me, to offer as a defence the greatest aggravation of the crime; and, truly, I had little to say in return, farther than the common answer, that different nations had different customs; for, I confess, I was heartily ashamed.

They see fraud as a bigger crime than theft, and as a result, they often punish it with death. They argue that with enough care and common sense, a person can protect their belongings from thieves, but honesty can't defend against someone who is more cunning. Since it's essential for buying, selling, and credit to function, if fraud is allowed and goes unpunished, the honest trader is always at a disadvantage, and the dishonest one benefits. I remember when I was trying to plead with the king for a criminal who had stolen a significant amount of money he had received by order and then ran away. I mentioned to his majesty, in an attempt to minimize the offense, that it was just a breach of trust. The emperor found it shocking that I would present the worst aspect of the crime as a defense. Honestly, I didn't have much to say in response, except the usual excuse that different nations have different customs. I admit, I was truly embarrassed.

Although we usually call reward and punishment the two hinges upon which all government turns, yet I could never observe this maxim to be put in practice by any nation except that of Lilliput. Whoever can there bring sufficient proof that he hath strictly observed the laws of his country for seventy-three moons, hath a claim to certain privileges, according to his quality and condition of life, with a proportionable sum of out of a fund appropriated for that use; he likewise acquires the title of snillpall, or legal, which is added to his name, but doth not descend to his posterity. And these people thought it a prodigious defect of policy among us, when I told them that our laws were enforced only by penalties, without any mention of reward. It is upon this account that the image of Justice, in their courts of judicature, is formed with six eyes, two before, as many behind, and on each side one, to signify circumspection, with a bag of gold open in her right hand, and a sword sheath in her left, to show she was more disposed to reward than to punish.

Although we usually refer to reward and punishment as the two main principles that all government relies on, I’ve never seen this principle practiced by any nation except Lilliput. There, anyone who can prove they’ve strictly followed the laws of their country for seventy-three moons is entitled to certain privileges based on their status and lifestyle, along with a corresponding sum from a fund set aside for this purpose; they also receive the title of snillpall or legal, which is added to their name but doesn’t pass down to their descendants. These people considered it a major flaw in our policies when I explained that our laws were enforced solely through penalties and didn’t mention any rewards. For this reason, the image of Justice in their courts has six eyes—two in front, two in back, and one on each side—to signify vigilance, holding an open bag of gold in her right hand and a sheathed sword in her left, which symbolizes that she is more inclined to reward than to punish.

In choosing persons for all employments, they have more regard to good morals than to great abilities; for, since government is necessary to mankind, they believe that the common size of human understanding is fitted to some station or other, and that Providence never intended to make the management of public affairs a mystery, to be comprehended only by a few persons of sublime genius, of which there seldom are three born in an age; but they suppose truth, justice, temperance, and the like, to be in every man's power, the practice of which virtues, assisted by experience, and a good intention, would qualify any man for the service of his country, except where a course of study is required. But they thought the want of moral virtues was so far from being supplied by superior endowments of the mind, that employments could never be put into such dangerous hands as those of persons so qualified; and at least, that the mistakes committed by ignorance, in a virtuous disposition, would never be of such fatal consequences to the public weal as the practices of a man whose inclinations led him to be corrupt, and who had great abilities to manage, to multiply, and defend his corruptions.

In choosing people for all jobs, they care more about good character than exceptional skills; since government is essential for humanity, they believe that everyone has the capacity for some role or another, and that it was never intended for the management of public affairs to be a mystery understood only by a few exceptionally gifted individuals—of which there are rarely more than three born in a generation. They think that qualities like truth, justice, and temperance are attainable by everyone, and that practicing these virtues, along with experience and good intentions, would make anyone suitable for serving their country, except in cases where specific training is needed. However, they believed that lacking moral virtues could never be compensated for by superior mental abilities, and that jobs should never be entrusted to such risky individuals. They also felt that the mistakes made out of ignorance by someone with good intentions would never be as harmful to the public good as the actions of a corrupt person with the skills to manage, increase, and protect their wrongdoing.

In like manner, the disbelief of a Divine Providence renders a man incapable of holding any public station; for, since kings avow themselves to be the deputies of Providence, the Lilliputians think nothing can be more absurd than for a prince to employ such men as disown the authority under which he acts.

In the same way, not believing in Divine Providence makes a person unfit for any public position; since kings declare themselves to be representatives of Providence, the Lilliputians find it utterly ridiculous for a prince to hire people who reject the authority he operates under.

In relating these and the following laws, I would only be understood to mean the original institutions, and not the most scandalous corruptions into which these people are fallen, by the degenerate nature of man. For, as to that infamous practice of acquiring great employments by dancing on the ropes, or badges of favor and distinction by leaping over sticks, and creeping under them, the reader is to observe, that they were first introduced by the grandfather of the emperor, now reigning, and grew to the present height by the gradual increase of party and faction.

In discussing these and the following laws, I want to be clear that I’m referring to the original institutions, not the outrageous corruptions that these people have fallen into due to human nature. Regarding that disgraceful practice of getting important positions by tightrope walking, or earning recognition through jumping over sticks and crawling under them, the reader should note that this was first introduced by the grandfather of the current emperor and has escalated over time because of the growing influence of parties and factions.

Ingratitude is, among them, a capital crime, as we read it to have been in some other countries; for they reason thus, that whoever makes ill returns to his benefactor, must needs be a common enemy to the rest of mankind, from whom he hath received no obligation, and therefore such a man is not fit to live.

Ingratitude is considered a serious offense, similar to how it has been viewed in some other countries. The reasoning is that anyone who repays kindness with harm must be seen as a common enemy to everyone else who has done nothing for them, and therefore, such a person is unworthy of life.

Their notions relating to the duties of parents and children differ extremely from ours. Their opinion is, that parents are the last of all others to be trusted with the education of their own children; and, therefore, they have, in every town, public nurseries, where all parents, except cottagers and laborers, are obliged to send their infants of both sexes to be reared and educated, when they come to the age of twenty moons, at which time they are supposed to have some rudiments of docility. These schools are of several kinds, suited to different qualities, and to both sexes. They have certain professors, well skilled in preparing children for such a condition of life as befits the rank of their parents, and their own capacities as well as inclinations. I shall first say something of the male nurseries, and then of the female.

Their ideas about the responsibilities of parents and children are very different from ours. They believe that parents are the last people who should be trusted with the education of their own kids; therefore, in every town, there are public nurseries where all parents, except for those who are cottagers or laborers, are required to send their infants of both genders to be raised and educated when they reach the age of twenty months, at which point they are seen as having some basic understanding of obedience. These schools come in various types, catering to different abilities and to both genders. They employ certain teachers who are well-trained in preparing children for the kind of life that suits their parents’ social status, as well as their own abilities and interests. I will first discuss the male nurseries and then the female ones.

The nurseries for males of noble or eminent birth are provided with grave and learned professors, and their several deputies. The clothes and food of the children are plain and simple. They are bred up in the principles of honor, justice, courage, modesty, clemency, religion, and love of their country; they are always employed in some business, except in the times of eating and sleeping, which are very short, and two hours for diversions, consisting of bodily exercises. They are dressed by men till four years of age, and then are obliged to dress themselves, although their quality be ever so great; and the women attendants, who are aged proportionably to ours at fifty, perform only the most menial offices. They are never suffered to converse with servants, but go together in smaller or greater numbers to take their diversions, and always in the presence of a professor, or one of his deputies; whereby they avoid those early bad impressions of folly and vice, to which our children are subject. Their parents are suffered to see them only twice a year; the visit to last but an hour; they are allowed to kiss the child at meeting and parting; but a professor, who always stands by on those occasions, will not suffer them to whisper, or use any fondling expressions, or bring any presents of toys, sweetmeats, and the like.

The nurseries for boys from noble or prominent families have serious and knowledgeable teachers, along with their assistants. The children's clothing and food are basic and modest. They are raised with values like honor, justice, courage, humility, kindness, faith, and love for their country; they are constantly engaged in various activities, except for short meal and sleep times, with only two hours for recreation that involves physical activities. They are dressed by men until they turn four, after which they must dress themselves, no matter their status; the older female attendants, who are equivalent to our fifty-year-olds, only do the most basic tasks. They are never allowed to talk to servants but go out in small or large groups for recreation, always in the presence of a teacher or one of their assistants, which helps them avoid the early negative influences of foolishness and vice that our children often face. Their parents can only visit them twice a year for just one hour; they can kiss their child upon arrival and departure, but a teacher, who is always present during these visits, won’t allow them to whisper, be overly affectionate, or bring gifts like toys or sweets.

The pension from each family, for the education and entertainment of a child, upon failure of due payment, is levied by the emperor's officers.

The payment from each family for a child's education and entertainment, if not made on time, is collected by the emperor's officials.

The nurseries for children of ordinary gentlemen, merchants, traders, and handicrafts, are managed proportionally after the same manner; only those designed for trades are put out apprentices at eleven years old, whereas those persons of quality continue in their exercises till fifteen, which answers to twenty-one with us; but the confinement is gradually lessened for the last three years.

The childcare facilities for the children of regular gentlemen, merchants, traders, and craftsmen are run in a similar way; the only difference is that children destined for trades become apprentices at eleven, while those from higher societal standing continue their education until fifteen, which is equivalent to our twenty-one. However, the restrictions are gradually eased during the last three years.

In the female nurseries, the young girls of quality are educated much like the males, only they are dressed by orderly servants of their own sex; but always in the presence of a professor or deputy, till they come to dress themselves, which is at five years old. And if it be found that these nurses ever presume to entertain the girls with frightful or foolish stories, or the common follies practised by the chambermaids among us, they are publicly whipped thrice about the city, imprisoned for a year, and banished for life to the most desolate part of the country. Thus, the young ladies there are as much ashamed of being cowards and fools as the men, and despise all personal ornaments beyond decency and cleanliness: neither did I perceive any difference in their education, made by their difference of sex, only that the exercises of the women were not altogether so robust, and that some rules were given them relating to domestic life, and a smaller compass of learning was enjoined them: for their maxim is that, among people of quality, a wife should be always a reasonable and agreeable companion, because she cannot always be young. When the girls are twelve years old, which among them is the marriageable age, their parents or guardians take them home, with great expressions of gratitude to the professors, and seldom without tears of the young lady and her companions.

In the girls' nurseries, the young girls of high status are educated much like the boys, but they are dressed by orderly female attendants; however, this is always done in the presence of a teacher or supervisor until they are old enough to dress themselves, which is at five years old. If it is discovered that these caregivers ever entertain the girls with scary or silly stories, or the typical nonsense practiced by maids among us, they are publicly whipped three times around the city, imprisoned for a year, and banished for life to the most remote part of the countryside. Thus, the young ladies there are just as ashamed of being cowards and fools as the men and look down on all personal adornments beyond what is decent and clean: I also didn’t notice any difference in their education due to their sex, except that the girls’ activities weren’t quite as physically demanding, and they were given some guidelines regarding domestic life, along with a narrower scope of learning: their belief is that, among people of high status, a wife should always be a reasonable and pleasant companion, as she cannot always be young. When the girls turn twelve, which is the age for marriage among them, their parents or guardians take them home, expressing great gratitude to the professors, often with tears from the young lady and her friends.

In the nurseries of females of the meaner sort, the children are instructed in all kinds of works proper for their sex and their several degrees; those intended for apprentices are dismissed at seven years old, the rest are kept to eleven.

In the nurseries of lower-class women, the children are taught various skills suitable for their gender and social status; those meant to become apprentices are let go at seven years old, while the others stay until they are eleven.

The meaner[31] families who have children at these nurseries are obliged, besides their annual pension, which is as low as possible, to return to the steward of the nursery a small monthly share of their gettings, to be a portion[32] for the child; and, therefore, all parents are limited in their expenses by the law. For the Lilliputians think nothing can be more unjust than for people to leave the burden of supporting their children on the public. As to persons of quality, they give security to appropriate a certain sum for each child, suitable to their condition; and these funds are always managed with good husbandry and the most exact justice.

The poorer[31] families with kids in these nurseries have to, in addition to their minimal annual pension, pay a small monthly contribution to the nursery steward based on what they earn, intended for their child; so, all parents must stick to their budget as required by law. The Lilliputians believe it’s unfair for people to let the public shoulder the financial responsibility of raising their children. As for wealthy individuals, they ensure to set aside an appropriate amount for each child that aligns with their status; these funds are always handled wisely and fairly.

The cottagers and laborers keep their children at home, their business being only to till and cultivate the earth, and therefore their education is of little consequence to the public; but the old and diseased among them are supported by hospitals; for begging is a trade unknown in this empire.

The cottage workers and laborers keep their kids at home, focusing only on farming and working the land, so their education doesn't really matter to the public; however, the elderly and sick among them are taken care of by hospitals because begging isn’t a practice in this empire.

And here it may perhaps divert the curious reader to give some account of my domestic,[33] and my manner of living in this country, during a residence of nine months and thirteen days. Having a head for mechanics, and being likewise forced by necessity, I had made for myself a table and chair, convenient enough, out of the largest trees in the royal park. Two hundred sempstresses were employed to make me shirts, and linen for my bed and table, all of the strongest and coarsest kind they could get; which, however, they were forced to quilt together in several folds, for the thickest was some degrees finer than lawn. Their linen is usually three inches wide, and three feet make a piece.

And here it might interest the curious reader to share some details about my home life and how I lived in this country during my stay of nine months and thirteen days. With a knack for mechanics and out of necessity, I created a table and chair that were quite useful from the largest trees in the royal park. I had two hundred seamstresses working to make me shirts and linen for my bed and table, all of the strongest and coarsest quality they could find; however, they had to sew it together in several layers because the thickest material was still slightly finer than lawn. Their linen is generally three inches wide, and three feet make up a piece.

The sempstresses took my measure as I lay on the ground, one standing at my neck, and another at my mid-leg, with a strong cord extended that each held by the end, while a third measured the length of the cord with a rule of an inch long. Then they measured my right thumb, and desired no more; for, by a mathematical computation, that twice round the thumb is once round the wrist, and so on to the neck and the waist, and by the help of my old shirt, which I displayed on the ground before them for a pattern, they fitted me exactly. Three hundred tailors were employed in the same manner to make me clothes; but they had another contrivance for taking my measure. I kneeled down, and they raised a ladder from the ground to my neck; upon this ladder one of them mounted, and let fall a plumb-line from my collar to the floor, which just answered the length of my coat; but my waist and arms I measured myself. When my clothes were finished, which was done in my house (for the largest of theirs would not have been able to hold them), they looked like the patchwork made by the ladies in England, only that mine were all of a color.

The seamstresses took my measurements while I lay on the ground, one standing at my neck and another at my mid-leg, holding a strong cord that they each held at the end, while a third person measured the length of the cord with a one-inch ruler. Then they measured my right thumb and needed nothing more; because, through a mathematical calculation, they determined that two wraps around the thumb equal one wrap around the wrist, and so on to the neck and waist. Using my old shirt, which I laid out on the ground as a pattern, they fitted me perfectly. Three hundred tailors were employed in the same way to make me clothes, but they had a different method for taking my measurements. I kneeled down, and they set up a ladder from the ground to my neck; one of them climbed the ladder and dropped a plumb line from my collar to the floor, which corresponded precisely to the length of my coat. I measured my waist and arms myself. When my clothes were finished, which were made in my house (since the largest of theirs couldn’t accommodate them), they resembled the patchwork made by the ladies in England, except mine were all one color.

THREE HUNDRED TAILORS WERE EMPLOYED TO MAKE ME CLOTHES

"THREE HUNDRED TAILORS WERE EMPLOYED TO MAKE ME CLOTHES"

"Three hundred tailors were hired to make me clothes."

I had three hundred cooks to dress my victuals, in little convenient huts built about my house, where they and their families lived, and prepared me two dishes a-piece. I took up twenty waiters in my hand, and placed them on the table; an hundred more attended below on the ground, some with dishes of meat, and some with barrels of wine and other liquors, flung on their shoulders; all of which the waiters above drew up, as I wanted, in a very ingenious manner, by certain cords, as we draw the bucket up a well in Europe. A dish of their meat was a good mouthful, and a barrel of their liquor a reasonable draught. Their mutton yields to ours, but their beef is excellent, I have had a sirloin so large that I have been forced to make three bites of it; but this is rare. My servants were astonished to see me eat it, bones and all, as in our country we do the leg of a lark. Their geese and turkeys I usually eat at a mouthful, and I must confess they far exceed ours. Of their smaller fowl, I could take up twenty or thirty at the end of my knife.

I had three hundred cooks to prepare my meals in little convenient huts built around my house, where they and their families lived, making me two dishes each. I picked up twenty waiters in my hand and set them on the table; a hundred more were waiting below on the ground, some with plates of food and others with barrels of wine and other drinks slung over their shoulders. The waiters above pulled everything up as I needed it using some clever ropes, just like we pull a bucket up from a well in Europe. A dish of their meat was a good-sized bite, and a barrel of their drink was a decent gulp. Their mutton isn’t as good as ours, but their beef is excellent; I once had a sirloin so massive that I had to take three bites of it, although that's rare. My servants were amazed to see me eat it, bones and all, like we do with a lark's leg in our country. Their geese and turkeys I usually eat in one bite, and I have to admit they are much better than ours. Of their smaller birds, I could easily pick up twenty or thirty with the tip of my knife.

One day his imperial majesty, being informed of my way of living, desired that himself and his royal consort, with the young princes of the blood of both sexes, might have the happiness, as he was pleased to call it, of dining with me. They came accordingly, and I placed them in chairs of state upon my table, just over against me, with their guards about them. Flimnap, the lord high treasurer, attended there likewise, with his white staff; and I observed he often looked on me with a sour countenance, which I would not seem to regard, but eat more than usual, in honor to my dear country, as well as to fill the court with admiration. I have some private reasons to believe that this visit from his majesty gave Flimnap an opportunity of doing me ill offices to his master. That minister had always been my secret enemy, though he outwardly caressed me more than was usual to the moroseness of his nature. He represented to the emperor the low condition of his treasury; that he was forced to take up money at a great discount; that exchequer bills[34] would not circulate under nine per cent, below par; that I had cost his majesty above a million and a half of sprugs (their greatest gold coin, about the bigness of a spangle); and, upon the whole, that it would be advisable in the emperor to take the first fair occasion of dismissing me.

One day, the emperor learned about my way of living and wanted to have the pleasure, as he called it, of dining with me along with his royal partner and the young princes, both male and female. They arrived, and I seated them in state chairs at my table right across from me, with their guards nearby. Flimnap, the high treasurer, was also there with his white staff; I noticed he kept giving me a sour look, which I tried to ignore while eating more than usual to honor my homeland and impress the court. I have my reasons to suspect that the emperor's visit gave Flimnap a chance to undermine me with his master. Flimnap had always been secretly against me, even though he pretended to be nicer than usual for someone with such a grim nature. He told the emperor about the dire state of the treasury, that he had to borrow money at a steep discount, that treasury bills[34] wouldn't sell for less than nine percent under par, that I had cost the emperor over a million and a half of sprugs (their largest gold coin, about the size of a small coin); and overall, he suggested it would be wise for the emperor to look for a good reason to dismiss me.

THE HAPPINESS ... OF DINING WITH ME.

"THE HAPPINESS ... OF DINING WITH ME."

"THE HAPPINESS ... OF DINING WITH ME."



bar design

CHAPTER VII.

THE AUTHOR, BEING INFORMED OF A DESIGN TO ACCUSE HIM OF HIGH TREASON, MAKES HIS ESCAPE TO BLEFUSCU. HIS RECEPTION THERE.

THE AUTHOR, HAVING HEARD ABOUT A PLAN TO ACCUSE HIM OF HIGH TREASON, ESCAPES TO BLEFUSCU. HIS WELCOME THERE.

Before I proceed to give an account of my leaving this kingdom, it may be proper to inform the reader of a private intrigue which had been for two months forming against me.

Before I explain how I left this kingdom, it’s important to let the reader know about a secret plot that had been developing against me for two months.

I had been hitherto all my life a stranger to courts, for which I was unqualified by the meanness of my condition. I had indeed heard and read enough of the dispositions of great princes and ministers, but never expected to have found such terrible effects of them in so remote a country, governed, as I thought, by very different maxims from those in Europe.

I had always been unfamiliar with courts throughout my life, as my background didn’t qualify me for them. I had heard and read a lot about the ways of powerful kings and their advisors, but I never expected to see such drastic consequences from them in a place so far away, controlled, as I believed, by very different principles than those in Europe.

When I was just preparing to pay my attendance on the emperor of Blefuscu, a considerable person at court (to whom I had been very serviceable, at a time when he lay under the highest displeasure of his imperial majesty) came to my house very privately at night, in a close chair,[35] and without sending his name, desired admittance. The chairmen were dismissed; I put the chair, with his lordship in it, into my coat-pocket; and, giving orders to a trusty servant to say I was indisposed and gone to sleep, I fastened the door of my house, placed the chair on the table, according to my usual custom, and sat down by it. After the common salutations were over, observing his lordship's countenance full of concern, and inquiring into the reason, he desired I would hear him with patience, in a matter that highly concerned my honor and my life. His speech was to the following effect, for I took notes of it as soon as he left me:—

When I was about to pay my respects to the emperor of Blefuscu, an important figure at court (who I had been very helpful to during a time when he was in serious trouble with his imperial majesty) came to my house quietly at night in a closed chair,[35] and without revealing his name, asked to be let in. I sent the chairmen away; I put the chair, with him in it, into my coat pocket; and, instructing a trusted servant to say I was unwell and had gone to bed, I locked the door of my house, placed the chair on the table, as I usually did, and sat down next to it. After we exchanged the usual greetings, I noticed that his face showed great worry, and when I asked what was wrong, he urged me to listen patiently, as what he had to say was crucial to my honor and my life. His words were as follows, which I noted down as soon as he left me:—

You are to know, said he, that several committees of council have been lately called in the most private manner on your account; and it is but two days since his majesty came to a full resolution.

You should know, he said, that several council committees have recently met in complete secrecy regarding you; and it was just two days ago that his majesty came to a final decision.

You are very sensible that Skyrris Bolgolam (galbet or high-admiral) hath been your mortal enemy almost ever since your arrival: his original reasons I know not; but his hatred is increased since your great success against Blefuscu, by which his glory, as admiral, is much obscured. This lord, in conjunction with Flimnap the high treasurer, whose enmity against you is notorious, Limtoc the general, Lalcon the chamberlain, and Balmuff the grand justiciary, have prepared articles of impeachment against you, for treason, and other capital crimes.

You know that Skyrris Bolgolam (galbet or high admiral) has been your enemy almost since you got here. I don’t know his original reasons, but his hatred has grown since your big victory against Blefuscu, which has overshadowed his own glory as admiral. This lord, along with Flimnap the high treasurer, who is famously against you, Limtoc the general, Lalcon the chamberlain, and Balmuff the grand justiciary, have put together articles of impeachment against you for treason and other serious crimes.

This preface made me so impatient, being conscious of my own merits and innocence, that I was going to interrupt; when he entreated me to be silent, and thus proceeded.

This preface made me so impatient, aware of my own strengths and innocence, that I was about to interrupt; when he asked me to be quiet, and continued speaking.

HE DESIRED I WOULD HEAR HIM WITH PATIENCE.

"HE DESIRED I WOULD HEAR HIM WITH PATIENCE."

"HE WANTED ME TO LISTEN TO HIM PATIENTLY."

Out of gratitude for the favors you have done for me, I procured information of the whole proceedings, and a copy of the articles; wherein I venture my head for your service.

Out of thanks for everything you've done for me, I got the details of the entire situation and a copy of the documents; in which I'm putting my neck on the line for your benefit.

ARTICLES OF IMPEACHMENT AGAINST QUINBUS FLESTRIN, THE MAN-MOUNTAIN.

ARTICLE I.

Article I.

Whereas, by a statute made in the reign of his Imperial Majesty Calin Deffar Plune, it is enacted, That whoever shall lay hands upon the empress, or upon any of the royal children, shall be liable to the pains and penalties of high treason. Notwithstanding, the said Quinbus Flestrin, in open breach of the said law, under color of extinguishing the fire kindled in the apartment of his Majesty's most dear imperial consort, did maliciously, and traitorously, pull her by the arms, and lift her high in the air in both his hands, against the statute in that case provided, &c., against the duty, &c.

Whereas, by a law established during the reign of his Imperial Majesty Calin Deffar Plune, it is stated that anyone who lays hands on the empress or any royal children will face severe penalties for high treason. Nevertheless, the aforementioned Quinbus Flestrin, openly violating this law, under the pretense of putting out a fire in the apartment of his Majesty's beloved imperial consort, maliciously and traitorously grabbed her by the arms and lifted her high into the air with both hands, contrary to the law in that situation, etc., against his duty, etc.

ARTICLE II.

ARTICLE II.

That the said Quinbus Flestrin, having brought the imperial fleet of Blefuscu into the royal port, and being afterwards commanded by his imperial majesty to seize all the other ships of the said empire of Blefuscu, and reduce that empire to a province, to be governed by a viceroy from hence, and to destroy and put to death, not only all the Big-endian exiles, but likewise all the people of that empire who would not immediately forsake the Big-endian heresy. He, the said Flestrin, like a false traitor against his most auspicious, serene, imperial majesty, did petition to be excused from the said service, upon pretence of unwillingness to force the consciences or destroy the liberties and lives of an innocent people.

That Quinbus Flestrin, after bringing the imperial fleet of Blefuscu into the royal port, was later ordered by his imperial majesty to seize all the other ships of Blefuscu and reduce that empire to a province governed by a viceroy from here. He was also instructed to destroy and eliminate not just all the Big-endian exiles but all the people of that empire who wouldn’t immediately abandon the Big-endian heresy. Flestrin, acting like a false traitor against his most gracious and serene imperial majesty, requested to be excused from this duty, claiming he didn’t want to force the beliefs or violate the freedoms and lives of an innocent people.

ARTICLE III.

ARTICLE III.

That, whereas certain ambassadors arrived from the court of Blefuscu, to sue for peace in his majesty's court; he, the said Flestrin, did, like a false traitor, aid, abet, comfort, and divert the said ambassadors, although he knew them to be servants to a prince who was lately an open enemy to his imperial majesty, and in open war against his said majesty.

That, whereas some ambassadors came from the court of Blefuscu to ask for peace in his majesty's court; he, the aforementioned Flestrin, acted like a false traitor by helping, supporting, comforting, and misleading the ambassadors, even though he knew they were representatives of a prince who had recently been a declared enemy of his imperial majesty and was in active conflict with his majesty.

ARTICLE IV.

ARTICLE IV.

That the said Quinbus Flestrin, contrary to the duty of a faithful subject, is now preparing to make a voyage to the court and empire of Blefuscu, for which he hath received only verbal license from his imperial majesty; and under color of the said license, doth falsely and traitorously intend to take the said voyage, and thereby to aid, comfort, and abet the emperor of Blefuscu, so late an enemy, and in open war with his imperial majesty aforesaid.

That Quinbus Flestrin, going against the obligations of a loyal subject, is currently getting ready to travel to the court and empire of Blefuscu, for which he has only received verbal approval from his imperial majesty; and under the guise of this approval, he plans to deceitfully and traitorously undertake this journey, thereby aiding, comforting, and supporting the emperor of Blefuscu, who was recently an enemy and is in open conflict with his imperial majesty.

There are some other articles, but these are the most important, of which I have read you an abstract.

There are a few other articles, but these are the most important ones, which I've summarized for you.

In the several debates upon this impeachment, it must be confessed that his majesty gave many marks of his great lenity, often urging the services you had done him, and endeavoring to extenuate your crimes. The treasurer and admiral insisted that you should be put to the most painful and ignominious death, by setting fire on your house at night; and the general was to attend, with twenty thousand men armed with poisoned arrows, to shoot you on the face and hands. Some of your servants were to have private orders to strew a poisonous juice on your shirts and sheets, which would soon make you tear your own flesh, and die in the utmost torture. The general came into the same opinion; so that for a long time there was a majority against you: but his majesty resolving, if possible, to spare your life, at last brought off the chamberlain.

In the various discussions about this impeachment, it must be acknowledged that the king showed a lot of mercy, often highlighting the services you had provided him and trying to downplay your crimes. The treasurer and admiral argued that you should face the most painful and disgraceful death by having your house set on fire at night; the general was supposed to be there with twenty thousand men armed with poisoned arrows to shoot you in the face and hands. Some of your servants were given secret instructions to sprinkle a toxic substance on your shirts and sheets, which would quickly cause you to tear at your own flesh and die in extreme agony. The general agreed with this plan, so for a while, there was a majority against you. However, the king was determined to save your life if he could and ultimately managed to sway the chamberlain.

Upon this incident, Reldresal, principal secretary for private affairs, who always approved himself your true friend, was commanded by the emperor to deliver his opinion, which he accordingly did; and therein justified the good thoughts you have of him. He allowed your crimes to be great, but that still there was room for mercy, the most commendable virtue in a prince, and for which his majesty was so justly celebrated. He said, the friendship between you and him was so well known to the world, that perhaps the most honorable board might think him partial; however, in obedience to the command he had received, he would freely offer his sentiments; that if his majesty, in consideration of your services, and pursuant to his own merciful disposition, would please to spare your life, and only give orders to put out both your eyes, he humbly conceived that, by this expedient, justice might in some measure be satisfied, and all the world would applaud the lenity of the emperor, as well as the fair and generous proceedings of those who have the honor to be his counsellors: that the loss of your eyes would be no impediment to your bodily strength, by which you might still be useful to his majesty: that blindness is an addition to courage, by concealing dangers from us: that the fear you had for your eyes was the greatest difficulty in bringing over the enemy's fleet: and it would be sufficient for you to see by the eyes of the ministers, since the greatest princes do no more.

After this incident, Reldresal, the principal secretary for private affairs, who always proved to be your true friend, was ordered by the emperor to give his opinion, which he did; and in doing so, he justified the good opinion you have of him. He acknowledged that your crimes were serious, but emphasized that there was still room for mercy, the most commendable virtue in a prince, for which the emperor was justly celebrated. He pointed out that the friendship between you and him was widely known, so the most honorable board might think he was biased; however, in obedience to the command he had received, he would freely share his thoughts: that if his majesty, considering your services and his own merciful nature, would be willing to spare your life and only order that both your eyes be put out, he humbly believed that this solution might somewhat satisfy justice, and everyone would praise the emperor's leniency, as well as the fair and generous actions of his counselors. He noted that losing your eyesight would not hinder your physical strength, allowing you to still be useful to his majesty; that blindness could enhance courage by keeping dangers hidden from us; that your fear of losing your eyes was the biggest obstacle to defeating the enemy's fleet; and that it would be enough for you to see through the eyes of the ministers, just as the greatest princes do.

This proposal was received with the utmost disapprobation by the whole board. Bolgolam, the admiral, could not preserve his temper, but rising up in fury, said he wondered how the secretary durst presume to give his opinion for preserving the life of a traitor: that the services you had performed were, by all true reasons of state, the great aggravation of your crimes: that you, who extinguished the fire in that unprincipled manner, might at another time inundate and drown the whole palace; and the same strength, which enabled you to bring over the enemy's fleet, might serve, upon the first discontent, to carry it back: that he had good reasons to think you were a Big-endian in your heart; and, as treason begins in the heart, before it appears in overt acts, so he accused you as a traitor on that account, and therefore insisted you should be put to death.

This proposal was met with complete disapproval by the entire board. Bolgolam, the admiral, couldn't contain his anger and, standing up in fury, remarked that he couldn't believe how the secretary dared to suggest preserving the life of a traitor: that the services you had provided were, by all true political standards, a major aggravation of your crimes: that you, who extinguished the fire in such a reckless way, could at another time flood and drown the entire palace; and the same strength that allowed you to bring over the enemy's fleet could, at the first sign of discontent, be used to return it. He had good reasons to suspect you were a Big-endian at heart; and since treason starts in the heart before it shows in obvious actions, he accused you of being a traitor for that reason and insisted you should be executed.

The treasurer was of the same opinion. He showed to what straits his majesty's revenue was reduced, by the charge of maintaining you, which would soon grow insupportable. That the secretary's expedient of putting out your eyes was so far from being a remedy against this evil, that it would probably increase it, as is manifest from the common practice of blinding some sort of fowls, after which they fed the faster, and grew sooner fat. That his sacred majesty, and the council, who are your judges, were to their own consciences fully convinced of your guilt, which was a sufficient argument to condemn you to death without the formal proofs required by the strict letter of the law.

The treasurer agreed. He explained how much your upkeep was straining the king's finances, which would soon become unbearable. He pointed out that the secretary's idea of blinding you was not a solution to this problem; in fact, it would likely make it worse, as seen in the common practice of blinding certain birds, which then eat more and gain weight faster. He stated that the king and the council, who are your judges, were fully convinced of your guilt in their own minds, which was enough reason to sentence you to death without the formal evidence usually needed by law.

But his imperial majesty, fully determined against capital punishment, was graciously pleaded to say, that since the council thought the loss of your eyes too easy a censure, some other might be inflicted hereafter. And your friend, the secretary, humbly desiring to be heard again, in answer to what the treasurer had objected concerning the great charge his majesty was at in maintaining you, said that his excellency, who had the sole disposal of the emperor's revenue, might easily provide against that evil, by gradually lessening your establishment; by which, for want of sufficient food, you would grow weak and faint, and lose your appetite, and consume in a few months; neither would the stench of your carcase be then so dangerous when it should become more than half diminished; and, immediately upon your death, five or six thousand of his majesty's subjects might in two or three days cut your flesh from your bones, take it away by cart-loads, and bury it in distant parts, to prevent infection, leaving the skeleton as a monument of admiration to posterity.

But his imperial majesty, completely against capital punishment, graciously agreed to say that since the council felt that losing your eyes was too lenient a punishment, a different one could be imposed in the future. Your friend, the secretary, humbly requested to speak again in response to what the treasurer had raised about the significant cost his majesty incurred to support you. He said that his excellency, who solely manages the emperor's income, could easily address that issue by gradually reducing your support. This way, you would become weak and faint from lack of sufficient food, lose your appetite, and waste away in a few months. Plus, the smell of your body wouldn’t be as dangerous once it had decayed significantly. Right after your death, five or six thousand of his majesty's subjects could, within two or three days, remove your flesh from your bones, transport it in cartloads, and bury it far away to prevent any infection, leaving the skeleton as a lasting symbol of admiration for future generations.

Thus, by the great friendship of the secretary, the whole affair was compromised. It was strictly enjoined that the project of starving you by degrees should be kept a secret, but the sentence of putting out your eyes was entered on the books, none dissenting except Bolgolam, the admiral, who, being a creature of the empress, was perpetually instigated by her majesty to insist upon your death, she having borne perpetual malice against you, on account of that illegal method you took to remove her and her children the night of the fire.

So, thanks to the strong friendship of the secretary, the whole situation was compromised. It was strictly required that the plan to gradually starve you should remain a secret, but the decision to blind you was officially logged, with no objections except from Bolgolam, the admiral, who, being close to the empress, was constantly pushed by her to demand your death. She had harbored ongoing resentment towards you because of the illegal way you removed her and her children the night of the fire.

In three days, your friend the secretary will be directed to come to your house and read before you the articles of impeachment; and then to signify the great lenity and favor of his majesty and council, whereby you are only condemned to the loss of your eyes, which his majesty doth not question you will gratefully and humbly submit to; and twenty of his majesty's surgeons will attend, in order to see the operation well performed, by discharging very sharp-pointed arrows into the balls of your eyes as you lie on the ground.

In three days, your friend the secretary will be sent to your house to read the articles of impeachment to you; and then to show the great mercy and kindness of his majesty and council, which means you are only facing the loss of your eyes, something his majesty expects you will accept with gratitude and humility. Twenty of his majesty's surgeons will be present to make sure the procedure is done properly, by shooting very sharp arrows into your eyeballs while you lie on the ground.

I leave to your prudence what measures you will take; and, to avoid suspicion, I must immediately return, in as private a manner as I came.

I trust your judgment on what actions you'll take; to avoid any suspicion, I need to head back as discreetly as I arrived.

His lordship did so, and I remained alone, under many doubts and perplexities of mind.

His lordship did that, and I was left alone, filled with many doubts and confusion.

It was a custom, introduced by this prince and his ministry (very different, as I have been assured, from the practices of former times), that after the court had decreed any cruel execution either to gratify the monarch's resentment or the malice of a favorite, the emperor always made a speech to his whole council, expressing his great lenity and tenderness, as qualities known and confessed by all the world. This speech was immediately published through the kingdom; nor did anything terrify the people so much as those encomiums on his majesty's mercy; because it was observed that, the more these praises were enlarged and insisted on, the more inhuman was the punishment, and the sufferer more innocent. Yet, as to myself, I must confess, having never been designed for a courtier, either by my birth or education, I was so ill a judge of things that I could not discover the lenity and favor of this sentence, but conceived it (perhaps erroneously) rather to be rigorous than gentle, I sometimes thought of standing my trial; for although I could not deny the facts alleged in the several articles, yet I hoped they would admit of some extenuation. But having in my life perused many state-trials, which I ever observed to terminate as the judges thought fit to direct, I durst not rely on so dangerous a decision, in so critical a juncture, and against such powerful enemies. Once I was strongly bent upon resistance, for, while I had liberty, the whole strength of that empire could hardly subdue me, and I might easily with stones pelt the metropolis to pieces; but I soon rejected that project with horror, by remembering the oath I had made to the emperor, the favors I received from him, and the high title of nardac he conferred upon me. Neither had I so soon learned the gratitude of courtiers as to persuade myself that his majesty's present seventies acquitted me of all past obligations.

It became a practice, introduced by this prince and his administration (which I have been assured is very different from what happened in the past), that after the court ordered any severe punishment either to satisfy the monarch's anger or a favorite's spite, the emperor always gave a speech to his entire council, highlighting his great kindness and compassion—qualities recognized and acknowledged by everyone. This speech was quickly published throughout the kingdom; nothing frightened the people more than those praises of the king's mercy; because it was noticed that the more these accolades were expanded upon, the more brutal the punishment became, and the more innocent the victim was. However, I must admit, having never been meant to be a courtier, either by my birth or upbringing, I was such a poor judge of these matters that I couldn't see the kindness and fairness in this judgment, but rather thought it (perhaps incorrectly) to be harsh than gentle. I sometimes considered facing trial; for although I couldn't deny the facts stated in various charges, I hoped there could be some mitigating circumstances. But having read many state trials in my life, which I always observed to end as the judges deemed fit, I didn't dare rely on such a risky outcome, especially at such a critical moment, and against such powerful foes. There was a time I was strongly inclined to resist, for while I had freedom, the whole strength of that empire would hardly stand against me, and I could easily bombard the capital with stones; but I quickly abandoned that idea with horror, remembering the oath I took to the emperor, the favors I received from him, and the high title of nardac he bestowed upon me. Nor had I learned the courtiers' gratitude quickly enough to convince myself that the current rewards from his majesty canceled out all past obligations.

At last I fixed upon a resolution, for which it is probable I may incur some censure, and not unjustly; for I confess I owe the preserving mine eyes, and consequently my liberty, to my own great rashness and want of experience; because if I had then known the nature of princes and ministers, which I have since observed in many other courts, and their methods of treating criminals less obnoxious than myself, I should with great alacrity and readiness have submitted to so easy a punishment. But, hurried on by the precipitancy of youth, and having his imperial majesty's license to pay my attendance upon the emperor of Blefuscu, I took this opportunity, before the three days were elapsed, to send a letter to my friend the secretary, signifying my resolution of setting out that morning for Blefuscu pursuant to the leave I had got; and, without waiting for an answer, I went to that side of the island where our fleet lay. I seized a large man-of-war, tied a cable to the prow, and lifting up the anchors, I stript myself, put my clothes (together with my coverlet, which I carried under my arm) into the vessel, and drawing it after me, between wading and swimming arrived at the royal port of Blefuscu, where the people had long expected me; they lent me two guides to direct me to the capital city, which is of the same name. I held them in my hands until I came within two hundred yards of the gate, and desired them to signify my arrival to one of the secretaries, and let him know I there waited his majesty's command. I had an answer in about an hour, that his majesty, attended by the royal family and great officers of the court, was coming out to receive me. I advanced a hundred yards. The emperor and his train alighted from their horses, the empress and ladies from their coaches, and I did not perceive they were in any fright or concern. I lay on the ground to kiss his majesty's and the empress's hand.

Finally, I reached a decision, which I might face some criticism for, and probably not without reason; I admit that I owe my eyesight and, consequently, my freedom to my own recklessness and inexperience. If I had understood the nature of rulers and their officials—something I've since observed in many other courts—and how they deal with less objectionable criminals than myself, I would have gladly accepted such a light punishment. However, driven by youthful impulsiveness and armed with the emperor's permission to attend to the emperor of Blefuscu, I took this chance, before the three days were up, to send a letter to my friend the secretary, letting him know of my plan to leave that morning for Blefuscu, in accordance with the leave I had received. Without waiting for a reply, I headed to the side of the island where our fleet was docked. I took a large warship, tied a rope to the front, and, after lifting the anchors, stripped down, packed my clothes (along with my coverlet, which I carried under my arm) into the vessel, and, dragging it behind me, waded and swam until I reached the royal port of Blefuscu, where the people had been eagerly anticipating my arrival. They provided me with two guides to lead me to the capital city, which shares the same name. I held onto them until I was within two hundred yards of the gate and asked them to announce my arrival to one of the secretaries and inform him that I was waiting for his majesty's instructions. After about an hour, I received a response that his majesty, along with the royal family and high-ranking officials of the court, was coming out to greet me. I walked ahead a hundred yards. The emperor and his entourage dismounted from their horses, the empress and her ladies got out of their carriages, and I noticed they seemed neither frightened nor worried. I knelt on the ground to kiss the hands of his majesty and the empress.

I told his majesty that I was come, according to my promise, and with the license of the emperor, my master, to have the honor of seeing so mighty a monarch, and to offer him any service in my power consistent with my duty to my own prince, not mentioning a word of my disgrace, because I had hitherto no regular information of it, and might suppose myself wholly ignorant of any such design; neither could I reasonably conceive that the emperor would discover the secret while I was out of his power, wherein however it soon appeared I was deceived.

I told the king that I had come, as I promised, with the emperor's permission, to have the honor of meeting such a powerful monarch and to offer my services in any way that aligned with my duty to my own prince. I didn’t mention anything about my disgrace because I had no official information about it and could assume I was completely unaware of any such plans. I also couldn’t realistically think that the emperor would reveal the secret while I was out of his reach, but it soon became clear that I was mistaken.

I shall not trouble the reader with the particular account of my reception at this court, which was suitable to the generosity of so great a prince; nor of the difficulties I was in for want of a house and bed, being forced to lie on the ground, wrapped up in my coverlet.

I won’t bother the reader with the details of my welcome at this court, which matched the kindness of such a great prince; nor will I discuss the struggles I faced without a house and bed, having to sleep on the ground, wrapped up in my blanket.

bar design

CHAPTER VIII.

THE AUTHOR, BY A LUCKY ACCIDENT, FINDS MEANS TO LEAVE BLEFUSCU, AND AFTER SOME DIFFICULTIES, RETURNS SAFE TO HIS NATIVE COUNTRY.

THE AUTHOR, BY A LUCKY ACCIDENT, FINDS A WAY TO LEAVE BLEFUSCU, AND AFTER SOME CHALLENGES, RETURNS SAFELY TO HIS HOMELAND.

Three days after my arrival, walking out of curiosity to the northeast coast of the island, I observed, about half a league off in the sea, somewhat that looked like a boat overturned. I pulled off my shoes and stockings, and wading two or three hundred yards, I found the object to approach nearer by force of the tide; and then plainly saw it to be a real boat, which I supposed might by some tempest have been driven from a ship: whereupon I returned immediately towards the city, and desired his imperial majesty to lend me twenty of the tallest vessels he had left after the loss of his fleet, and three thousand seamen under the command of his vice-admiral. This fleet sailed round, while I went back the shortest way to the coast, where I first discovered the boat. I found the tide had driven it still nearer. The seamen were all provided with cordage, which I had beforehand twisted to a sufficient strength. When the ships came up, I stripped myself, and waded till I came within a hundred yards of the boat, after which I was forced to swim till I got up to it. The seamen threw me the end of the cord, which I fastened to a hole in the forepart of the boat, and the other end to a man-of-war. But I found all my labor to little purpose; for, being out of my depth, I was not able to work. In this necessity, I was forced to swim behind, and push the boat forwards as often as I could with one of my hands, and, the tide favoring me, I advanced so far, that I could just hold up my chin and feel the ground. I rested two or three minutes, and then gave the boat another shove, and so on till the sea was no higher than my arm-pits; and now, the most laborious part being over, I took out my other cables, which were stowed in one of the ships, and fastened them first to the boat, and then to nine of the vessels which attended me; the wind being favorable, the seamen towed, and I shoved, till we arrived within forty yards of the shore, and waiting till the tide was out, I got dry to the boat, and, by the assistance of two thousand men, with ropes and engines, I made a shift to turn it on its bottom, and found it was but little damaged.

Three days after I arrived, I decided to explore the northeast coast of the island. About half a mile out to sea, I noticed something that looked like an overturned boat. I took off my shoes and socks and waded two or three hundred yards until I got closer, thanks to the tide. I then clearly saw it was a real boat, which I guessed might have been blown off a ship during a storm. I immediately headed back to the city and asked the emperor to lend me twenty of the tallest ships he had left after losing his fleet, along with three thousand sailors under his vice-admiral’s command. While the fleet sailed around, I took the quickest route back to the coast where I first spotted the boat. The tide had pushed it even closer. The sailors all had ropes, which I had previously twisted to be strong enough. When the ships arrived, I took off my clothes and waded until I was about a hundred yards from the boat, after which I had to swim the rest of the way. The sailors threw me a rope, which I tied to a hole in the front of the boat and the other end to a warship. But I found my efforts were in vain; being out of my depth, I was unable to make any real progress. In this situation, I swam to the back of the boat and pushed it forward as best as I could with one hand. As the tide helped me, I managed to get close enough to hold my chin up and feel the ground. I rested for two or three minutes and then shoved the boat again, repeating this until the water was only waist-deep. Now that the hardest part was over, I took out my other ropes, which were stored on one of the ships, and tied them first to the boat, then to nine of the ships that came with me. With the wind at our backs, the sailors towed while I pushed until we were within forty yards of the shore. Once the tide went out, I made it dry to the boat, and with the help of two thousand men using ropes and tools, I managed to flip it upright and found it was only slightly damaged.

Pulleys, capstans, and other contrivances.

I shall not trouble the reader with the difficulties I was under, by the help of certain paddles, which cost me ten days making, to get my boat to the royal port of Blefuscu, where a mighty concourse of people appeared upon my arrival, full of wonder at the sight of so prodigious a vessel. I told the emperor that my good fortune had thrown this boat in my way, to carry me to some place from whence I might return into my native country, and begged his majesty's orders for getting materials to fit it up, together with his license to depart, which, after some kind expostulation, he was pleased to grant.

I won’t bore the reader with the struggles I faced, using some paddles that took me ten days to make, to get my boat to the royal port of Blefuscu. When I arrived, a huge crowd was there, amazed at the sight of such a massive vessel. I told the emperor that I was fortunate to have found this boat to help me get back to a place where I could return to my home country. I asked for his permission to gather materials to fix it up and for his approval to leave, which he generously granted after some discussion.

I did very much wonder, in all this time, not to have heard of any express relating to me from our emperor to the court of Blefuscu. But I was afterwards given privately to understand that his imperial majesty, never imagining I had the least notice of his designs, believed I was only gone to Blefuscu in performance of my promise according to the license he had given me, which was well known at our court, and would return in a few days when the ceremony was ended. But he was at last in pain at my long absence; and, after consulting with the treasurer and the rest of that cabal,[36] a person of quality was despatched with the copy of the articles against me. This envoy had instructions to represent to the monarch of Blefuscu the great lenity of his master, who was content to punish me no farther than the loss of mine eyes; that I had fled from justice, and, if I did not return in two hours, I should be deprived of my title of nardac and declared a traitor. The envoy farther added that, in order to maintain the peace and amity between both empires, his master expected that his brother of Blefuscu would give orders to have me sent back to Lilliput, bound hand and foot, to be punished as a traitor.

I really wondered, during all this time, why I hadn't heard any official news from our emperor to the court of Blefuscu. Later, I was discreetly informed that his imperial majesty, not realizing I knew anything about his plans, thought I had simply gone to Blefuscu to fulfill my promise according to the license he had given me, which was well known at our court, and that I would come back in a few days once the ceremony was done. However, he eventually grew anxious about my long absence; after discussing it with the treasurer and the rest of that group,[36] a person of high rank was sent with the copy of the charges against me. This envoy was instructed to inform the king of Blefuscu about the great leniency of his master, who was only willing to punish me by taking my eyes; that I had fled from justice, and if I didn't return in two hours, I would lose my title of nardac and be declared a traitor. The envoy further stated that to maintain peace and friendship between the two empires, his master expected his counterpart in Blefuscu to order my return to Lilliput, bound hand and foot, to face punishment as a traitor.

The emperor of Blefuscu, having taken three days to consult, returned an answer consisting of many civilities and excuses. He said that, as for sending me bound, his brother knew it was impossible. That, although I had deprived him of his fleet, yet he owed great obligations to me for many good offices I had done him in making the peace. That, however, both their majesties would soon be made easy; for I had found a prodigious vessel on the shore, able to carry me on the sea, which he had given orders to fit up with my own assistance and direction; and he hoped in a few weeks both empires would be freed from so insupportable an incumbrance.

The emperor of Blefuscu, after three days of deliberation, sent a response filled with many polite remarks and apologies. He stated that, regarding my being sent over as a prisoner, his brother knew that was not possible. Even though I had taken away his fleet, he still felt he owed me a lot for the favors I had done in brokering peace. However, he assured me that both of their majesties would soon be at ease; I had discovered a massive ship on the shore, capable of taking me across the sea, which he had instructed to be prepared with my help and guidance. He hoped that in a few weeks, both kingdoms would be relieved of such an unbearable burden.

With this answer the envoy returned to Lilliput, and the monarch of Blefuscu related to me all that had passed; offering me at the same time (but under the strictest confidence) his gracious protection if I would continue in his service; wherein, although I believed him sincere, yet I resolved never more to put any confidence in princes or ministers where I could possibly avoid it; and, therefore, with all due acknowledgments for his favorable intentions, I humbly begged to be excused. I told him that, since fortune, whether good or evil, had thrown a vessel in my way, I was resolved to venture myself in the ocean, rather than be an occasion of difference between two such mighty monarchs. Neither did I find the emperor at all displeased; and I discovered, by a certain accident, that he was very glad of my resolution, and so were most of his ministers.

With this answer, the envoy returned to Lilliput, and the king of Blefuscu told me everything that had happened. He also offered me his protection (but under strict confidentiality) if I would stay in his service. Although I believed he was sincere, I decided never to trust princes or ministers if I could avoid it. So, while thanking him for his kind intentions, I politely asked to be excused. I told him that, since fortune, whether good or bad, had brought a ship my way, I was resolved to take my chances in the ocean rather than cause a conflict between two powerful kings. The emperor didn’t seem displeased at all, and I found out through a certain incident that he was quite happy with my decision, and so were most of his ministers.

These considerations moved me to hasten my departure somewhat sooner than I intended; to which the court, impatient to have me gone, very readily contributed. Five hundred workmen were employed to make two sails to my boat, according to my directions, by quilting thirteen folds of their strongest linen together. I was at the pains of making ropes and cables, by twisting ten, twenty, or thirty of the thickest and strongest of theirs. A great stone, that I happened to find after a long search by the sea-shore, served me for an anchor. I had the tallow of three hundred cows for greasing my boat, and other uses. I was at incredible pains in cutting down some of the largest timber-trees for oars and masts, wherein I was, however, much assisted by his majesty's ship-carpenters, who helped me in smoothing them after I had done the rough work.

These thoughts pushed me to leave a bit earlier than I planned, and the court, eager to see me go, was more than willing to help. Five hundred workers were tasked with creating two sails for my boat, following my instructions, by stitching together thirteen layers of their strongest linen. I took the effort to make ropes and cables by twisting together ten, twenty, or even thirty of the thickest and strongest ones they had. A large stone, which I found after a long search by the beach, served as my anchor. I had the fat from three hundred cows for greasing my boat and other uses. It took a lot of effort for me to cut down some of the largest trees for oars and masts, but I was greatly aided by the shipbuilders from the king's fleet, who helped me smooth them out after I completed the rough work.

In about a month, when all was prepared, I sent to receive his majesty's commands, and to take my leave. The emperor and royal family came out of the palace. I lay down on my face to kiss his hand, which he very graciously gave me; so did the empress and young princes of the blood. His majesty presented me with fifty purses of two hundred sprugs a-piece, together with his picture at full length, which I put immediately into one of my gloves, to keep it from being hurt. The ceremonies at my departure were too many to trouble the reader with at this time.

In about a month, once everything was ready, I went to get his majesty's instructions and to say goodbye. The emperor and royal family came out of the palace. I bowed down to kiss his hand, which he graciously offered me; the empress and young princes did the same. His majesty gave me fifty purses, each containing two hundred sprugs, along with a full-length portrait of himself, which I promptly put into one of my gloves to protect it. There were so many ceremonies for my departure that I won’t bother the reader with them right now.

I SET SAIL AT SIX IN THE MORNING

I SET SAIL AT SIX IN THE MORNING

I set sail at six in the morning.

I stored the boat with the carcases of a hundred oxen, and three hundred sheep, with bread and drink proportionable, and as much meat ready dressed as four hundred cooks could provide. I took with me six cows and two bulls alive, with as many ewes and lambs, intending to carry them into my own country, and propagate the breed. And to feed them on board, I had a good bundle of hay and a bag of corn. I would gladly have taken a dozen of the natives, but this was a thing the emperor would by no means permit; and, besides a diligent search into my pockets, his majesty engaged my honor not to carry away any of his subjects, although with their own consent and desire.

I loaded the boat with the bodies of a hundred oxen and three hundred sheep, along with enough bread and drinks to match, and as much cooked meat as four hundred chefs could prepare. I took six cows and two bulls, as well as several ewes and lambs, planning to bring them back to my homeland to breed. To feed them on board, I had a good supply of hay and a bag of corn. I would have loved to take a dozen of the locals, but the emperor absolutely forbade it; in addition, after searching my pockets thoroughly, his majesty insisted that I honor his request not to take any of his subjects, even if they agreed and wanted to come.

Having thus prepared all things as well as I was able, I set sail on the twenty-fourth day of September, 1701, at six in the morning; and, when I had gone about four leagues to the northward, the wind being at southeast, at six in the evening I descried a small island about half a league to the northwest I advanced forward, and cast anchor on the lee side[37] of the island, which seemed to be uninhabited. I then took some refreshment, and went to my rest. I slept well, and, as I conjecture, at least six hours, for I found the day broke two hours after I awaked. It was a clear night. I ate my breakfast before the sun was up; and heaving anchor, the wind being favorable, I steered the same course that I had done the day before, wherein I was directed by my pocket-compass. My intention was to reach, if possible, one of those islands, which, I had reason to believe, lay to the northeast of Van Diemen's Land. I discovered nothing all that day; but upon the next, about three o'clock in the afternoon, when I had, by my computation, made twenty-four leagues from Blefuscu, I descried a sail steering to the southeast: my course was due east. I hailed her, but could get no answer; yet I found I gained upon her, for the wind slackened. I made all the sail I could, and in half-an-hour she spied me, then hung out her ancient,[38] and discharged a gun.

Having prepared everything as best as I could, I set sail on September 24, 1701, at six in the morning. After traveling about four leagues north with the wind coming from the southeast, I spotted a small island about half a league to the northwest at six in the evening. I moved closer and anchored on the sheltered side[37] of the island, which appeared to be uninhabited. I then had a snack and went to sleep. I slept well, and I estimate for at least six hours since I woke up two hours after dawn. It was a clear night. I had breakfast before sunrise; and after weighing anchor, with the wind in my favor, I followed the same course as the day before, guided by my pocket compass. My goal was to reach one of the islands that I believed lay to the northeast of Van Diemen's Land. I saw nothing all day, but the next day, around three o'clock in the afternoon, after calculating that I had traveled twenty-four leagues from Blefuscu, I spotted a sail heading southeast while my course was due east. I called out to her, but got no response; however, I noticed I was gaining on her as the wind died down. I set all the sail I could, and in half an hour she saw me, raised her flag[38], and fired a cannon.

It is not easy to express the joy I was in, upon the unexpected hope of once more seeing my beloved country, and the dear pledges I left in it. The ship slackened her sails, and I came up with her, between five and six in the evening, September twenty-sixth; but my heart leaped within me to see her English colors.

It’s hard to convey the joy I felt when I unexpectedly had hope of seeing my beloved country and the cherished ones I left behind. The ship loosened her sails, and I caught up with her between five and six in the evening on September twenty-sixth; but my heart soared when I saw her English colors.

I put my cows and sheep into my coat-pockets, and got on board with all my little cargo of provisions. The vessel was an English merchantman returning from Japan by the North and South Seas; the captain, Mr. John Biddle, of Deptford, a very civil man and an excellent sailor. We were now in the latitude of 30 degrees south. There were about fifty men in the ship; and here I met an old comrade of mine, one Peter Williams, who gave me a good character to the captain. This gentleman treated me with kindness, and desired I would let him know what place I came from last, and whither I was bound; which I did in few words, but he thought I was raving, and that the dangers I had underwent had disturbed my head; whereupon I took my black cattle and sheep out of my pocket, which, after great astonishment, clearly convinced him of my veracity. I then showed him the gold given me by the emperor of Blefuscu, together with his majesty's picture at full length, and some other rareties of that country. I gave him two purses of two hundred sprugs each, and promised, when we arrived in England, to make him a present of a cow and a sheep.

I shall not trouble the reader with a particular account of this voyage, which was very prosperous for the most part. We arrived in the Downs[39] on the thirteenth of April, 1702. I had only one misfortune, that the rats on board carried away one of my sheep; I found her bones in a hole, picked clean from the flesh. I got the rest of my cattle safe ashore, and set them a-grazing in a bowling-green at Greenwich, where the fineness of the grass made them feed very heartily, though I had always feared the contrary: neither could I possibly have preserved them in so long a voyage, if the captain had not allowed me some of his best biscuits, which, rubbed to powder, and mingled with water, was their constant food. The short time I continued in England, I made a considerable profit by showing my cattle to many persons of quality and others: and before I began my second voyage I sold them for six hundred pounds.

I won't bother the reader with the details of this voyage, which was mostly successful. We reached the Downs[39] on April 13, 1702. I had one unfortunate incident where the rats on board took one of my sheep; I found her bones in a hole, completely stripped of flesh. I managed to get the rest of my cattle safely ashore and let them graze in a lovely lawn at Greenwich, where the quality of the grass allowed them to eat very well, even though I had always worried about that. There’s no way I could have kept them alive on such a long journey if the captain hadn't given me some of his best biscuits, which, when ground to powder and mixed with water, became their regular food. During the short time I spent in England, I made a decent profit by showing my cattle to several notable people and others, and before I started my second voyage, I sold them for six hundred pounds.

Since my last return, I find the breed is considerably increased, especially the sheep, which I hope will prove much to the advantage of the woollen manufacture, by the fineness of the fleeces.

Since I last came back, I see that the breed has grown significantly, especially the sheep, which I hope will greatly benefit the wool industry due to the quality of the fleeces.

I stayed but two months with my wife and family; for my insatiable desire of seeing foreign countries would suffer me to continue no longer. I left fifteen hundred pounds with my wife and fixed her in a good house at Redriff. My remaining stock I carried with me, part in money, and part in goods, in hopes to improve my fortune. My eldest uncle, John, had left me an estate in land, near Epping, of about thirty pounds a year; and I had a long lease of the "Black Bull,"[40] in Fetter Lane, which yielded me as much more: so that I was not in any danger of leaving my family upon the parish. My son Johnny, named so after his uncle, was at the grammar-school, and a towardly[41] child. My daughter Betty (who is now well married, and has children), was then at her needlework. I took leave of my wife and boy and girl, with tears on both sides, and went on board the "Adventure," a merchant ship of three hundred tons, bound for Surat, Captain John Nicholas, of Liverpool, commander. But my account of this voyage must be referred to the second part of my travels.

I stayed just two months with my wife and family because my never-ending desire to see foreign countries wouldn’t let me stay any longer. I left my wife with fifteen hundred pounds and settled her in a nice house in Redriff. I took the rest of my money with me, part in cash and part in goods, hoping to improve my fortune. My oldest uncle, John, had left me an estate near Epping that earned about thirty pounds a year, and I had a long lease on the "Black Bull,"[40] in Fetter Lane, which brought in about the same. So, I wasn’t worried about leaving my family to rely on the parish. My son Johnny, named after his uncle, was at grammar school and was a promising kid. My daughter Betty (who is now happily married with kids) was working on her sewing at the time. I said goodbye to my wife and kids with tears on both sides and boarded the "Adventure," a merchant ship of three hundred tons, headed for Surat, with Captain John Nicholas from Liverpool in command. However, I’ll share more about this voyage in the second part of my travels.

THE END OF THE FIRST PART.


THEY CONCLUDED ... THAT I WAS ONLY Relplum Scalcath.

"THEY CONCLUDED ... THAT I WAS ONLY Relplum Scalcath.

"THEY CONCLUDED ... THAT I WAS ONLY Relplum Scalcath.


TRAVELS.

bar design

PART II.

A VOYAGE TO BROBDINGNAG.


CHAPTER I.

A GREAT STORM DESCRIBED; THE LONG-BOAT SENT TO FETCH WATER; THE AUTHOR GOES WITH IT TO DISCOVER THE COUNTRY. HE IS LEFT ON SHORE, IS SEIZED BY ONE OF THE NATIVES, AND CARRIED TO A FARMER'S HOUSE. HIS RECEPTION, WITH SEVERAL ACCIDENTS THAT HAPPENED THERE. A DESCRIPTION OF THE INHABITANTS.

A HUGE STORM DESCRIBED; THE LONG BOAT SENT TO GET WATER; THE AUTHOR GOES WITH IT TO EXPLORE THE LAND. HE IS LEFT ON THE BEACH, CAPTURED BY ONE OF THE LOCALS, AND TAKEN TO A FARMER'S HOUSE. HIS WELCOME, ALONG WITH SEVERAL MISHAPS THAT OCCURRED THERE. A DESCRIPTION OF THE PEOPLE LIVING THERE.

Having been condemned by nature and fortune to an active and restless life, in two months after my return I again left my native country, and took shipping in the Downs on the twentieth day of June, 1702, in the "Adventure," Captain John Nicholas, a Cornish man, commander, bound for Surat. We had a very prosperous gale till we arrived at the Cape of Good Hope, where we landed for fresh water; but, discovering a leak, we unshipped our goods and wintered there: for, the captain falling sick of an ague, we could not leave the Cape till the end of March. We then set sail, and had a good voyage till we passed the Straits of Madagascar;[42] but having got northward of that island, and to about five degrees south latitude, the winds, which in those seas are observed to blow a constant equal gale, between the north and west, from the beginning of December to the beginning of May, on the nineteenth of April began to blow with much greater violence and more westerly than usual, continuing so for twenty days together, during which time we were driven a little to the east of the Molucca Islands, and about three degrees northward of the line,[43] as our captain found by an observation he took the second of May, at which time the wind ceased and it was a perfect calm; whereat I was not a little rejoiced. But, he, being a man well experienced in the navigation of those seas, bid us all prepare against a storm, which accordingly happened the day following: for the southern wind, called the southern monsoon, began to set in, and soon it was a fierce storm.

Having been destined by nature and fate to a restless life, two months after my return, I left my home country again and boarded a ship in the Downs on June 20, 1702, on the "Adventure," captained by John Nicholas, a man from Cornwall, heading to Surat. We had a good breeze until we reached the Cape of Good Hope, where we stopped for fresh water; however, after discovering a leak, we unloaded our cargo and spent the winter there. The captain fell ill with a fever, so we couldn’t leave the Cape until the end of March. When we finally set sail, we had a smooth journey until we passed the Straits of Madagascar; but after getting north of that island and to about five degrees south latitude, the winds, which typically blow steadily from the north and west in those waters from December to May, picked up significantly on April 19 and shifted more westerly than usual. This strong wind continued for twenty days, during which we drifted slightly east of the Molucca Islands and about three degrees north of the equator, as our captain determined with a sight he took on May 2. At that point, the wind died down, and there was perfect calm, which made me quite happy. However, since he was experienced in navigating those waters, he warned us to prepare for a storm, which indeed struck the following day, as the southern wind, known as the southern monsoon, began to set in, and soon we were caught in a fierce storm.

Finding it was like to overblow, we took in our sprit-sail, and stood by to hand the foresail; but making foul weather, we looked the guns were all fast, and handed the mizzen.

Finding it was like to overblow, we took in our sprit-sail and got ready to handle the foresail; but with bad weather approaching, we ensured the guns were all secure and lowered the mizzen.

bar design
Map
bar design

The ship lay very broad off, so we thought it better spooning before the sea, than trying, or hulling. We reefed the foresail and set him, we hauled aft the foresheet: the helm was hard-a-weather. The ship wore bravely. We belayed the fore down-haul; but the sail was split, and we hauled down the yard, and got the sail into the ship, and unbound all the things clear of it. It was a very fierce storm; the sea broke strange and dangerous. We hauled off the laniard of the whipstaff, and helped the man at the helm. We could not get down our topmast, but let all stand, because she scudded before the sea very well, and we knew that the topmast being aloft, the ship was the wholesomer, and made better way through the sea, seeing we had sea-room. When the storm was over, we set foresail and mainsail, and brought the ship to. Then we set the mizzen, main-top-sail, and the fore-top-sail. Our course was east north east, the wind was at southwest. We got the starboard tacks aboard, we cast off our weather braces and lifts; we set in the lee braces, and hauled forward by the weather bowlings, and hauled them tight and belayed them, and hauled over the mizzen tack to wind-ward and kept her full and by, as near as she could lie.

The ship was sitting wide off, so we thought it was better to drift with the sea than to try to navigate against it. We reefed the foresail and set it, pulling the foresheet tight: the helm was turned into the wind. The ship handled well. We secured the fore down-haul, but the sail was torn, so we lowered the yard, brought the sail onboard, and untangled everything from it. It was a fierce storm; the waves were strange and dangerous. We released the lanyard of the whipstaff and assisted the person at the helm. We couldn't get down the topmast, so we left it up, as the ship was doing well scudding before the sea, and we knew that having the topmast up made the ship safer and allowed it to move better through the water since we had plenty of sea room. Once the storm passed, we set the foresail and mainsail and brought the ship back on course. Then we set the mizzen, main topsail, and fore topsail. Our course was east northeast, and the wind was coming from the southwest. We got the starboard tacks in, released our weather braces and lifts; we adjusted the lee braces, pulled forward by the weather lines, tightened them, and secured them, keeping the mizzen tack in the wind as full and close to the wind as possible.

During this storm, which was followed by a strong wind, west southwest, we were carried, by my computation, about five hundred leagues to the east, so that the oldest sailor on board could not tell in what part of the world we were. Our provisions held out well, our ship was staunch, and our crew all in good health; but we lay in the utmost distress for water. We thought it best to hold on the same course, rather than turn more northerly, which might have brought us to the northwest parts of Great Tartary, and into the Frozen Sea.

During this storm, followed by a strong wind from the west-southwest, I calculated that we were carried about five hundred leagues east, to the point where even the oldest sailor on board couldn’t tell what part of the world we were in. Our supplies were holding up well, our ship was sturdy, and the crew was all in good health; however, we were in dire need of water. We decided it was better to stay on the same course rather than head more north, which could have taken us to the northwest regions of Great Tartary and into the Frozen Sea.

On the sixteenth day of June, 1703, a boy on the topmast discovered land. On the seventeenth, we came in full view of a great island or continent (for we knew not which), on the south side whereof was a small neck of land, jutting out into the sea, and a creek too shallow to hold a ship of above one hundred tons. We cast anchor within a league of this creek, and our captain sent a dozen of his men well armed in the long-boat, with vessels for water, if any could be found. I desired his leave to go with them, that I might see the country, and make what discoveries I could.

On June 16, 1703, a boy up in the topmast spotted land. The next day, we fully saw a large island or continent (we weren’t sure which), on the south side of which was a small neck of land extending into the sea, along with a creek that was too shallow for a ship over one hundred tons. We anchored within a league of this creek, and our captain sent a dozen armed men in the longboat, along with containers for water, if any could be found. I asked for permission to go with them so I could explore the area and make any discoveries I could.

When we came to land, we saw no river or spring, nor any sign of inhabitants. Our men therefore wandered on the shore to find out some fresh water near the sea, and I walked alone about a mile on the other side, where I observed the country all barren and rocky. I now began to be weary, and seeing nothing to entertain my curiosity, I returned gently down toward the creek; and the sea being full in my view, I saw our men already got into the boat, and rowing for life to the ship. I was going to holla after them, although it had been to little purpose, when I observed a huge creature walking after them in the sea, as fast as he could; he waded not much deeper than his knees, and took prodigious strides; but our men had the start of him about half a league, and the sea thereabouts being full of pointed rocks, the monster was not able to overtake the boat. This I was afterwards told, for I durst not stay to see the issue of the adventure; but ran as fast as I could the way I first went, and then climbed up a steep hill, which gave me some prospect of the country. I found it fully cultivated; but that which first surprised me was the length of the grass, which, in those grounds that seemed to be kept for hay, was about twenty feet high.

When we landed, we saw no river or spring, and no signs of any people. So, our men wandered along the shore looking for some fresh water near the sea, while I walked alone about a mile on the other side, where I noticed the land was all barren and rocky. I started to feel tired, and seeing nothing interesting, I made my way back toward the creek. With the sea clearly in view, I saw our men already getting into the boat and rowing for their lives to the ship. I was about to shout after them, although it would have been pointless, when I saw a huge creature moving after them in the sea, trying to catch up as fast as it could. It waded not much deeper than its knees and took enormous strides, but our men had about half a league on it, and since the area was full of sharp rocks, the monster couldn't catch up to the boat. I learned this later, as I didn't dare stick around to see how it turned out. I ran back as fast as I could the way I came and then climbed up a steep hill, which gave me a better view of the land. I found it well cultivated, but what surprised me most was the height of the grass, which, in areas that seemed to be set aside for hay, was about twenty feet tall.

A HUGE CREATURE WALKING ... IN THE SEA.

"A HUGE CREATURE WALKING ... IN THE SEA."

"A HUGE CREATURE WALKING ... IN THE SEA."

I fell into a high road, for so I took it to be, though it served to the inhabitants only as a footpath through a field of barley. Here I walked on for some time, but could see little on either side, it being now near harvest, and the corn rising at least forty feet. I was an hour walking to the end of this field, which was fenced in with a hedge of at least one hundred and twenty feet high, and the trees so lofty that I could make no computation of their altitude. There was a stile to pass from this field into the next. It had four steps, and a stone to cross over when you came to the uppermost. It was impossible for me to climb this stile because every step was six feet high, and the upper stone above twenty.

I found myself on a road that seemed high, although it really was just a footpath through a barley field. I walked for a while but couldn’t see much on either side since it was almost harvest time and the corn was towering at least forty feet. It took me an hour to walk to the end of this field, which was surrounded by a hedge at least one hundred and twenty feet tall, and the trees were so high that I couldn't even guess their height. There was a stile to cross into the next field. It had four steps and a stone to step over when you reached the top. Climbing this stile was impossible for me because each step was six feet tall, and the top stone was over twenty feet high.

I was endeavoring to find some gap in the hedge, when I discovered one of the inhabitants in the next field, advancing towards the stile, of the same size with him whom I saw in the sea pursuing our boat. He appeared as tall as an ordinary spire steeple, and took about ten yards at every stride, as near as I could guess. I was struck with the utmost fear and astonishment, and ran to hide myself in the corn, from whence I saw him at the top of the stile, looking back into the next field on the right hand, and heard him call in a voice many degrees louder than a speaking trumpet; but the noise was so high in the air that at first I certainly thought it was thunder. Whereupon seven monsters, like himself, came towards him with reaping-hooks in their hands, each hook about the largeness of six scythes. These people were not so well clad as the first, whose servants or laborers they seemed to be; for, upon some words he spoke, they went to reap the corn in the field where I lay. I kept from them at as great a distance as I could, but was forced to move, with extreme difficulty, for the stalks of the corn were sometimes not above a foot distance, so that I could hardly squeeze my body betwixt them. However, I made a shift to go forward till I came to a part of the field where the corn had been laid by the rain and wind. Here it was impossible for me to advance a step; for the stalks were so interwoven that I could not creep through, and the beards of the fallen ears so strong and pointed that they pierced through my clothes into my flesh. At the same time I heard the reapers not above a hundred yards behind me.

I was trying to find a gap in the hedge when I noticed one of the inhabitants from the next field walking toward the stile, just as big as the one I saw in the sea chasing our boat. He looked as tall as an average church steeple and took about ten yards with each step, as far as I could tell. I was filled with intense fear and shock, so I ran to hide in the corn, from where I saw him at the top of the stile, looking back into the field on the right. I heard him call out in a voice much louder than a speaking trumpet; at first, the noise was so high up that I honestly thought it was thunder. Then, seven creatures, similar to him, approached with reaping hooks in their hands, each hook about the size of six scythes. These people weren’t dressed as well as the first one, and they seemed to be his servants or laborers. After he said a few words, they went to harvest the corn in the field where I was hiding. I tried to keep as much distance from them as possible, but it was incredibly hard to move because the corn stalks were sometimes only a foot apart, making it almost impossible for me to squeeze through. Still, I managed to move forward until I reached a part of the field where the corn had been knocked down by the rain and wind. Here, I couldn’t make any progress; the stalks were so tangled together that I couldn’t crawl through, and the sharp beards of the fallen ears were piercing through my clothes into my skin. At the same time, I could hear the reapers not more than a hundred yards behind me.

Being quite dispirited with toil, and wholly overcome by grief and despair, I lay down between two ridges, and heartily wished I might there end my days. I bemoaned my desolate widow and fatherless children. I lamented my own folly and wilfulness in attempting a second voyage against the advice of all my friends and relations. In this terrible agitation of mind, I could not forbear thinking of Lilliput, whose inhabitants looked upon me as the greatest prodigy that ever appeared in the world; where I was able to draw an imperial fleet in my hand, and perform those other actions which will be recorded forever in the chronicles of that empire, while posterity shall hardly believe them, although attested by millions. I reflected what a mortification it must prove to me to appear as inconsiderable in this nation as one single Lilliputian would be among us. But this I conceived was to be among the least of my misfortunes: for, as human creatures are observed to be more savage and cruel in proportion to their bulk, what could I expect but to be a morsel in the mouth of the first among these enormous barbarians that should happen to seize me? Undoubtedly philosophers are in the right when they tell us that nothing is great or little otherwise than by comparison. It might have pleased fortune to let the Lilliputians find some nation where the people were as diminutive with respect to them as they were to me. And who knows but that even this prodigious race of mortals might be equally overmatched in some distant part of the world, whereof we have yet no discovery?

Feeling completely drained from my work and overwhelmed by grief and despair, I lay down between two hills, wishing I could end my days there. I mourned for my lonely widow and fatherless children. I regretted my own foolishness and stubbornness in attempting a second voyage against the advice of all my friends and family. In this terrible turmoil of thoughts, I couldn't help but think of Lilliput, where the people saw me as the greatest wonder to ever exist; I had been able to pull an entire fleet with my hand and do other things that would be forever remembered in the chronicles of that empire, while future generations might struggle to believe them, even though millions had witnessed them. I thought about how humiliating it would be to be considered as insignificant in this nation as a single Lilliputian would be among us. But I figured that was one of the minor misfortunes I faced: since humans tend to be more brutal and cruel in proportion to their size, what could I expect but to be a snack for the first of these giant savages who managed to catch me? Philosophers are certainly right when they say that nothing is great or small except by comparison. Fortune might have allowed the Lilliputians to find a nation where the people were just as tiny compared to them as they were to me. And who knows, maybe this incredible race of humans could be equally outmatched somewhere far away in the world that we haven't discovered yet?

Scared and confounded as I was, I could not forbear going on with these reflections, when one of the reapers, approaching within ten yards of the ridge where I lay, made me apprehend that with the next step I should be squashed to death under his foot, or cut in two with his reaping-hook. And, therefore, when he was again about to move, I screamed as loud as fear could make me. Whereupon the huge creature trod short, and looking round about under him for some time, at last espied me as I lay on the ground. He considered awhile, with the caution of one who endeavors to lay hold on a small dangerous animal in such a manner that it shall not be able either to scratch or to bite him, as I myself have sometimes done with a weasel in England.

Terrified and confused as I was, I couldn't help but continue with these thoughts when one of the reapers approached within ten yards of the ridge where I was lying. I feared that with the next step, I would be crushed under his foot or sliced in half by his reaping-hook. So, as he was about to move again, I screamed as loud as I could in my fear. The huge figure stopped short, looking around beneath him for a moment, and eventually spotted me lying on the ground. He paused, thinking carefully, like someone trying to catch a small, dangerous animal without letting it scratch or bite him, just like I’ve done with a weasel in England.

WHEREUPON THE HUGE CREATURE TROD SHORT.

"WHEREUPON THE HUGE CREATURE TROD SHORT."

"THEN THE HUGE CREATURE STEPPED BACK."

At length he ventured to take me up between his forefinger and thumb, and brought me within three yards of his eyes, that he might behold my shape more perfectly. I guessed his meaning, and my good fortune gave me so much presence of mind that I resolved not to struggle in the least as he held me in the air, above sixty feet from the ground, although he grievously pinched my sides, for fear I should slip through his fingers. All I ventured was to raise my eyes towards the sun, and place my hands together in a supplicating posture, and to speak some words in an humble melancholy tone, suitable to the condition I then was in. For I apprehended every moment that he would dash me against the ground, as we usually do any little hateful animal which we have a mind to destroy. But my good star would have it that he appeared pleased with my voice and gestures, and began to look upon me as a curiosity, much wondering to hear me pronounce articulate words, although he could not understand them. In the meantime I was not able to forbear groaning and shedding tears, and turning my head towards my sides; letting him know, as well as I could, how cruelly I was hurt by the pressure of his thumb and finger. He seemed to apprehend my meaning; for, lifting up the lappet of his coat, he put me gently into it, and immediately ran along with me to his master, who was a substantial farmer, and the same person I had first seen in the field.

Eventually, he dared to pick me up between his thumb and forefinger and brought me within three yards of his eyes so he could see me better. I guessed what he was thinking, and luckily, I managed to stay calm and decided not to struggle at all while he held me high in the air, more than sixty feet off the ground, even though he pinched my sides quite hard, afraid I might slip through his grip. All I did was lift my eyes towards the sun, clasp my hands in a pleading position, and speak a few words in a humble, sad tone, fitting for the situation I was in. I feared he would throw me to the ground like we usually do with any little creature we want to get rid of. But fortune was on my side, as he seemed intrigued by my voice and gestures, marveling at the fact that I could utter words, even though he didn’t understand them. Meanwhile, I couldn’t help but groan and cry, turning my head to show him how painfully I was being held by his thumb and finger. He seemed to understand my distress; he lifted the edge of his coat and gently placed me inside it, then hurried off with me to his master, who was a well-to-do farmer, the same man I had first seen in the field.

The farmer, having (as I suppose by their talk) received such an account of me as his servant could give him, took a piece of a small straw, about the size of a walking-staff, and therewith lifted up the lappets of my coat, which it seems he thought to be some kind of covering that nature had given me. He blew my hair aside, to take a better view of my face. He called his hinds[44] about him, and asked them (as I afterwards learned) whether they had ever seen in the fields any little creature that resembled me. He then placed me softly on the ground upon all fours, but I got immediately up, and walked slowly backwards and forwards to let those people see that I had no intent to run away.

The farmer, having (as I guess from their conversation) gotten an account of me from his servant, took a piece of small straw, about the size of a walking stick, and lifted the flaps of my coat, which he seemed to think was some sort of covering that nature had given me. He blew my hair aside to get a better look at my face. He called his workers[44] over and asked them (as I later found out) if they had ever seen any little creature in the fields that looked like me. He then gently placed me on the ground on all fours, but I quickly stood up and walked slowly back and forth to show them that I had no intention of running away.

They all sat down in a circle about me, the better to observe my motions. I pulled off my hat, and made a low bow towards the farmer. I fell on my knees, and lifted up my hands and eyes, and spoke several words as loud as I could: I took a purse of gold out of my pocket, and humbly presented it to him. He received it on the palm of his hand, then applied it close to his eye to see what it was, and afterwards turned it several times with the point of a pin (which he took out of his sleeve), but could make nothing of it. Whereupon I made a sign that he should place his hand on the ground. I then took the purse, and opening it, poured all the gold into his palm. There were six Spanish pieces, of four pistoles[45] each, besides twenty or thirty smaller coins. I saw him wet the tip of his little finger upon his tongue, and take up one of my largest pieces, and then another, but he seemed to be wholly ignorant what they were. He made me a sign to put them again into my purse, and the purse again into my pocket, which, after offering it to him several times, I thought it best to do.

They all sat down in a circle around me to watch what I did. I took off my hat and bowed to the farmer. I dropped to my knees, raised my hands and eyes, and spoke as loudly as I could. I took a purse of gold from my pocket and humbly offered it to him. He took it in his palm, held it up to his eye to see what it was, then turned it over a few times with a pin he pulled from his sleeve, but he couldn’t figure it out. Then I gestured for him to put his hand on the ground. I opened the purse and poured all the gold into his palm. There were six Spanish coins, each worth four pistoles, along with twenty or thirty smaller coins. I saw him wet the tip of his little finger with his tongue and pick up one of the larger coins, then another, but he seemed completely clueless about what they were. He gestured for me to put them back in my purse and the purse back in my pocket, which I decided was best to do after offering it to him several times.

The farmer by this time was convinced I must be a rational creature. He spoke often to me, but the sound of his voice pierced my ears like that of a water-mill, yet his words were articulate enough. I answered as loud as I could in several languages, and he often laid his ear within two yards of me; but all in vain, for we were wholly unintelligible to each other. He then sent his servants to their work, and taking his handkerchief out of his pocket, he doubled and spread it on his left hand, which he placed flat on the ground, with the palm upwards, making me a sign to step into it, as I could easily do, for it was not above a foot in thickness.

The farmer had by now become convinced that I must be a reasonable being. He often spoke to me, but the sound of his voice was like the noise of a water mill, even though his words were clear enough. I responded as loudly as I could in several languages, and he frequently leaned in within two yards of me; but it was pointless, as we couldn’t understand each other at all. He then sent his workers to do their tasks, and taking his handkerchief out of his pocket, he folded it and laid it on his left hand, which he placed flat on the ground, palm up, signaling me to step onto it, as I could easily do since it wasn’t more than a foot thick.

I thought it my part to obey, and, for fear of falling, laid myself at full length upon the handkerchief, with the remainder of which he lapped me up to the head for farther security, and in this manner carried me home to his house. There he called his wife, and showed me to her; but she screamed and ran back, as women in England do at the sight of a toad or a spider. However, when she had awhile seen my behavior, and how well I observed the signs her husband made, she was soon reconciled, and by degrees grew extremely tender of me.

I thought it was my duty to obey, and, afraid of falling, I lay flat on the handkerchief, which he then wrapped around me up to my head for extra safety, and in this way, he took me home to his house. There, he called his wife and showed me to her; but she screamed and ran away, just like women in England do when they see a toad or a spider. However, after she observed my behavior for a while and saw how well I responded to the signals her husband made, she quickly warmed up to me and gradually became very affectionate.

It was about twelve at noon, and a servant brought in dinner. It was only one substantial dish of meat (fit for the plain condition of an husbandman) in a dish of about four-and-twenty feet diameter. The company were the farmer and his wife, three children, and an old grandmother. When they were sat down, the farmer placed me at some distance from him on the table, which was thirty feet high from the floor. I was in a terrible fright, and kept as far as I could from the edge for fear of falling. The wife minced a bit of meat, then crumbled some bread on a trencher,[46] and placed it before me. I made her a low bow, took out my knife and fork, and fell to eat, which gave them exceeding delight.

It was around noon when a servant brought in dinner. There was just one substantial dish of meat (suitable for the simple life of a farmer) served on a platter about twenty-four feet in diameter. The group included the farmer and his wife, their three kids, and an elderly grandmother. Once everyone was seated, the farmer positioned me at some distance from him on a table that was thirty feet high off the ground. I was incredibly scared and stayed as far away from the edge as possible, worried about falling. The wife chopped up some meat, then crumbled bread onto a plate,[46] and set it in front of me. I gave her a polite bow, took out my knife and fork, and started to eat, which greatly pleased them.

The mistress sent her maid for a small dram cup, which held about three gallons, and filled it with drink: I took up the vessel with much difficulty in both hands, and in a most respectful manner drank to her ladyship's health, expressing the words as loud as I could in English, which made the company laugh so heartily that I was almost deafened by the noise. This liquor tasted like a small cider, and was not unpleasant. Then the master made me a sign to come to his trencher-side; but as I walked on the table, being in great surprise all the time, as the indulgent reader will easily conceive and excuse, I happened to stumble against a crust, and fell flat on my face, but received no hurt. I got up immediately, and observing the good people to be in much concern, I took my hat (which I held under my arm out of good manners), and, waving it over my head, made three huzzas, to show that I had got no mischief by my fall.

The mistress sent her maid for a small cup, which held about three gallons, and filled it with a drink. I lifted the vessel with great difficulty in both hands and respectfully drank to her ladyship's health, saying the words as loudly as I could in English, which made the company laugh so heartily that I was almost deafened by the noise. This drink tasted like mild cider and wasn’t unpleasant. Then the master signaled for me to come to his side of the table; but as I walked on the table, being in great surprise the whole time, as any indulgent reader would understand, I happened to stumble over a crust and fell flat on my face, but wasn’t hurt. I got up right away, and seeing the good people were quite concerned, I took my hat (which I had been holding under my arm out of politeness) and waved it over my head, giving three cheers to show that I wasn’t harmed by my fall.

But advancing forwards towards my master (as I shall henceforth call him), his youngest son, who sat next him, an arch boy of about ten years old, took me up by the legs, and held me so high in the air, that I trembled in every limb; but his father snatched me from him, and at the same time gave him such a box in the left ear as would have felled an European troop of horse to the earth, ordering him to be taken from the table. But being afraid the boy might owe me a spite, and well remembering how mischievous all children among us naturally are to sparrows, rabbits, young kittens, and puppy dogs, I fell on my knees, and, pointing to the boy, made my master to understand as well as I could, that I desired his son might be pardoned. The father complied, and the lad took his seat again; whereupon I went to him and kissed his hand, which my master took, and made him stroke me gently with it.

But as I moved closer to my master (that's what I’ll call him from now on), his youngest son, a mischievous ten-year-old sitting next to him, grabbed me by my legs and lifted me way up in the air, making me tremble all over. But his father quickly took me away from him and gave the boy a slap on the ear hard enough to knock down a whole troop of horses, ordering him to be removed from the table. Worried that the boy might hold a grudge against me, and remembering how mischievous kids can be toward sparrows, rabbits, kittens, and puppies, I dropped to my knees and pointed to the boy, trying to communicate to my master that I wanted his son to be forgiven. My master agreed, and the boy returned to his seat. I then went over to him and kissed his hand, which my master held, encouraging him to gently stroke me.

In the midst of dinner, my mistress's favorite cat leapt into her lap. I heard a noise behind me like that of a dozen stocking-weavers at work; and, turning my head, I found it proceeded from the purring of that animal, who seemed to be three times larger than an ox, as I computed by the view of her head and one of her paws, while her mistress was feeding and stroking her. The fierceness of this creature's countenance altogether discomposed me, though I stood at the further end of the table, above fifty feet off, and although my mistress held her fast, for fear she might give a spring and seize me in her talons.

In the middle of dinner, my mistress's favorite cat jumped into her lap. I heard a noise behind me that sounded like a dozen stocking-makers at work; when I turned my head, I realized it was the cat purring, which looked three times bigger than an ox from how large her head and one of her paws appeared while my mistress was feeding and petting her. The fierce look on this creature's face made me uneasy, even though I was at the far end of the table, more than fifty feet away, and my mistress was holding her tightly, worried she might leap and grab me with her claws.

But it happened there was no danger; for the cat took not the least notice of me, when my master placed me within three yards of her. And as I have been always told, and found true by experience in my travels, that flying or discovering[47] fear before a fierce animal is a certain way to make it pursue or attack you, so I resolved in this dangerous juncture to show no manner of concern. I walked with intrepidity five or six times before the very head of the cat, and came within half a yard of her; whereupon she drew herself back, as if she were more afraid of me. I had less apprehension concerning the dogs, whereof three or four came into the room, as it is usual in farmers' houses; one of which was a mastiff equal in bulk to four elephants, and a greyhound somewhat taller than the mastiff, but not so large.

But there was actually no danger; the cat completely ignored me when my master put me just three yards away from her. As I've always been told, and have found true in my own experiences while traveling, showing fear around a fierce animal is a sure way to get it to chase or attack you. So, in this risky situation, I decided to act completely unconcerned. I boldly walked back and forth five or six times right in front of the cat's face, coming within half a yard of her. She then recoiled, as if she was actually more scared of me. I was less worried about the dogs that came into the room, as it's common in farmers' houses; one of them was a mastiff as big as four elephants, and a greyhound that was a bit taller than the mastiff, but not as bulky.

When dinner was almost done, the nurse came in with a child of a year old in her arms, who immediately spied me, and began a squall that you might have heard from London Bridge to Chelsea,[48] after the usual oratory of infants, to get me for a plaything. The mother out of pure indulgence took me up, and put me towards the child, who presently seized me by the middle and got my head in its mouth, where I roared so loud that the urchin was frighted, and let me drop, and I should infallibly have broke my neck if the mother had not held her apron under me. The nurse, to quiet her babe, made use of a rattle, which was a kind of hollow vessel filled with great stones, and fastened by a cable to the child's waist. As she sat down close to the table on which I stood, her appearance astonished me not a little. This made me reflect upon the fair skins of our English ladies, who appear so beautiful to us, only because they are of our own size, and their defects not to be seen but through a magnifying glass, where we find by experiment that the smoothest and whitest skins look rough, and coarse and ill-colored.

When dinner was almost over, the nurse came in with a one-year-old in her arms, who immediately spotted me and let out a cry that you could have heard from London Bridge to Chelsea,[48] after the usual fuss of toddlers, wanting me as a toy. The mother, just out of pure indulgence, picked me up and held me toward the child, who quickly grabbed me around the waist and got my head in its mouth. I screamed so loudly that the little one got scared and let me go, and I would have definitely broken my neck if the mother hadn't caught me with her apron. To quiet her baby, the nurse used a rattle, which was a hollow container filled with large stones and attached by a cord to the child's waist. As she sat down close to the table I was on, her appearance surprised me quite a bit. This made me think about the fair skin of our English ladies, who seem so beautiful to us simply because they are our size, and their flaws are only visible through a magnifying glass, where we find that the smoothest and whitest skin actually looks rough, coarse, and poorly colored.

I remember, when I was at Lilliput, the complexions of those diminutive people appeared to me the fairest in the world; and talking upon this subject with a person of learning there, who was an intimate friend of mine, he said that my face appeared much fairer and smoother when he looked on me from the ground than it did upon a nearer view, when I took him up in my hand and brought him close, which he confessed was at first a very shocking sight. He said he could discover great holes in my skin; that the stumps of my beard were ten times stronger than the bristles of a boar, and my complexion made up of several colors altogether disagreeable: although I must beg leave to say for myself that I am as fair as most of my sex and country, and very little sunburnt by my travels. On the other side, discoursing of the ladies of that emperor's court, he used to tell me one had freckles, another too wide a mouth, a third too large a nose, nothing of which I was able to distinguish. I confess this reflection was obvious enough; which, however, I could not forbear, lest the reader might think those vast creatures were actually deformed: for I must do them justice to say they are a comely race of people; and particularly the features of my master's countenance, although he were but a farmer, when I beheld him from the height of sixty feet, appeared very well proportioned.

I remember when I was in Lilliput, the skin tones of those tiny people seemed to me the fairest in the world. I discussed this with a knowledgeable friend there, who was very close to me. He mentioned that my face looked much fairer and smoother from the ground than up close when I picked him up and brought him nearer, which he admitted was quite shocking at first. He said he could see large pores on my skin; that the stubble of my beard was ten times tougher than a boar’s bristles, and my complexion was a mix of several colors that were altogether unappealing. However, I must say for myself that I'm as fair as most women of my culture and not very sunburned from my travels. On the other hand, when discussing the ladies at that emperor's court, he would tell me one had freckles, another had a mouth too wide, a third had a nose too big—none of which I could really notice. I admit this observation was pretty clear, but I couldn’t help but share it so the reader wouldn't think those enormous beings were actually deformed. I must give them credit; they are a good-looking group of people, especially my master, who, though just a farmer, had a well-proportioned face when I looked at him from sixty feet up.

When dinner was done my master went out to his labors, and, as I could discover by his voice and gestures, gave his wife a strict charge to take care of me. I was very much tired and disposed to sleep, which, my mistress perceiving, she put me on her own bed, and covered me with a clean white handkerchief, but larger and coarser than the mainsail of a man-of-war.

When dinner was over, my master went out to work, and I could tell by his voice and gestures that he instructed his wife to look after me. I was really tired and ready to sleep, and my mistress saw this, so she placed me on her own bed and covered me with a clean white handkerchief, which was bigger and rougher than the sail of a battleship.

I slept about two hours, and dreamed I was at home with my wife and children, which aggravated my sorrows when I awaked and found myself alone in a vast room, between two and three hundred feet wide, and above two hundred high, lying in a bed twenty yards wide. My mistress was gone about her household affairs, and had locked me in. The bed was eight yards from the floor.

I slept for about two hours and dreamed I was at home with my wife and kids, which made my sadness worse when I woke up and realized I was alone in a huge room, two to three hundred feet wide and over two hundred feet high, lying in a bed that's twenty yards wide. My mistress was busy with her household duties and had locked me in. The bed was eight yards off the ground.

I ... DREW MY HANGER TO DEFEND MYSELF.

"I ... DREW MY HANGER TO DEFEND MYSELF."

"I... pulled out my weapon to protect myself."

Presently two rats crept up the curtains, and ran smelling backwards and forwards on my bed. One of them came almost up to my face; whereupon I rose in a fright, and drew out my hanger to defend myself. The horrible animals had the boldness to attack me both sides, and one of them held his forefeet at my collar; but I killed him before he could do me any mischief. He fell down at my feet; and the other, seeing the fate of his comrade, made his escape, but not without one good wound on the back, which I gave him as he fled, and made the blood run trickling from him. After this exploit I walked gently to and fro on the bed to recover my breath and loss of spirits. These creatures were of the size of a large mastiff, but infinitely more nimble and fierce; so that, if I had taken off my belt before I went to sleep, I must infallibly have been torn to pieces and devoured. I measured the tail of the dead rat, and found it to be two yards long wanting an inch; but it went against my stomach to draw the carcase off the bed, where it still lay bleeding. I observed it had yet some life; but, with a strong slash across the neck, I thoroughly despatched it.

Right now, two rats crawled up the curtains and ran back and forth, sniffing around on my bed. One of them got really close to my face, which made me jump up in fright and pull out my knife to defend myself. The awful creatures had the nerve to attack me from both sides, and one of them put its front paws on my collar; but I managed to kill it before it could hurt me. It dropped at my feet, and the other, seeing what happened to its buddy, made a run for it, but not without taking a solid hit on its back from me as it fled, leaving a trail of blood. After that, I paced back and forth on the bed to catch my breath and steady my nerves. These rats were the size of large mastiffs, but way more agile and vicious; if I had taken off my belt before going to sleep, I would have definitely been torn to shreds. I measured the tail of the dead rat and found it to be just under two yards long. It made me sick to think about dragging the carcass off the bed, where it was still bleeding. I noticed it still had some life in it, but with a swift cut across the neck, I finished it off completely.

I hope the gentle reader will excuse me for dwelling on these and the like particulars, which, however insignificant they may appear to grovelling vulgar minds, yet will certainly help a philosopher to enlarge his thoughts and imagination, and apply them to the benefit of public as well as private life, which was my sole design in presenting this and other accounts of my travels to the world; wherein I have been chiefly studious of truth, without affecting any ornaments of teaming or style. But the whole scene of this voyage made so strong an impression on my mind, and is so deeply memory, that in committing it to paper I did not omit one material circumstance. However, upon a strict review, I blotted out several passages of less moment which were in my first copy, for fear of being censured as tedious and trifling, whereof travellers are often, perhaps not without justice, accused.

I hope the kind reader will forgive me for focusing on these details, which, though they might seem trivial to ordinary people, can certainly help a philosopher expand his thoughts and imagination and apply them for the benefit of both public and private life. That was my main intention in sharing this and other accounts of my travels with the world; where I have primarily sought the truth, without trying to add any fancy language or style. But the entire experience of this voyage left such a strong impression on my mind and is so deeply etched in my memory, that when I wrote it down, I didn’t leave out a single important event. However, after a careful review, I removed a few less significant parts from my first draft, fearing that I might be criticized for being boring and trivial, which travelers are often, maybe justifiably, accused of.

bar design

CHAPTER II.

A DESCRIPTION OF THE FARMER'S DAUGHTER. THE AUTHOR CARRIED TO A MARKET-TOWN, AND THEN TO THE METROPOLIS. THE PARTICULARS OF THIS JOURNEY.

A DESCRIPTION OF THE FARMER'S DAUGHTER. THE AUTHOR TOOK A TRIP TO A MARKET TOWN, AND THEN TO THE CITY. THE DETAILS OF THIS JOURNEY.

My mistress had a daughter of nine years old, a child of toward parts for her age, very dexterous at her needle, and skilful in dressing her baby. Her mother and she contrived to fit up the baby's cradle for me against night. The cradle was put into a small drawer cabinet, and the drawer placed upon a hanging shelf for fear of the rats. This was my bed all the time I stayed with these people, though made more convenient by degrees, as I began to learn their language and make my wants known.

My mistress had a nine-year-old daughter, a bright girl for her age, very skilled with her needle, and good at taking care of her baby. She and her mother worked together to set up the baby’s cradle for me before nightfall. The cradle was placed inside a small drawer of a cabinet, and the drawer was set on a hanging shelf to keep it safe from rats. This became my bed during my time with them, though it became more comfortable over time as I learned their language and expressed my needs.

She made me seven shirts, and some other linen, of as fine cloth as could be got, which indeed was coarser than sackcloth; and these she constantly washed for me with her own hands. She was likewise my school-mistress, to teach me the language. When I pointed to anything, she told me the name of it in her own tongue, so that in a few days I was able to call for whatever I had a mind to. She was very good-natured, and not above forty feet high, being little for her age. She gave me the name of Grildrig, which the family took up, and afterwards the whole kingdom. The word imports what the Latins call nanunculus, the Italians homunceletino, and the English mannikin. To her I chiefly owe my preservation in that country. We never parted while I was there; I called her my Glumdalclitch, or little nurse; and should be guilty of great ingratitude if I omitted this honorable mention of her care and affection towards me, which I heartily wish it lay in my power to requite as she deserves.

She made me seven shirts and some other linen from the finest fabric she could find, which was actually rougher than sackcloth; and she always washed them by hand for me. She was also my teacher, helping me learn the language. When I pointed to something, she told me its name in her language, so within a few days I could ask for whatever I wanted. She was very kind and not taller than forty feet, which was short for her age. She named me Grildrig, a name that the family adopted, and later the whole kingdom used. The word means what the Latins call nanunculus, the Italians homunceletino, and the English mannikin. I owe my survival in that country mainly to her. We never parted while I was there; I called her my Glumdalclitch, or little nurse; and I'd be seriously ungrateful if I didn’t give this honorable mention of her care and affection toward me, which I truly wish I could repay as she deserves.

It now began to be known and talked of in the neighborhood, that my master had found a strange animal in the field, about the bigness of a splacnuck, but exactly shaped in every part like a human creature; which it likewise imitated in all its actions, seemed to speak in a little language of its own, had already learned several words of theirs, went erect upon two legs, was tame and gentle, would come when it was called, do whatever it was bid, had the finest limbs in the world, and a complexion fairer than a nobleman's daughter of three years old. Another farmer, who lived hard by, and was a particular friend of my master, came on a visit on purpose to inquire into the truth of this story. I was immediately produced and placed upon a table, where I walked as I was commanded, drew my hanger, put it up again, made my reverence to my master's guest, asked him in his own language how he did, and told him he was welcome, just as my little nurse had instructed me. This man, who was old and dim-sighted, put on his spectacles to behold me better, at which I could not forbear laughing very heartily, for his eyes appeared like the full moon shining into a chamber at two windows. Our people, who discovered the cause of my mirth, bore me company in laughing, at which the old fellow was fool enough to be angry and out of countenance. He had the character of a great miser; and, to my misfortune, he well deserved it by the cursed advice he gave my master, to show me as a sight upon a market-day in the next town, which was half an hour's riding, about two-and-twenty miles from our house. I guessed there was some mischief contriving, when I observed my master and his friend whispering long together, sometimes pointing at me; and my fears made me fancy that I overheard and understood some of their words.

It started to spread in the neighborhood that my master had discovered a strange creature in the field, about the size of a splacnuck, but shaped just like a human being; it copied human behavior, seemed to speak a little language of its own, had already picked up several of their words, walked upright on two legs, was tame and gentle, came when called, and followed commands, had the finest limbs you could imagine, and a complexion fairer than that of a nobleman's three-year-old daughter. Another farmer, who lived nearby and was a close friend of my master, came over specifically to find out if this story was true. I was immediately brought out and placed on a table, where I walked as instructed, drew my dagger, put it away again, made a polite bow to my master’s guest, asked him in his own language how he was, and told him he was welcome, just like my little nurse had taught me. This man, who was old and had poor eyesight, put on his glasses to see me better, which made me laugh heartily, as his eyes looked like the full moon shining into a room through two windows. The others around us, realizing why I was laughing, joined in, which annoyed the old fellow and made him feel embarrassed. He had a reputation for being a great miser, and unfortunately, he deserved it for the terrible advice he gave my master to show me off as a spectacle on market day in the nearby town, which was about a half-hour ride, roughly twenty-two miles from our home. I suspected something was going on when I saw my master and his friend whispering to each other for a long time, occasionally pointing at me; my anxiety made me think I overheard and understood some of their conversation.

I CALLED HER MY GLUMDALCLITCH.

"I CALLED HER MY GLUMDALCLITCH."

"I called her my giant."

But the next morning, Glumdalclitch, my little nurse, told me the whole matter, which she had cunningly picked out from her mother. The poor girl laid me on her bosom, and fell a-weeping with shame and grief. She apprehended some mischief would happen to me from rude vulgar folks, who might squeeze me to death, or break one of my limbs by taking me in their hands. She had also observed how modest I was in my nature, how nicely I regarded my honor, and what an indignity conceive it to be exposed for money, as a public spectacle, to the meanest of the people. She said her papa and mamma had promised that Grildrig should be hers, but now she found they meant to serve her as they did last year when they pretended to give her a lamb, and yet as soon as it was fat sold it to a butcher. For my own part I may truly affirm that I was less concerned than my nurse. I had a strong hope, which left me, that I should one day recover my liberty; to the ignominy of being carried about for a monster, I considered myself to be a perfect stranger in the country, and that such a misfortune could never be charged upon me as a reproach if ever I should return to England; since the king of Great Britain himself, in my condition, must have undergone the same distress.

But the next morning, Glumdalclitch, my little nurse, told me everything she had cleverly figured out from her mother. The poor girl held me close to her chest and started crying from embarrassment and sadness. She was worried that something terrible would happen to me from rude, common people who might squeeze me to death or break one of my limbs by picking me up. She had also noticed how modest I was, how much I valued my dignity, and how humiliating it felt to be put on display for money in front of the lowest of people. She said her mom and dad had promised that I would be hers, but now she realized they were going to treat her the same way they did last year when they pretended to give her a lamb, only to sell it to a butcher as soon as it got fat. For my part, I can honestly say that I was less worried than my nurse. I held on to a strong hope that one day I would regain my freedom; I considered myself a complete foreigner in this country, and I didn't think this misfortune could ever be held against me if I returned to England since even the king of Great Britain, in my situation, would have experienced the same distress.

My master, pursuant to the advice of his friend, carried me in a box the next market-day, to the neighboring town, and took along with him his little daughter, my nurse, upon a pillion[49] behind him. The box was close on every side, with a little door for me to go in and out, and a few gimlet holes to let in air. The girl had been so careful as to put the quilt of her baby's bed into it, for me to lie down on. However, I was terribly shaken and discomposed in this journey, though it were but of half an hour. For the horse went about forty feet at every step, and trotted so high that the agitation was equal to the rising and falling of a ship in a great storm, but much more frequent; our journey was somewhat farther than from London to St. Alban's. My master alighted at an inn which he used to frequent; and after consulting a while with the innkeeper and making some necessary preparations, he hired the grultrud, or crier, to give notice through the town, of a strange creature to be seen at the sign of the Green Eagle, not so big as a splacnuck (an animal in that country, very finely shaped, about six feet long), and in every part of the body resembling a human creature, could speak several words, and perform a hundred diverting tricks.

My master, following his friend's advice, took me in a box to the nearby town on the next market day, along with his little daughter, my nurse, riding behind him on a pillion[49]. The box was closed on all sides, with a little door for me to come in and out, and a few small holes to let in air. The girl had been thoughtful enough to put her baby's bed quilt inside for me to lie on. Nevertheless, I was jostled and unsettled during the journey, which lasted only about half an hour. The horse took about forty feet with each step and trotted so high that the movement felt like being on a ship in a major storm, but much more rapid; our journey was a bit farther than the distance from London to St. Alban's. My master stopped at a familiar inn, and after discussing things with the innkeeper and making some necessary arrangements, he hired the grultrud, or crier, to announce throughout the town that a strange creature could be seen at the Green Eagle sign. This creature was not as big as a splacnuck (an animal in that country, quite well-shaped and about six feet long), and in every part of its body, it resembled a human being; it could speak several words and perform a hundred entertaining tricks.

I was placed upon a table in the largest room of the inn, which might be near three hundred feet square. My little nurse stood on a low stool close to the table, to take care of me, and direct what I should do. My master, to avoid a crowd, would suffer only thirty people at a time to see me. I walked about on the table as the girl commanded. She asked me questions, as far as she knew my understanding of the language reached, and I answered them as loud as I could. I turned about several times to the company, paid my humble respects, said they were welcome, and used some other speeches I had been taught. I took a thimble filled with liquor, which Glumdalclitch had given me for a cup, and drank their health. I drew out my hanger, and flourished with it, after the manner of fencers in England. My nurse gave me part of a straw, which I exercised as a pike, having learnt the art in my youth. I was that day shown to twelve sets of company, and as often forced to act over again the same fopperies, till I was half dead with weariness and vexation. For those who had seen me made such wonderful reports, that the people were ready to break down the doors to come in.

I was laid on a table in the biggest room of the inn, which was probably about three hundred square feet. My little nurse stood on a low stool next to the table to take care of me and tell me what to do. To avoid a crowd, my master allowed only thirty people at a time to see me. I walked around on the table as the girl instructed. She asked me questions, as far as she knew I could understand, and I answered as loudly as I could. I turned to the crowd several times, paid my respects, told them they were welcome, and used some other lines I had learned. I took a thimble filled with drink, which Glumdalclitch had given me as a cup, and toasted their health. I pulled out my small sword and waved it around like fencers do in England. My nurse handed me a piece of straw, which I pretended was a pike, a skill I had learned in my youth. That day, I was shown to twelve groups of people, and I had to repeat the same tricks over and over until I was half dead from exhaustion and frustration. Those who had seen me spread such amazing stories that people were ready to break down the doors to get in.

My master, for his own interest, would not suffer any one to touch me except my nurse, and, to prevent danger, benches were set round the table at such a distance as to put me out of everybody's reach. However, an unlucky school-boy aimed a hazel-nut directly at my head, which very narrowly missed me: otherwise, it came with so much violence, that it would have infallibly knocked out my brains, for it was almost as large as a small pumpion,[50] but I had the satisfaction to see the young rogue well beaten, and turned out of the room.

My master, for his own benefit, wouldn’t let anyone touch me except my nurse, and to avoid any risk, benches were placed around the table far enough away to keep everyone out of my reach. However, an unfortunate schoolboy threw a hazelnut directly at my head, which just barely missed me. Otherwise, it came with such force that it would have definitely knocked me out, as it was almost as big as a small pumpkin,[50] but I felt satisfied watching the little troublemaker get well reprimanded and thrown out of the room.

FLOURISHED AFTER THE MANNER OF FENCERS IN ENGLAND.

"FLOURISHED AFTER THE MANNER OF FENCERS IN ENGLAND."

"Thrive like fencers in England."

My master gave public notice that he would show me again the next market-day, and in the meantime he prepared a more convenient vehicle for me, which he had reason enough to do; for I was so tired with my first journey, and with entertaining company for eight hours together, that I could hardly stand upon my legs or speak a word. It was at least three days before I recovered my strength; and that I might have no rest at home, all the neighboring gentleman, from a hundred miles round, hearing of my fame, came to see me at my master's own house. There could not be fewer than thirty persons with their wives and children (for the country was very populous); and my master demanded the rate of a full room whenever he showed me at home, although it were only to a single family; so that for some time I had but little ease every day of the week (except Wednesday which is their Sabbath), although I was not carried to the town.

My master announced publicly that he would showcase me again on the next market day, and in the meantime, he got a more comfortable vehicle ready for me, which he definitely needed to do; I was so exhausted from my first journey and from entertaining company for eight straight hours that I could barely stand or speak. It took me at least three days to regain my strength, and to make sure I had no rest at home, all the neighboring gentlemen, hearing about my fame from up to a hundred miles away, came to visit me at my master's house. There were at least thirty people, along with their wives and children (because the area was quite populated). My master charged the price for a full room whenever he showcased me at home, even if it was just for one family, so for a while, I hardly had any downtime every day of the week (except Wednesday, which is their Sabbath), even though I wasn't taken to the town.

My master, finding how profitable I was like to be, resolved to carry me to the most considerable cities of the kingdom. Having, therefore, provided himself with all things necessary for a long journey, and settled his affairs at home, he took leave of his wife, and upon the seventeenth of August, 1703, about two months after my arrival, we set out for the metropolis, situated the middle of that empire, and about three thousand miles distance from our house. My master made his daughter Glumdalclitch ride behind him. She carried me on her lap, in a box tied about her waist. The girl had lined it on all sides with the softest cloth she could get, well quilted underneath, furnished it with her baby's bed, provided me with linen and other necessaries, and made everything as conveniently as she could. We had no other company but a boy of the house, who rode after us with the luggage.

My master, realizing how profitable I could be, decided to take me to the most important cities in the kingdom. So, he got everything he needed for a long journey and sorted out his affairs at home. He said goodbye to his wife, and on August 17, 1703, about two months after I arrived, we headed off to the capital, located in the center of the empire, about three thousand miles from our home. My master had his daughter Glumdalclitch ride behind him. She carried me on her lap in a box tied around her waist. The girl had lined it with the softest fabric she could find, padded it underneath, furnished it with her baby’s bed, and made sure I had linens and other necessities, making everything as comfortable as possible. Our only other company was a boy from the house, who rode behind us with the luggage.

My master's design was to show me in all the towns by the way, and to step out of the road for fifty or a hundred miles, to any village, or person of quality's house, where he might expect custom. We made easy journeys of not above seven or eight score miles a day; for Glumdalclitch, on purpose to spare me, complained she was tired with the trotting of the horse. She often took me out of my box at my own desire, to give me air and show me the country, but always held me fast by a leading-string. We passed over five or six rivers, many degrees broader and deeper than the Nile or the Ganges; and there was hardly a rivulet so small as the Thames at London Bridge. We were ten weeks in our journey, and I was shown in eighteen large towns, besides many villages and private families.

My master's plan was to show me all the towns along the way and to detour for fifty or a hundred miles to any village or wealthy person's house where he might expect to do business. We had easy trips of no more than seven or eight hundred miles a day because Glumdalclitch, wanting to save me, said she was tired from the horse's trotting. She often took me out of my box when I asked to get some fresh air and see the countryside, but always kept a tight grip on a leading string. We crossed five or six rivers, many of which were much wider and deeper than the Nile or the Ganges, and there wasn't even a stream as small as the Thames at London Bridge. Our journey lasted ten weeks, and I was shown eighteen large towns, along with numerous villages and private homes.

On the twenty-sixth of October we arrived at the metropolis, called in their language, Lorbrulgrud, or Pride of the Universe. My master took a lodging in the principal street of the city, not far from the royal palace, and put out bills in the usual form, containing an exact description of my person and parts.[51] He hired a large room between three and four hundred feet wide. He provided a table sixty feet in diameter, upon which I was to act my part, and palisadoed it round three feet from the edge, and as many high, to prevent my falling over. I was shown ten times a day, to the wonder and satisfaction of all people. I could now speak the language tolerably well, and perfectly understood every word that was spoken to me. Besides, I had learned their alphabet, and could make a shift to explain a sentence here and there; for Glumdalclitch had been my instructor while we were at home, and at leisure hours during our journey. She carried a little book in her pocket, not much larger than a Sanson's Atlas;[52] it was a common treatise for the use of young girls, giving a short account of their religion; out of this she taught me my letters, and interpreted the words.

On October twenty-sixth, we arrived in the city known in their language as Lorbrulgrud, or Pride of the Universe. My master found a place to stay on the main street, not far from the royal palace, and put up posters with a detailed description of me. He rented a large room that was about three to four hundred feet wide. He set up a table that was sixty feet across for me to perform on, and surrounded it with a three-foot high fence to keep me from falling off. I was displayed ten times a day, much to the amazement and delight of everyone. I could now speak the language quite well and understood everything that was said to me. I also learned their alphabet and could manage to explain a few sentences here and there, thanks to Glumdalclitch, who taught me while we were at home and during our travels. She carried a small book in her pocket, not much bigger than a Sanson's Atlas; it was a basic guide for young girls, providing a brief overview of their religion. From this book, she taught me my letters and translated the words.

bar design

CHAPTER III.

THE AUTHOR SENT FOR TO COURT. THE QUEEN BUYS HIM OF HIS MASTER THE FARMER, AND PRESENTS HIM TO THE KING. HE DISPUTES WITH HIS MAJESTY'S GREAT SCHOLARS. AN APARTMENT AT COURT PROVIDED FOR THE AUTHOR. HE IS IN HIGH FAVOR WITH THE QUEEN. HE STANDS UP FOR THE HONOR OF HIS OWN COUNTRY. HE QUARRELS WITH THE QUEEN'S DWARF.

THE AUTHOR IS SUMMONED TO COURT. THE QUEEN PURCHASES HIM FROM HIS MASTER, THE FARMER, AND INTRODUCES HIM TO THE KING. HE HAS DEBATES WITH THE KING'S RENOWNED SCHOLARS. A ROOM AT COURT IS SET UP FOR THE AUTHOR. HE ENJOYS THE QUEEN'S FAVOR. HE DEFENDS THE HONOR OF HIS NATIVE COUNTRY. HE ARGUES WITH THE QUEEN'S DWARF.

The frequent labors I underwent every day, made in a few weeks a very considerable change in my health; the more my master got by me, the more insatiable he grew. I had quite lost my stomach, and was almost reduced to a skeleton. The farmer observed it, and, concluding I must soon die, resolved to make as good a hand of me[53] as he could. While he was thus reasoning and resolving with himself, a slardral, or gentleman-usher, came from court, commanding my master to carry me immediately thither, for the diversion of the queen and her ladies. Some of the latter had already been to see me, and reported strange things of my beauty, behavior, and good sense. Her majesty, and those who attended her, were beyond measure delighted with my demeanor. I fell on my knees and begged the honor of kissing her imperial foot; but this gracious princess held out her little finger towards me, after I was set on a table, which I embraced in both my arms, and put the tip of it with the utmost respect to my lip.

The hard work I put in every day led to a significant change in my health within a few weeks; the more my master benefited from me, the more greedy he became. I completely lost my appetite and was nearly a skeleton. The farmer noticed this and, thinking I would soon die, decided to make the most of me as he could. While he was mulling this over, a gentleman-usher from the court arrived, ordering my master to take me there immediately for the entertainment of the queen and her ladies. Some of the ladies had already come to see me and reported incredible things about my beauty, behavior, and intelligence. Her majesty and her attendants were extremely pleased with how I carried myself. I dropped to my knees and begged for the honor of kissing her royal foot; however, this gracious princess held out her little finger towards me after I was placed on a table, which I took in both my arms and touched the tip of with the utmost respect to my lips.

She made me some general questions about my country, and my travels, which I answered as distinctly, and in as few words, as I could. She asked whether I would be content to live at court. I bowed down to the board of the table, and humbly answered that I was my master's slave; but if I were at my own disposal, I should be proud to devote my life to her majesty's service. She then asked my master whether he were willing to sell me at a good price. He, who apprehended I could not live a month, was ready enough to part with me, and demanded a thousand pieces of gold, which were ordered him on the spot, each piece being the bigness of eight hundred moidores[54]; but, for the proportion of all things between that country and Europe, and the high price of gold among them, was hardly so great a sum as a thousand guineas[55] would be in England. I then said to the queen, since I was now her majesty's most humble creature and vassal, I must beg the favor, that Glumdalclitch, who had always attended me with so much care and kindness, and understood to do it so well, might be admitted into her service, and continue to be my nurse and instructor.

She asked me some general questions about my country and my travels, which I answered as clearly and briefly as I could. She inquired if I would be happy living at court. I bowed to the table and humbly replied that I was my master's servant; but if I were free, I would be honored to dedicate my life to her majesty's service. She then asked my master if he was willing to sell me for a good price. He, thinking I couldn’t survive a month, was quick to agree and asked for a thousand gold pieces, which were given to him on the spot, each piece being the size of eight hundred moidores[54]; however, in comparison to the values between that country and Europe, and the high price of gold there, it was hardly as much as a thousand guineas[55] would be in England. I then said to the queen that since I was now her majesty's most humble servant, I must request that Glumdalclitch, who had always taken care of me with such kindness and skill, be allowed to join her service and continue to be my nurse and teacher.

Her majesty agreed to my petition, and easily got the farmer's consent, who was glad enough to have his daughter preferred at court, and the poor girl herself was not able to hide her joy. My late master withdrew, bidding me farewell, and saying he had left me in good service, to which I replied not a word, only making him a slight bow.

Her majesty agreed to my request and easily got the farmer's approval, who was more than happy to have his daughter favored at court, and the poor girl herself couldn’t contain her happiness. My former master took his leave, wishing me well and saying he had placed me in good hands, to which I didn’t respond, only giving him a slight bow.

THIS GRACIOUS PRINCESS HELD OUT HER LITTLE FINGER.

"THIS GRACIOUS PRINCESS HELD OUT HER LITTLE FINGER."

"THIS GRACIOUS PRINCESS HELD OUT HER LITTLE FINGER."

The queen observed my coldness, and, when the farmer was gone out of the apartment, asked me the reason. I made bold to tell her majesty that I owed no other obligation to my late master, than his not dashing out the brains of a poor harmless creature, found by chance in his field; which obligation was amply recompensed by the gain he had made in showing me through half the kingdom, and the price he had now sold me for. That the life I had since led was laborious enough to kill an animal of ten times my strength. That my health was much impaired by the continual drudgery of entertaining the rabble every hour of the day, and that, if my master had not thought my life in danger, her majesty would not have got so cheap a bargain. But as I was out of all fear of being ill-treated under the protection of so great and good an empress, the ornament of nature, the darling of the world, the delight of her subjects, the phoenix[56] of the creation; so, I hoped my late master's apprehensions would appear to be groundless, for I already found my spirits to revive, by the influence of her most august presence.

The queen noticed my cold behavior, and once the farmer had left the room, she asked me why. I felt bold enough to tell her majesty that I owed my late master no other debt than his not bashing the brains out of a poor harmless creature he found in his field; and that debt was more than repaid by the gain he made showing me around half the kingdom and the price he had sold me for. The life I had been living since was hard enough to kill someone ten times my size. My health had really suffered from the nonstop work of entertaining the crowds every hour of the day, and if my master hadn’t thought my life was in danger, her majesty wouldn’t have gotten such a cheap deal. But since I was no longer afraid of being mistreated under the protection of such a great and good empress—an ornament of nature, the darling of the world, the delight of her subjects, the phoenix of creation—I hoped my late master’s fears would turn out to be unfounded, as I could already feel my spirits lifting thanks to her magnificent presence.

This was the sum of my speech, delivered with great improprieties and hesitation; the latter part was altogether framed in the style peculiar to that people, whereof I learned some phrases from Glumdalclitch, while she was carrying me to court.

This was the gist of my speech, given with a lot of awkwardness and hesitation; the latter part was entirely shaped in the style typical of that people, from which I picked up a few phrases from Glumdalclitch while she was taking me to court.

The queen, giving great allowance for my defectiveness in speaking, was, however, surprised at so much wit and good sense in so diminutive an animal.

The queen, quite understanding of my speaking difficulties, was nonetheless surprised by so much wit and common sense in such a small creature.

SHE ... CARRIED ME TO THE KING.

"SHE ... CARRIED ME TO THE KING."

"SHE ... TOOK ME TO THE KING."

She took me in her own hand, and carried me to the king, who was then retired to his cabinet.[57] His majesty, a prince of much gravity and austere countenance, not well observing my shape at first view, asked the queen, after a cold manner, how long it was since she grew fond of a splacnuck; for such it seems he took me to be, as I lay upon my breast in her majesty's right hand. But this princess, who hath an infinite deal of wit and humor, set me gently on my feet upon the scrutoire,[58] and commanded me to give his majesty an account of myself, which I did in a very few words; and Glumdalclitch, who attended at the cabinet-door, and could not endure I should be out of her sight, being admitted, confirmed all that had passed from my arrival at her father's house.

She picked me up and took me to the king, who was in his private room.[57] His majesty, a serious and stern-looking prince, didn’t notice my form at first and, after a cool exchange, asked the queen how long she had been fond of a splacnuck; as that’s what he thought I was, lying on my stomach in her majesty's right hand. However, this princess, who is incredibly witty and humorous, gently set me on my feet on the desk,[58] and instructed me to tell his majesty about myself, which I did in just a few words. Glumdalclitch, who stood at the door and couldn’t stand being out of my sight, was let in and confirmed everything that had happened since I arrived at her father's house.

The king, although he be as learned a person as any in his dominions, had been educated in the study of philosophy, and particularly mathematics; yet, when he observed my shape exactly, and saw me walk erect, before I began to speak, conceived I might be a piece of clockwork (which is in that country arrived to a very great perfection) contrived by some ingenious artist. But when he heard my voice, and found what I delivered to be regular and rational, he could not conceal his astonishment. He was by no means satisfied with the relation I gave him of the manner I came into his kingdom, but thought it a story concerted between Glumdalclitch and her father, who had taught me a set of words, to make me sell at a better price. Upon this imagination he put several other questions to me, and still received rational answers, no otherwise defective than by a foreign accent, and an imperfect knowledge in the language, with some rustic phrases, which I had learned at the farmer's house, and did not suit the polite style of a court.

The king, even though he was as educated as anyone in his realm, had studied philosophy and especially mathematics. However, when he saw my appearance and watched me walk upright before I spoke, he thought I might be a piece of clockwork (which had become quite advanced in that country) created by some clever artist. But when he heard my voice and realized my speech was coherent and logical, he couldn't hide his surprise. He wasn't convinced by the explanation I gave him about how I arrived in his kingdom and suspected it was a story made up between Glumdalclitch and her father to increase my value. With this idea in mind, he asked me several more questions, and I continued to give rational answers, with the only shortcomings being my foreign accent and limited understanding of the language, along with some rural expressions I had picked up at the farmer's house that didn’t fit the refined language of the court.

His majesty sent for three great scholars, who were then in their weekly waiting[59] according to the custom in that country. These gentlemen, after they had a while examined my shape with much nicety, were of different opinions concerning me. They all agreed that I could not be produced according to the regular laws of nature, because I was not framed with a capacity of preserving my life, either by swiftness or climbing of trees, or digging holes in the earth. They observed by my teeth, which they viewed with great exactness, that I was a carnivorous animal; yet most quadrupeds being an overmatch for me, and field-mice, with some others, too nimble, they could not imagine how I should be able to support myself, unless I fed upon snails and other insects, which they offered, by many learned arguments, to evince that I could not possibly do. They would not allow me to be a dwarf, because my littleness was beyond all degrees of comparison; for the queen's favorite dwarf, the smallest ever known in that kingdom, was nearly thirty feet high. After much debate, they concluded unanimously that I was only relplum scalcath, which is interpreted literally, lusus naturae;[60] a determination exactly agreeable to the modern philosophy of Europe: whose professors, disdaining the old evasion of occult causes, whereby the followers of Aristotle endeavored in vain to disguise their ignorance, have invented this wonderful solution of all difficulties, to the unspeakable advancement of human knowledge.

His majesty called for three great scholars, who were then attending their weekly duties according to the custom in that country. These gentlemen, after examining my appearance very closely for a while, had different opinions about me. They all agreed that I couldn’t have been created according to the regular laws of nature because I wasn’t equipped to survive, either by being fast, climbing trees, or digging holes in the ground. They noted from my teeth, which they scrutinized carefully, that I was a carnivorous animal; yet since most four-legged animals were stronger than I was, and field mice and others were too quick, they couldn’t figure out how I could survive unless I ate snails and other insects, which they argued extensively I couldn’t possibly do. They wouldn’t accept me as a dwarf since my small size was beyond comparison; the queen’s favorite dwarf, the smallest ever known in that kingdom, was nearly thirty feet tall. After much discussion, they unanimously concluded that I was only relplum scalcath, which translates literally to lusus naturae; a determination completely in line with the modern philosophy of Europe: whose scholars, dismissing the old excuse of unknown causes that followers of Aristotle tried in vain to use to hide their ignorance, have come up with this incredible explanation for all difficulties, greatly enhancing human knowledge.

After this decisive conclusion, I entreated to be heard a word or two. I applied myself to the king, and assured his majesty that I came from a country which abounded with several millions of both sexes, and of my own stature; where the animals, trees, and houses were all in proportion, and where, by consequence, I might be as able to defend myself, and to find sustenance, as any of his majesty's subjects could do here; which I took for a full answer to those gentlemen's arguments. To this they only replied with a smile of contempt, saying, that the farmer had instructed me very well in my lesson. The king, who had a much better understanding, dismissing his learned men, sent for the farmer, who, by good fortune, was not yet gone out of town; having therefore first examined him privately, and then confronted him with me and the young girl, his majesty began to think that what we had told him might possibly be true. He desired the queen to order that a particular care should be taken of me, and was of opinion that Glumdalclitch should still continue in her office of tending me, because he observed that we had a great affection for each other. A convenient apartment was provided for her at court; she had a sort of governess appointed to take care of her education, a maid to dress her, and two other servants for menial offices; but the care of me was wholly appropriated to herself. The queen commanded her own cabinet-maker to contrive a box, that might serve me for a bed-chamber, after the model that Glumdalclitch and I should agree upon. This man was a most ingenious artist, and, according to my directions, in three weeks finished to me a wooden chamber of sixteen feet square and twelve high, with sash-windows, a door, and two closets, like a London bed-chamber. The board that made the ceiling was to be lifted up and down by two hinges, to put in a bed ready furnished by her majesty's upholsterer, which Glumdalclitch took out every day to air, made it with her own hands, and, letting it down at night, locked up the roof over me. A nice workman, who was famous for little curiosities, undertook to make me two chairs, with backs and frames, of a substance not unlike ivory, and two tables, with a cabinet to put my things in. The room was quilted on all sides, as well as the floor and the ceiling, to prevent any accident from the carelessness of those who carried me, and to break the force of a jolt when I went in a coach. I desired a lock for my door, to prevent rats and mice from coming in: the smith, after several attempts, made the smallest that ever was seen among them; for I have known a larger at the gate of a gentleman's house in England. I made a shift to keep the key in a pocket of my own, fearing Glumdalclitch might lose it. The queen likewise ordered the thinnest silks that could be gotten to make me clothes, not much thicker than an English blanket, very cumbersome, till I was accustomed to them. They were after the fashion of the kingdom, partly resembling the Persian, and partly the Chinese, and are a very grave and decent habit.

After this decisive conclusion, I asked for a moment to speak. I approached the king and assured him that I came from a country filled with millions of people, just like me, where the animals, trees, and houses were all proportionate, and where I could defend myself and find food just as well as any of his subjects could here. I considered this a solid response to the arguments presented by those gentlemen. They only responded with a dismissive smile, commenting that the farmer had taught me my lesson well. The king, who was much wiser, sent for the farmer, who fortunately had not left town yet. After privately questioning him, he brought him face to face with me and the young girl. The king started to believe that what we had told him might actually be true. He asked the queen to ensure that I was well taken care of and thought that Glumdalclitch should continue looking after me, as he noticed we had a strong bond. A suitable room was arranged for her at court; she was assigned a governess for her education, a maid to dress her, and two other servants for general help, but the responsibility for me was solely hers. The queen instructed her own cabinetmaker to design a box that would serve as my bedroom, based on an agreement between Glumdalclitch and me. This craftsman was highly skilled and, following my specifications, took three weeks to create a wooden room that was sixteen feet square and twelve feet high, complete with sash windows, a door, and two closets—much like a bedroom in London. The ceiling was designed to lift up on hinges to allow for a bed provided by the queen's upholsterer, which Glumdalclitch aired out every day, made with her own hands, and pulled down at night, locking the ceiling above me. A talented artisan, known for his small curiosities, crafted two chairs with backs and frames made of a material similar to ivory, along with two tables and a cabinet for my belongings. The entire room was padded on all sides, including the floor and ceiling, to ensure safety from careless handling and to cushion any jolts when I rode in a coach. I requested a lock for my door to keep out rats and mice; the blacksmith, after several tries, created the smallest lock ever seen, smaller than one I had seen at the gate of a gentleman's house in England. I managed to keep the key in my own pocket, worried that Glumdalclitch might lose it. The queen also ordered the thinnest silk available to make my clothes, which were not much thicker than an English blanket and felt heavy until I got used to them. They were styled in line with the kingdom's fashion, partly resembling Persian and partly Chinese attire, providing a very dignified and decent appearance.

The queen became so fond of my company that she could not dine without me. I had a table placed upon the same at which her Majesty ate, just at her left elbow, and a chair to sit on. Glumdalclitch stood on a stool on the floor, near my table, to assist and take care of me. I had an entire set of silver dishes and plates, and other necessaries, which, in proportion to those of the queen, were not much bigger than what I have seen in a London toy-shop for the furniture of a baby-house: these my little nurse kept in her pocket in a silver box, and gave me at meals as I wanted them, always cleaning them herself. No person dined with the queen but the two princesses royal the elder sixteen years old, and the younger at that time thirteen and a month. Her majesty used to put a bit of meat upon one of my dishes, out of which I carved for myself: and her diversion was to see me eat in miniature; for the queen (who had, indeed, but a weak stomach) took up at one mouthful as much as a dozen English farmers could eat at a meal, which to me was for some time a very nauseous sight. She would craunch the wing of a lark, bones and all, between her teeth, although it were nine times as large as that of a full-grown turkey; and put a bit of bread in her mouth as big as two twelve-penny loaves. She drank out of a golden cup, above a hogshead at a draught. Her knives were twice as long as a scythe, set straight upon the handle. The spoons, forks, and other instruments, were all in the same proportion. I remember when Glumdalclitch carried me, out of curiosity, to see some of the tables at court, where ten or a dozen of these enormous knives and forks were lifted up together, I thought I had never till then beheld so terrible a sight.

The queen became so fond of spending time with me that she couldn't eat without me. I had a table set up right next to where her Majesty dined, just at her left elbow, along with a chair to sit on. Glumdalclitch stood on a stool on the floor, close to my table, to help and take care of me. I had a complete set of silver dishes and plates, along with other necessities, which were, compared to the queen’s, about the size of what I've seen in a London toy store for dollhouse furniture: my little nurse kept these in her pocket in a silver box and handed them to me during meals as I needed them, always cleaning them herself. No one dined with the queen except the two royal princesses, the older one being sixteen years old, and the younger one at that time was thirteen and a month. Her Majesty would put a piece of meat on one of my plates, and I would carve for myself: her enjoyment came from watching me eat in miniature; because the queen (who actually had a weak stomach) would take in one mouthful that could feed a dozen English farmers at a meal, which was a pretty nauseating sight for me at first. She would crunch the wing of a lark, bones and all, between her teeth, even if it was nine times the size of a full-grown turkey’s, and shove a piece of bread in her mouth that was about the size of two twelve-penny loaves. She drank from a golden cup that could hold more than a hogshead in one gulp. Her knives were twice the length of a scythe, attached straight to the handle. The spoons, forks, and other utensils were all proportionately huge as well. I remember when Glumdalclitch took me out of curiosity to see some of the tables at court, where ten or a dozen of these gigantic knives and forks were lifted together, and I thought I had never seen such a frightening sight before.

It is the custom that every Wednesday (which, as I have before observed, is their Sabbath) the king and queen, with the royal issue of both sexes dine together in the apartment of his majesty, to whom I was now become a great favorite; and, at these times, my little chair and table were placed at his left hand, before one of the salt-cellars. This prince took a pleasure in conversing with me, inquiring into the manners, religion, taws, government, and learning of Europe; wherein I gave him the best account I was able. His apprehension was so clear, and his judgment so exact, that he made very wise reflections and observations upon all I said. But I confess that after I had been a little too copious in talking of my own beloved country, of our trade, and wars by sea and land, of our schisms in religion, and parties in the state; the prejudices of his education prevailed so far that he could not forbear taking me up in his right hand, and, stroking me gently with the other, after a hearty fit of laughing, asked me, whether I was a whig or a tory? Then turning to his first minister, who waited behind him with a white staff, near as tall as the mainmast of the "Royal Sovereign,"[61] he observed how contemptible a thing was human grandeur, which could be mimicked by such diminutive insects as I: and yet, says he, I dare engage these creatures have their titles and distinctions of honor; they contrive little nests and burrows, that they call houses and cities; they make a figure in dress and equipage; they love, they fight, they dispute, they cheat, they betray. And thus he continued on, while my color came and went several times with indignation, to hear our noble country, the mistress of arts and arms, the scourge of France, the arbitress of Europe, the seat of virtue, piety, honor, and truth, the pride and envy of the world, so contemptuously treated.

It’s a tradition that every Wednesday (which, as I’ve mentioned before, is their Sabbath) the king and queen, along with their royal offspring of both genders, have dinner together in the king’s quarters. I had become quite a favorite of his, and during these meals, my little chair and table were set at his left side, in front of one of the salt shakers. The prince enjoyed chatting with me, asking about the customs, religion, laws, government, and education of Europe, which I explained to the best of my ability. His understanding was sharp and his judgment precise, leading him to make insightful comments on everything I said. However, I admit that after I had talked a bit too much about my beloved country, our trade, and our wars by sea and land, as well as our religious divisions and political factions, the biases from his upbringing took over. He couldn’t help but pick me up in his right hand, gently stroking me with the other hand, and after a good laugh, asked whether I considered myself a Whig or a Tory. Then, turning to his chief minister, who stood behind him holding a white staff and was nearly as tall as the mainmast of the "Royal Sovereign," he commented on how ridiculous human greatness was, especially since it could be imitated by such tiny creatures like me. Yet, he said, I bet these beings have their own titles and distinctions of honor; they build small nests and burrows they call homes and cities; they show off in their clothing and carriages; they love, fight, argue, cheat, and betray. He kept going like this while my face flushed with anger at hearing my noble country, the leader in arts and arms, the scourge of France, the arbiter of Europe, the hub of virtue, piety, honor, and truth, the pride and envy of the world, spoken of so dismissively.

But, as I was not in a condition to resent injuries, so upon mature thoughts, I began to doubt whether I was injured or no. For, after having been accustomed, several months, to the sight and converse of this people, and observed every object upon which I cast mine eyes to be of proportionable magnitude, the horror I had at first conceived from their bulk and aspect was so far worn off, that, if I had then beheld a company of English lords and ladies in their finery, and birthday clothes, acting their several parts in the most courtly manner of strutting and bowing and prating, to say the truth, I should have been strongly tempted to laugh as much at them as the king and his grandees did at me. Neither, indeed, could I forbear smiling at myself, when the queen used to place me upon her hand towards a looking-glass, by which both our persons appeared before me in full view together; and there could nothing be more ridiculous than the comparison; so that I really began to imagine myself dwindled many degrees below my usual size.

But since I wasn’t in a state to feel anger over injuries, I started to wonder, after giving it some thought, whether I had actually been hurt or not. After spending several months getting used to the sight and conversation of these people, and seeing every object I looked at being of proportional size, the fear I initially felt because of their size and appearance had faded so much that, if I had seen a group of English lords and ladies in their fancy outfits and birthday clothes, acting out their roles with all the courtly strutting, bowing, and chatting, truthfully, I would have felt a strong urge to laugh at them just like the king and his nobles laughed at me. In fact, I couldn’t help but smile at myself when the queen would place me on her hand in front of a mirror, where both our reflections would be visible together; there was nothing more ridiculous than that comparison, so I genuinely began to think I had shrunk several sizes below my usual height.

Nothing angered and mortified me so much, as the queen's dwarf, who being of the lowest stature that ever in that country (for I verily think he was not full thirty feet high) became so insolent at seeing a creature so much beneath him, that he would always affect to swagger, and look big, as he passed by me in the queen's ante-chamber, while I was standing on some table, talking with the lords or ladies of the court, and he seldom failed of a smart word or two upon my littleness; against which I could only revenge myself, by calling him brother, challenging him to wrestle, and such repartees as are usual in the mouths of court pages. One day, at dinner, this malicious little cub was so nettled with something I had said to him, that, raising himself upon the frame of her majesty's chair, he took me up, as I was sitting down, not thinking any harm; and let me drop into a large silver bowl of cream, and then ran away as fast as he could. I fell over head and ears, and, if I had not been a good swimmer, it might have gone very hard with me; for Glumdalclitch, in that instant, happened to be at the other end of the room, and the queen was in such a fright, that she wanted presence of mind to assist me. But my little nurse ran to my relief, and took me out, after I had swallowed above a quart of cream. I was put to bed; however, I received no other damage than the loss of a suit of clothes, which was utterly spoiled. The dwarf was soundly whipped, and, as a farther punishment, forced to drink up the bowl of cream into which he had thrown me; neither was he ever restored to favor; for, soon after, the queen bestowed him on a lady of high quality, so that I saw him no more, to my very great satisfaction; for I could not tell to what extremity such a malicious urchin might have carried his resentment.

Nothing frustrated and embarrassed me more than the queen's dwarf, who was the smallest person I've ever seen in that country (I honestly don't think he was even thirty inches tall). He became so arrogant at seeing someone he considered beneath him that he always tried to swagger and act tough as he walked past me in the queen's waiting area while I stood on a table talking with the lords or ladies of the court. He rarely missed a chance to throw a jab or two about my size; all I could do to get back at him was call him "brother," challenge him to wrestle, and exchange quick comebacks like those common among court pages. One day, at dinner, this spiteful little guy got so annoyed by something I said that he climbed up on the frame of the queen's chair, picked me up while I was sitting down without expecting any trouble, and let me fall into a big silver bowl of cream before running away as fast as he could. I ended up completely soaked, and if I hadn't been a good swimmer, it could have turned out badly for me; because at that moment, Glumdalclitch was at the other end of the room, and the queen was so startled that she couldn't think straight enough to help me. But my little nurse rushed to save me and pulled me out after I swallowed more than a quart of cream. I was put to bed; luckily, I only lost a suit of clothes that was completely ruined. The dwarf got a good whipping and, as a further punishment, had to drink up the bowl of cream he tossed me into; he was never welcomed back afterward because shortly after, the queen gave him to a lady of high status, so I never saw him again, much to my relief, since I could only imagine how far such a spiteful little brat could go in his grudges.

I COULD ONLY REVENGE MYSELF BY CALLING HIM BROTHER.

"I COULD ONLY REVENGE MYSELF BY CALLING HIM BROTHER."

"I could only get back at him by calling him brother."

He had before served me a scurvy trick, which set the queen a-laughing, although, at the same time she was heartily vexed, and would have immediately cashiered him, if I had not been so generous as to intercede. Her majesty had taken a marrow-bone upon her plate and, after knocking out the marrow, placed the bone on the dish erect, as it stood before. The dwarf watching his opportunity, while Glumdalclitch was gone to the sideboard, mounted upon the stool she stood on to take care of me at meals, took me up in both hands, and, squeezing my legs together, wedged them into the marrow-bone above my waist, where I stuck for some time, and made a very ridiculous figure, I believe it was near a minute before any one knew what was became of me; for I thought it below me to cry out. But, as princes seldom get their meat hot, my legs were not scalded, only my stockings and breeches in a sad condition. The dwarf, at my entreaty, had no other punishment than a sound whipping.

He had previously pulled a nasty trick on me, which made the queen laugh, but at the same time, she was really annoyed and would have fired him right away if I hadn’t been so generous as to step in. Her majesty had taken a marrow bone on her plate and, after scooping out the marrow, set the bone upright on the dish in front of her. While Glumdalclitch was over at the sideboard, the dwarf saw his chance. He climbed up on the stool she used to take care of me at meals, picked me up in both hands, and squeezed my legs together, wedging them into the marrow bone above my waist. I was stuck there for a while and must have looked pretty ridiculous; I think it took almost a minute before anyone realized where I was since I thought it wasn't dignified to shout out. Luckily, since princes don't usually get their food hot, my legs weren't burned, but my stockings and pants were in terrible shape. At my request, the dwarf received no punishment other than a good whipping.

I was frequently rallied by the queen upon account of my fearfulness; and she used to ask me, whether the people of my country were as great cowards as myself? The occasion was this; the kingdom is much pestered with flies in summer; and these odious insects, each of them as big as a Dunstable lark,[62] hardly gave me any rest, while I sat at dinner, with their continual humming and buzzing about my ears. They would sometimes alight upon my victuals. Sometimes they would fix upon my nose or forehead, where they stung me to the quick, and I had much ado to defend myself against these detestable animals, and could not forbear starting when they came on my face. It was the common practice of the dwarf, to catch a number of these insects in his hand, as school-boys do among us, and let them out suddenly under my nose, on purpose to frighten me, and divert the queen. My remedy was, to cut them in pieces with my knife, as they flew in the air, wherein my dexterity was much admired.

I was often criticized by the queen for being fearful; she would ask me if the people from my country were as cowardly as I was. The reason for this was that the kingdom was plagued with flies in the summer, and these annoying insects, each as big as a Dunstable lark,[62] hardly let me have any peace while I sat at dinner, buzzing and humming around my ears. Sometimes they landed on my food or on my nose or forehead, stinging me painfully, and I struggled to fend off these horrible creatures, flinching whenever they came close to my face. The dwarf had a habit of catching a bunch of these bugs in his hand, like schoolboys do at home, and letting them go suddenly right in front of me to scare me and amuse the queen. My solution was to slice them in midair with my knife, which earned me a lot of admiration for my skill.

I remember, one morning, when Glumdalclitch had set me in my box upon a window, as she usually did in fair days, to give me air (for I durst not venture to let the box be hung on a nail out of the window, as we do with cages in England) after I had lifted up one of my sashes, and sat down at my table to eat a piece of sweet-cake for my breakfast, above twenty wasps, allured by the smell, came flying into the room, humming louder than the drones[63] of as many bag-pipes. Some of them seized my cake, and carried it piece-meal away; others flew about my head and face, confounding me with the noise, and putting me in the utmost terror of their stings. However, I had the courage to rise and draw my hanger, and attack them in the air. I despatched four of them, but the rest got away, and I presently shut my window. These creatures were as large as partridges; I took out their stings, found them an inch and a half long, and as sharp as needles. I carefully preserved them all, and having since shown them, with some other curiosities, in several parts of Europe, upon my return to England, I gave three of them to Gresham College,[64] and kept the fourth for myself.

I remember one morning when Glumdalclitch put me in my box on a window, as she usually did on nice days, to get some fresh air (because I wasn’t brave enough to let the box hang on a nail out of the window like we do with birdcages in England). After I lifted one of my window sashes and sat down at my table to eat a piece of cake for breakfast, more than twenty wasps, attracted by the smell, flew into the room, buzzing louder than bagpipes. Some grabbed my cake and flew off with it piece by piece, while others zoomed around my head and face, making so much noise that I was terrified of getting stung. Still, I managed to stand up, draw my small sword, and fight them in the air. I managed to take down four of them, but the rest escaped, and I quickly shut my window. These insects were as big as partridges; I took out their stingers, which were an inch and a half long and as sharp as needles. I saved all of them, and after showing them, along with some other curiosities, all over Europe, when I returned to England, I gave three of them to Gresham College, and kept the fourth for myself.

bar design

CHAPTER IV.

THE COUNTRY DESCRIBED. A PROPOSAL FOR CORRECTING MODERN MAPS. THE KING'S PALACE, AND SOME ACCOUNT OF THE METROPOLIS. THE AUTHOR'S WAY OF TRAVELLING. THE CHIEF TEMPLE DESCRIBED.

THE COUNTRY DESCRIBED. A SUGGESTION FOR UPDATING MODERN MAPS. THE KING'S PALACE, AND A DESCRIPTION OF THE CITY. THE AUTHOR'S TRAVELING STYLE. THE MAIN TEMPLE DESCRIBED.

I now intend to give the reader a short description of this country, as far as I travelled in it, which was not above two thousand miles round Lorbrulgrud, the metropolis. For the queen, whom I always attended, never went farther when she accompanied the king in his progresses, and there staid till his majesty returned from viewing his frontiers. The whole extent of this prince's dominions reacheth about six thousand miles in length, and from three to five in breadth. From whence I cannot but conclude, that our geographers of Europe are in a great error, by supposing nothing but sea between Japan and California; for it was ever my opinion, that there must be a balance of earth to counterpoise the great continent of Tartary; and therefore they ought to correct their maps and charts, by joining this vast tract of land to the northwest parts of America, wherein I shall be ready to lend them my assistance.

I now want to give the reader a brief description of this country based on my travels, which covered about two thousand miles around Lorbrulgrud, the capital. The queen, whom I always accompanied, never traveled farther when she joined the king on his trips, and we stayed there until the king returned from inspecting his borders. The total area of this king's territory is about six thousand miles long and between three to five miles wide. From this, I can’t help but think that our European mapmakers are seriously mistaken by assuming there's only ocean between Japan and California. I've always believed that there must be land to balance the vast continent of Tartary, so they should revise their maps and charts to connect this large piece of land to the northwest parts of America, and I'm ready to help them with that.

The kingdom is a peninsula, terminated to the northeast by a ridge of mountains, thirty miles high, which are altogether impassable, by reason of the volcanoes upon the tops: neither do the most learned know what sort of mortals inhabit beyond those mountains, or whether they be inhabited at all. On the three other sides it is bounded by the ocean. There is not one sea-port in the whole kingdom, and those parts of the coasts into which the rivers issue, are so full of pointed rocks, and the sea generally so rough, that there is no venturing with the smallest of their boats; so that these people are wholly excluded from any commerce with the rest of the world.

The kingdom is a peninsula, bordered to the northeast by a thirty-mile-high mountain range that is completely impassable due to the volcanoes on top. Even the most knowledgeable don't know what kind of people live beyond those mountains, or if anyone lives there at all. It is surrounded by the ocean on the other three sides. There isn’t a single seaport in the entire kingdom, and the parts of the coast where the rivers flow are so filled with sharp rocks, and the sea is usually so rough, that they can’t even venture out with their smallest boats. As a result, these people are completely cut off from any trade with the rest of the world.

But the large rivers are full of vessels, and abound with excellent fish, for they seldom get any from the sea, because the sea-fish are of the same size with those in Europe, and consequently not worth catching, whereby it is manifest, that nature, in the production of plants and animals of so extraordinary a bulk, is wholly confined to this continent, of which I leave the reasons to be determined by philosophers. However, now and then, they take a whale, that happens to be dashed against the rocks, which the common people feed on heartily. These whales I have known so large, that a man could hardly carry one upon his shoulders; and sometimes, for curiosity, they are brought in hampers to Lorbrulgrud: I saw one of them in a dish at the king's table, which passed for a rarity, but I did not observe he was fond of it; for I think indeed the bigness disgusted him, although I have seen one somewhat larger in Greenland.

But the big rivers are filled with boats and are plentiful with great fish, since they rarely get any from the ocean, because the sea fish are the same size as those in Europe, making them not worth catching. This shows that nature, in producing plants and animals of such extraordinary size, is completely limited to this continent, and I’ll let philosophers figure out the reasons for that. However, once in a while, they catch a whale that gets thrown against the rocks, which the locals eat with enthusiasm. These whales I’ve seen have been so large that a person could hardly lift one onto their shoulders; and sometimes, for curiosity's sake, they are brought in baskets to Lorbrulgrud. I saw one of them on a dish at the king’s table, which was considered a delicacy, but I didn’t notice he enjoyed it; I think the size actually put him off, though I have seen one even larger in Greenland.

The country is well inhabited, for it contains fifty-one cities, near a hundred walled towns, and a great number of villages. To satisfy my curious reader, it may be sufficient to describe Lorbrulgrud. This city stands upon almost two equal parts on each side the river that passes through. It contains above eighty thousand houses, and about six hundred thousand inhabitants. It is in length three glomglungs (which make about fifty-four English miles) and two and a half in breadth, as I measured it myself in the royal map made by the king's order, which was laid on the ground on purpose for me, and extended a hundred feet: I paced the diameter and circumference several times barefoot, and, computing by the scale, measured it pretty exactly.

The country is well-populated, with fifty-one cities, nearly a hundred fortified towns, and many villages. To satisfy the curious reader, I'll focus on Lorbrulgrud. This city spans almost equally on both sides of the river that flows through it. It has over eighty thousand houses and about six hundred thousand residents. It’s three glomglungs long (about fifty-four English miles) and two and a half glomglungs wide. I measured it myself using the royal map created by the king, which was laid out on the ground for me and measured a hundred feet. I walked the diameter and circumference several times barefoot and, using the scale, measured it quite accurately.

The king's palace is no regular edifice, but a heap of buildings, about seven miles round: the chief rooms are generally two hundred and forty feet high, and broad and long in proportion. A coach was allowed to Glumdalclitch and me, wherein her governess frequently took her out to see the town, or go among the shops; and I was always of the party, carried in my box; although the girl, at my own desire, would often take me out, and hold me in her hand, that I might more conveniently view the houses and the people as we passed along the streets, I reckoned our coach to be about the square of Westminster-hall, but not altogether so high: however, I cannot be very exact.

The king's palace isn't just an ordinary building; it's a collection of structures that spans about seven miles. The main rooms are usually two hundred and forty feet high, and they’re wide and long to match. Glumdalclitch and I were given a coach that her governess often used to take her around the town or to the shops, and I always joined them, carried in my box. Although the girl would often take me out at my request and hold me in her hand so I could see the houses and people more easily as we walked through the streets, I estimated that our coach was about the size of Westminster Hall, though not quite as tall. Still, I can't be very precise.

Besides the large box in which I was usually carried, the queen ordered a smaller one to be made for me, of about twelve feet square and ten high, for the convenience of travelling, because the other was somewhat too large for Glumdalclitch's lap, and cumbersome in the coach. It was made by the same artist, whom I directed in the whole contrivance. This travelling closet was an exact square,[65] with a window in the middle of three of the squares, and each window was latticed with iron wire on the outside, to prevent accidents in long journeys. On the fourth side, which had no window, two strong staples were fixed, through which the person who carried me, when I had a mind to be on horseback, put a leathern belt, and buckled it about his waist. This was always the office of some grave, trusty servant, in whom I could confide, whether I attended the king and queen in their progresses, or were disposed to see the gardens, or pay a visit to some great lady or minister of state in the court; for I soon began to be known and esteemed among the greatest officers, I suppose more on account of their majesties' favor than any merit of my own.

Besides the large box I was usually carried in, the queen ordered a smaller one to be made for me, about twelve feet square and ten feet high, to make traveling easier, since the other one was a bit too big for Glumdalclitch's lap and awkward in the coach. It was crafted by the same artist, whom I guided throughout the whole design. This travel box was a perfect square,[65] with a window in the middle of three sides, and each window was fitted with iron wire on the outside to prevent accidents during long trips. On the fourth side, which had no window, two strong staples were attached, through which the person carrying me could thread a leather belt and buckle it around their waist when I wanted to ride on horseback. This task was always assigned to a serious, trustworthy servant whom I could rely on, whether I was accompanying the king and queen on their travels, exploring the gardens, or visiting some important lady or state minister at court; because I quickly became known and appreciated among the highest officials, likely due to the favor of their majesties rather than any merit of my own.

In journeys, when I was weary of the coach, a servant on horseback would buckle on my box, and place it upon a cushion before him; and there I had a full prospect of the country on three sides from my three windows. I had in this closet a field-bed, and a hammock hung from the ceiling, two chairs and a table, neatly screwed to the floor, to prevent being tossed about by the agitation of the horse or the coach. And having been long used to sea voyages, those motions, although sometimes very violent, did not much discompose me.

During my travels, when I got tired of the coach, a servant on horseback would fasten my box and set it on a cushion in front of him; this way, I could see the countryside on three sides through my three windows. In this little space, I had a field-bed and a hammock hanging from the ceiling, two chairs, and a table that was securely attached to the floor to stop it from being thrown around by the movement of the horse or the coach. Since I was used to being on boats for a long time, those motions, even when quite rough, didn't bother me much.

Whenever I had a mind to see the town, it was always in my travelling closet, which Glumdalclitch held in her lap, in a kind of open sedan, after the fashion of the country, borne by four men, and attended by two others in the queen's livery. The people, who had often heard of me, were very curious to crowd about the sedan, and the girl was complaisant enough to make the bearers stop, and to take me in her hand, that I might be more conveniently seen.

Whenever I wanted to see the town, I was always in my traveling closet, which Glumdalclitch held in her lap, like an open sedan, the style of the country, carried by four men, with two others in the queen's uniform. The people, who had often heard of me, were very curious to gather around the sedan, and the girl was kind enough to make the bearers stop and to hold me in her hand, so I could be seen more easily.

I was very desirous to see the chief temple, and particularly the tower belonging to it, which is reckoned the highest in the kingdom. Accordingly, one day my nurse carried me thither, but I must truly say I came back disappointed; for the height is not above three thousand feet, reckoning from the ground to the highest pinnacle top; which, allowing for the difference between the size of those people and us in Europe, is no great matter for admiration, nor at all equal in proportion (if I rightly remember) to Salisbury steeple.[66] But, not to detract from a nation, to which during my life I shall acknowledge myself extremely obliged, it must be allowed that whatever this famous tower wants in height is amply made up in beauty and strength. For the walls are nearly a hundred feet thick, built of hewn stone, whereof each is about forty feet square, and adorned on all sides with statues of gods and emperors, cut in marble larger than life, placed in their several niches. I measured a little finger which had fallen down from one of these statues, and lay unperceived among some rubbish, and found it exactly four feet and an inch in length. Glumdalclitch wrapped it up in her handkerchief and carried it home in her pocket, to keep among other trinkets, of which the girl was very fond, as children at her age usually are.

I was eager to see the main temple, especially the tower that's considered the tallest in the kingdom. One day, my nurse took me there, but I have to say I came back disappointed; the height is only about three thousand feet from the ground to the highest point. When you consider the difference in size between those people and us in Europe, it's not particularly impressive and doesn't even come close (if I remember correctly) to the Salisbury steeple.[66] However, to avoid diminishing a nation to which I will always be grateful, it must be acknowledged that whatever this famous tower lacks in height, it more than makes up for in beauty and strength. The walls are nearly a hundred feet thick, made of hewn stone, each about forty feet square, and are adorned on all sides with life-sized statues of gods and emperors, each placed in their own niche. I measured a little finger that had fallen from one of these statues and had gone unnoticed among some debris, and it was exactly four feet and an inch long. Glumdalclitch wrapped it up in her handkerchief and took it home in her pocket to keep with her other trinkets, which she was very fond of, like most kids her age.

The king's kitchen is indeed a noble building, vaulted at top, and about six hundred feet high. The great oven is not so wide by ten paces as the cupola at St. Paul's, for I measured the latter on purpose after my return. But if I should describe the kitchen-grate, the prodigious pots and kettles, the joints of meat turning on the spits, with many other particulars, perhaps I should be hardly believed; at least, a severe critic would be apt to think I enlarged a little, as travellers are often suspected to do. To avoid which censure, I fear I have run too much into the other extreme; and that if this treatise should happen to be translated into the language of Brobdingnag (which is the general name of that kingdom) and transmitted thither, the king and his people would have reason to complain that I had done them an injury, by a false and diminutive representation.

The king's kitchen is truly an impressive building, arched at the top, and about six hundred feet high. The huge oven is ten paces narrower than the dome of St. Paul's, as I measured it on purpose after I got back. But if I were to describe the kitchen grate, the massive pots and kettles, the roasts spinning on the spits, along with many other details, I might not be believed; a harsh critic would probably think I exaggerated a bit, as travelers often get accused of doing. To avoid that criticism, I fear I might have gone too far in the opposite direction; and if this account were to be translated into the language of Brobdingnag (the name of that kingdom) and sent there, the king and his people might have a reason to complain that I had wronged them by giving a false and minimized representation.

His majesty seldom keeps above six hundred horses in his stables: they are generally from fifty-four to sixty feet high. But when he goes abroad on solemn days, he is attended for state by a militia guard of five hundred horse, which indeed I thought was the most splendid sight that could be ever beheld, till I saw part of his army in battalia,[67] whereof I shall find another occasion to speak.

His majesty usually has no more than six hundred horses in his stables; they are generally between fifty-four and sixty feet tall. But when he goes out on formal occasions, he is accompanied by a militia guard of five hundred horse, which I thought was the most impressive sight ever until I saw part of his army in formation,[67] that I'll discuss another time.

bar design

CHAPTER V.

SEVERAL ADVENTURES THAT HAPPENED TO THE AUTHOR. THE AUTHOR SHOWS HIS SKILL IN NAVIGATION.

SEVERAL ADVENTURES THAT HAPPENED TO THE AUTHOR. THE AUTHOR DEMONSTRATES HIS NAVIGATION SKILLS.

I should have lived happily enough in that country, if my littleness had not exposed me to several ridiculous and troublesome accidents, some of which I shall venture to relate. Glumdalclitch often carried me into the gardens of the court in my smaller box, and would sometimes take me out of it, and hold me in her hand, or set me down to walk. I remember, before the dwarf left the queen, he followed us one day into those gardens, and my nurse having set me down, he and I being close together, near some dwarf apple-trees, I must needs show my wit by a silly allusion between him and the trees, which happens to hold in their language, as it doth in ours. Whereupon the malicious rogue, watching his opportunity, when I was walking under one of them, shook it directly over my head; by which a dozen apples, each of them near as large as a Bristol barrel, came tumbling about my ears; one of them hit me on the back as I chanced to stoop, and knocked me down flat on my face; but I received no other hurt; and the dwarf was pardoned at my desire, because I had given the provocation.

I could have lived pretty happily in that country if my small size hadn’t led me into some ridiculous and annoying situations, a few of which I’ll share. Glumdalclitch often carried me into the royal gardens in my little box, and would sometimes take me out, holding me in her hand or setting me down to walk. I remember that before the dwarf left the queen, he followed us into those gardens one day. When my nurse set me down, the dwarf and I were close together near some small apple trees. I felt the need to show off by making a silly joke connecting him to the trees, which worked in their language just like it does in ours. At that moment, the mischievous little guy seized his chance and, while I was walking under one of the trees, shook it right above me, causing a dozen apples, each about the size of a Bristol barrel, to fall all around me. One of them hit me on the back as I bent down, knocking me flat on my face; luckily, I wasn’t hurt otherwise. I asked for the dwarf to be forgiven since I had started it.

Another day, Glumdalclitch left me on a smooth grass-plot to divert myself, while she walked at some distance with her governess. In the meantime there suddenly fell such a violent shower of hail, that I was immediately, by the force of it, struck to the ground; and when I was down, the hail stones gave me such cruel bangs all over the body as if I had been pelted with tennis-balls, however, I made a shift to creep on all fours, and shelter myself by lying flat on my face on the lee-side of a border of lemon-thyme, but so bruised from head to foot that I could not go abroad in ten days. Neither is this at all to be wondered at, because nature, in that country, observing the same proportion through all her operations, a hail-stone is near eighteen hundred times as large as one in Europe, which I can assert upon experience, having been so curious to weigh and measure them.

Another day, Glumdalclitch left me on a smooth patch of grass to entertain myself while she walked a bit away with her governess. Suddenly, there was such a heavy hailstorm that I was knocked to the ground immediately. While I was down, the hailstones hit me so hard all over my body that it felt like I was being bombarded with tennis balls. Still, I managed to crawl on all fours and take shelter by lying flat on my face on the sheltered side of a patch of lemon-thyme, but I was so bruised from head to toe that I couldn't go out for ten days. This isn't surprising, though, because in that country, nature works in a way that makes a hailstone nearly eighteen hundred times larger than one in Europe, which I can confirm from experience, having been curious enough to weigh and measure them.

But a more dangerous accident happened to me in the same garden, when my little nurse, believing she had put me in a secure place, which I often entreated her to do, that I might enjoy my own thoughts, and having left my box at home, to avoid the trouble of carrying it, went to another part of the garden with governess and some ladies of her acquaintance, she was absent and out of hearing, a small white belonging to one of the chief gardeners, having got by accident into the garden, happened to place where I lay: the dog, following the scent, came directly up, and taking me in his mouth, ran straight to his master, wagging his tail, and set me gently on the ground. By good fortune, he had been so well taught, that I was carried between his teeth without the least hurt, or even tearing my clothes. But the poor gardener, who knew me well, and had a great kindness for me, was in a terrible fright: he gently took me up in both his hands, and asked me how I did; but I was so amazed and out of breath, that I could not speak a word. In a few minutes I came to myself, and he carried me safe to my little nurse, who by this time had returned to the place where she left me, and was in cruel agonies when I did not appear nor answer when she called. She severely reprimanded the gardener on account of his dog, but the thing was bushed up and never known at court; for the girl was afraid of the queen's anger, and truly, as to myself, I thought it would not be for my reputation that such a story should go about.

But a more dangerous accident happened to me in the same garden when my little nurse, thinking she had placed me in a safe spot—something I often begged her to do so I could enjoy my own thoughts—left my box at home to avoid the hassle of carrying it. She went to another part of the garden with the governess and some ladies she knew. While she was away and out of earshot, a small white dog belonging to one of the head gardeners accidentally wandered into the garden and came right to the spot where I was lying. The dog, following the scent, approached me directly, picked me up in his mouth, and ran straight to his owner, wagging his tail, and gently set me down on the ground. Thankfully, he had been well trained, so I was carried between his teeth without getting hurt or even tearing my clothes. But the poor gardener, who knew me well and cared for me a lot, was incredibly scared. He gently picked me up in both his hands and asked how I was doing, but I was so shocked and out of breath that I couldn't say a word. After a few minutes, I came back to my senses, and he safely carried me back to my little nurse, who by then had returned to the spot where she left me and was in terrible agony when I didn't show up or respond when she called. She scolded the gardener severely because of his dog, but the incident was kept quiet and never reached the court; the girl was afraid of the queen's anger, and honestly, I thought it wouldn't be good for my reputation if such a story got around.

This accident absolutely determined Glumdalclitch never to trust me abroad for the future out of her sight. I had been long afraid of this resolution, and therefore concealed from her some little unlucky adventures that happened in those times when I was left by myself. Once a kite, hovering over the garden, made a stoop at me; and if I had not resolutely drawn my hanger, and run under a thick espalier,[68] he would have certainly carried me away in his talons. Another time, walking to the top of a fresh mole-hill, I fell to my neck in the hole through which that animal had cast up the earth. I likewise broke my right shin against the shell of a snail, which I happened to stumble over as I was walking alone and thinking on poor England.

This accident definitely made Glumdalclitch decide never to let me go out of her sight again. I had been worried about this decision for a long time, so I hid some unfortunate incidents that happened when I was left alone. Once, a kite hovering over the garden swooped down at me; if I hadn't quickly pulled out my sword and run under a thick hedge,[68] it would have surely grabbed me with its claws. Another time, while walking to the top of a new molehill, I fell into the hole where the mole had pushed the dirt up, getting stuck up to my neck. I also hurt my right shin by tripping over a snail shell while I was walking alone, lost in thought about poor England.

I cannot tell whether I were more pleased or mortified to observe in those solitary walks that the smaller birds did not appear to be at all afraid of me, but would hop about within a yard's distance, looking for worms and other food, with as much indifference and security as if no creature at all were near them. I remember a thrush had the confidence to snatch out of my hand with his bill a piece of cake that Glumdalclitch had just given me for my breakfast.

I can’t decide if I was more happy or embarrassed to notice during those alone walks that the small birds didn’t seem to be scared of me at all. They would hop around within a yard of me, searching for worms and other food, completely indifferent and secure as if there wasn’t another creature around. I remember one thrush even had the nerve to grab a piece of cake from my hand that Glumdalclitch had just given me for breakfast.

When I attempted to catch any of these birds they would boldly turn against me, endeavoring to pick my fingers, which I durst not venture within their reach; and then they would hop back unconcerned to hunt for worms and snails as they did before. But one day I took a thick cudgel, and threw it with all my strength so luckily at a linnet that I knocked him down, and seizing him by the neck with both my hands ran with him in triumph to my nurse. However, the bird, who had only been stunned, recovering himself, gave me so many boxes with his wings on both sides of my head and body, though I held him at arm's length and was out of the reach of his claws, that I was twenty times thinking of letting him go. But I was soon relieved by one of our servants, who wrung off the bird's neck, and I had him next day for dinner by the queen's command. This linnet, as near as I can remember, seemed to be somewhat larger than an English swan.

When I tried to catch any of these birds, they would confidently turn on me, attempting to peck at my fingers, which I was too scared to put within their reach; then they would casually hop back to search for worms and snails just like before. But one day, I grabbed a heavy stick and threw it with all my might, and luckily hit a linnet, knocking it down. I quickly grabbed it by the neck with both hands and ran triumphantly to my nurse. However, the bird, who had only been stunned, recovered and started to hit me with its wings on both sides of my head and body. Even though I held it at arm's length and was out of reach of its claws, I seriously considered letting it go twenty times. But I soon got help from one of our servants, who broke the bird's neck, and I had it for dinner the next day by the queen's order. This linnet, as far as I can remember, seemed to be a bit larger than an English swan.

The queen, who often used to hear me talk of my sea-voyages, and took all occasions to divert me when I was melancholy, asked me, whether I understood how to handle a sail or an oar, and whether a little exercise of rowing might not be convenient for my health. I answered, that I understood both very well; for, although my proper employment had been to be surgeon or doctor to the ship, yet often, upon a pinch, I was forced to work like a common mariner. But I could not see how this could be done in their country, where the smallest wherry was equal to a first-rate man-of-war among us, and such a boat as I could manage would never live in any of their rivers.

The queen, who often listened to me talk about my sea voyages and took every chance to cheer me up when I was feeling down, asked me if I knew how to handle a sail or an oar, and whether a bit of rowing might be good for my health. I replied that I was quite skilled at both; even though my main job was the ship's surgeon or doctor, I often had to work like a regular sailor in tough situations. However, I couldn’t see how this would work in their country, where the smallest rowboat was comparable to a top-tier warship back home, and a boat I could manage wouldn’t survive in any of their rivers.

THE SMALLER BIRDS DID NOT APPEAR TO BE AT ALL AFRAID OF ME.

"THE SMALLER BIRDS DID NOT APPEAR TO BE AT ALL AFRAID OF ME."

"THE SMALLER BIRDS DID NOT SEEM TO BE AFRAID OF ME AT ALL."

Her majesty said, if I could contrive a boat, her own joiner should make it, and she would provide a place for me to sail in. The fellow was an ingenious workman, and, by my instructions, in ten days finished a pleasure-boat, with all its tackling, able conveniently to hold eight Europeans. When it was finished, the queen was so delighted that she ran with it in her lap to the king, who ordered it to be put in a cistern full of water, with me in it, by way of trial; where I could not manage my two sculls,[69] or little oars, for want of room.

Her majesty said that if I could come up with a boat, her own carpenter would build it, and she would find a spot for me to sail. The guy was a skilled worker, and, following my directions, he completed a pleasure boat in ten days, fully equipped to comfortably hold eight Europeans. Once it was done, the queen was so thrilled that she ran with it in her arms to the king, who ordered it to be placed in a large tank filled with water, with me inside for a test; where I couldn’t handle my two oars because of the lack of space.

But the queen had before contrived another project. She ordered the joiner to make a wooden trough of three hundred feet long, fifty broad, and eight deep; which, being well pitched, to prevent leaking, was placed on the floor along the wall in an outer room of the palace. It had a cock near the bottom to let out the water, when it began to grow stale; and two servants could easily fill it in half-an-hour. Here I often used to row for my own diversion, as well as that of the queen and her ladies, who thought themselves well entertained with my skill and agility. Sometimes I would put up my sail, and then my business was only to steer, while the ladies gave me a gale with their fans; and when they were weary, some of their pages would blow my sail forward with their breath, while I showed my art by steering starboard[70] or larboard, as I pleased. When I had done, Glumdalclitch always carried back my boat, into her closet, and hung it oh a nail to dry.

But the queen had come up with another plan. She instructed the carpenter to build a wooden trough that was three hundred feet long, fifty feet wide, and eight feet deep. After ensuring it was properly sealed to prevent leaks, it was placed on the floor against the wall in an outer room of the palace. It had a valve near the bottom to drain the water when it became stale, and two servants could easily fill it in half an hour. I often used to row in it for my own enjoyment, as well as for the entertainment of the queen and her ladies, who found my skill and agility amusing. Sometimes I would put up my sail, and then all I had to do was steer while the ladies created a breeze with their fans. When they were tired, some of their attendants would blow my sail forward with their breath, while I showed off my skills by steering to the right or left as I liked. After I was done, Glumdalclitch would always take my boat back to her room and hang it on a nail to dry.

In this exercise I once met an accident, which had like to have cost me my life; for one of the pages having put my boat into the trough, the governess, who attended Glumdalclitch, very officiously lifted me up to place me in the boat, but I happened to slip through her fingers, and should infallibly have fallen down forty feet upon the floor, if, by the luckiest chance in the world, I had not been stopped by a corking-pin[71] that stuck in the good gentlewoman's stomacher;[72] the head of the pin passed between my shirt and the waistband of my breeches, and thus I held by the middle in the air, till Glumdalclitch ran to my relief.

In this exercise, I once had an accident that almost cost me my life. One of the pages had put my boat in the trough, and the governess who looked after Glumdalclitch very helpfully picked me up to place me in the boat, but I happened to slip through her fingers and would definitely have fallen forty feet to the floor if, by the luckiest chance, I hadn’t been stopped by a corking pin[71] that got caught in the good lady's stomacher;[72] the head of the pin went between my shirt and the waistband of my pants, and so I hung in the air by my middle until Glumdalclitch came to my rescue.

GAVE ME A GALE WITH THEIR FANS.

"GAVE ME A GALE WITH THEIR FANS."

"GAVE ME A STORM WITH THEIR FANS."

Another time, one of the servants, whose office it was to fill my trough every third day with fresh water, was so careless as to let a huge frog (not perceiving it) slip out of his pail. The frog lay concealed till I was put into my boat, but then seeing a resting-place, climbed up, and made it lean so much on one side that I was forced to balance it with all my weight on the other to prevent overturning. When the frog was got in, it hopped at once half the length of the boat, and then over my head backwards and forwards. The largeness of its features made it appear the most deformed animal that can be conceived. However, I desired Glumdalclitch to let me deal with it alone. I banged it a good while with one of my sculls, and at last forced it to leap out of the boat.

Another time, one of the servants, who was supposed to refill my trough with fresh water every three days, carelessly let a huge frog slip out of his bucket without noticing. The frog stayed hidden until I was placed in my boat, but then it found a spot to rest, climbed up, and made the boat lean so much to one side that I had to shift my weight to the other side to keep it from tipping over. Once the frog was in, it jumped halfway across the boat and then back and forth over my head. Its large features made it look like the most deformed creature imaginable. Nevertheless, I asked Glumdalclitch to let me handle it by myself. I used one of my paddles to hit it for a while, and eventually managed to force it to jump out of the boat.

But the greatest danger I ever underwent in that kingdom was from a monkey, who belonged to one of the clerks of the kitchen. Glumdalclitch had locked me up in her closet, while she went somewhere upon business or a visit. The weather being very warm the closet window was left open, as well as the windows and the door of my bigger box, in which I usually lived, because of its largeness and conveniency. As I sat quietly meditating at my table, I heard something bounce in at the closet window, and skip about from one side to the other; whereat, although I was much alarmed, yet I ventured to look out, but not stirring from my seat; and then I saw this frolicsome animal frisking and leaping up and down, till at last he came to my box, which he seemed to view with great pleasure and curiosity, peeping in at the door and every window.

But the biggest danger I ever faced in that kingdom was from a monkey that belonged to one of the kitchen staff. Glumdalclitch had locked me in her closet while she went out for business or a visit. Since it was really warm, the closet window was left open, along with the windows and the door of my larger box, where I usually stayed because it was spacious and convenient. As I sat quietly thinking at my table, I heard something bounce in through the closet window and skip around from one side to the other. I was quite alarmed, but I decided to look out without moving from my seat. Then I saw this playful animal jumping around until he finally reached my box, which he seemed to examine with great enjoyment and curiosity, peeking in through the door and every window.

I retreated to the farther corner of my room or box; but the monkey looking in at every side, put me into such a fright that I wanted presence of mind to conceal myself under the bed, as I might easily have done. After some time spent in peeping, grinning, and chattering, he at last espied me, and reaching one of his paws in at the door, as a cat does when she plays with a mouse, although I often shifted place to avoid him, he at length seized the lappet of my coat (which, being made of that country silk, was very thick and strong), and dragged me out. He took me out in his right fore-foot, and held me as a nurse does a child, just as I have seen the same sort of creature do with a kitten in Europe: and, when I offered to struggle, he squeezed me so hard that I thought it more prudent to submit. I have good reason to believe that he took me for a young one of his own species, by his often stroking my face very gently with his other paw.

I backed away to the far corner of my room or box, but the monkey was peering in from every angle, scaring me so much that I wanted to have the presence of mind to hide under the bed, which I could have easily done. After a while of peeking, grinning, and chattering, he finally spotted me. Stretching one of his paws through the door, like a cat playing with a mouse, I kept changing my spot to avoid him, but eventually, he grabbed the edge of my coat (made of that country’s silk, which was thick and strong) and pulled me out. He held me with his right forefoot, just like a nurse carries a child, similar to how I’ve seen that kind of animal handle a kitten in Europe. When I tried to struggle, he squeezed me so tightly that I figured it was wiser to just give in. I have good reason to believe he thought I was a younger version of his own kind since he often stroked my face gently with his other paw.

In these diversions he was interrupted by a noise at the closet door, as if somebody were opening it; whereupon he suddenly leaped up to the window, at which he had come in, and thence upon the leads and gutters walking upon three legs, and holding me in the fourth, till he clambered up to a roof that was next to ours. I heard Glumdalclitch give a shriek at the moment he was carrying me out. The poor girl was almost distracted. That quarter of the palace was all in an uproar; the servants ran for ladders; the monkey was seen by hundreds in the court, sitting upon the ridge of a building, holding me like a baby in one of his fore-paws: whereat many of the rabble below could not forbear laughing; neither do I think they justly ought to be blamed, for without question, the sight was ridiculous enough to everybody but myself. Some of the people threw up stones, hoping to drive the monkey down; but this was strictly forbidden, or else very probably my brains had been dashed out.

While he was distracted, he heard a noise at the closet door, like someone was opening it; so he suddenly jumped up to the window he had entered through, then climbed onto the roof by using the ledges and gutters, walking on three legs and holding me in the fourth, until he made it to the roof next to ours. I heard Glumdalclitch scream just as he was taking me out. The poor girl was nearly in a panic. That part of the palace was in chaos; the servants rushed for ladders; the monkey was seen by hundreds in the courtyard, perched on the edge of a building, holding me like a baby in one of his front paws, which caused many people below to laugh; and honestly, they couldn’t be blamed, because the sight was pretty ridiculous to everyone but me. Some people threw stones, trying to scare the monkey down; but this was strictly prohibited, or it’s very likely my brains would have been smashed out.

The ladders were now applied, and mounted by several men, which the monkey observing, and finding himself almost encompassed, not being able to make speed enough with his three legs, let me drop on a ridge tile, and made his escape. Here I sat for some time, five hundred yards from the ground, expecting every moment to be blown down by the wind, or to fall by my own giddiness, and come tumbling over and over from the ridge to the eaves; but an honest lad, one of my nurse's footmen, climbed up, and putting me into his breeches-pocket, brought me down safe.

The ladders were set up, and several guys climbed them. The monkey saw this and realized he was almost surrounded. Since he couldn't move fast enough with his three legs, he let me drop onto a roof tile and made his escape. I sat there for a while, five hundred yards above the ground, expecting to be blown down by the wind at any moment or to lose my balance and tumble off the ridge to the edge. But a good guy, one of my nurse's footmen, climbed up and placed me in his pants pocket, bringing me down safely.

I was so weak and bruised in the sides with the squeezes given me by this odious animal, that I was forced to keep my bed a fortnight. The king, queen, and all the court, sent every day to inquire after my health, and her majesty made me several visits during my sickness. The monkey was killed, and an order made that no such animal should be kept about the palace.

I was so weak and bruised on my sides from the squeezes given to me by this horrible creature that I had to stay in bed for two weeks. The king, queen, and everyone at court checked in on me every day, and the queen came to visit me several times while I was sick. The monkey was killed, and a rule was put in place that no such animal should be allowed in the palace.

When I attended the king, after my recovery, to return him thanks for his favors, he was pleased to rally me a good deal upon this adventure. He asked me what my thoughts and speculations were while I lay in the monkey's paw. He desired to know what I would have done upon such an occasion in my own country. I told his majesty that in Europe we had no monkeys, except such as were brought for curiosities from other places, and so small, that I could deal with a dozen of them together if they presumed to attack me. And as for that monstrous animal with whom I was so lately engaged (it was, indeed, as large as an elephant) if my fears had suffered me to think so far as to make use of my hanger (looking fiercely, and clapping my hand upon the hilt, as I spoke) when he poked his paw into my chamber, perhaps I should have given him such a wound as would have made him glad to withdraw it with more haste than he put it in. This I delivered in a firm tone, like a person who was jealous lest his courage should be called in question.

When I visited the king, after I got better, to thank him for his kindness, he jokingly teased me a lot about my adventure. He asked me what I was thinking when I was lying in the monkey's paw. He wanted to know what I would have done in a similar situation back home. I told him that in Europe we didn’t have any monkeys, except for the ones brought in for show from other places, and they were so small that I could handle a dozen of them at once if they tried to attack me. And about that huge creature I had just faced (it was, in fact, as big as an elephant), if my fear had allowed me to think clearly enough to draw my sword (I looked fierce and put my hand on the hilt as I spoke) when it poked its paw into my room, maybe I would have given it a wound that would have made it pull back way quicker than it came in. I said this confidently, like someone who was anxious about his bravery being questioned.

However, my speech produced nothing else besides a loud laughter, which all the respect due to his majesty from those about him could not make them contain. This made me reflect how vain an attempt it is for a man to endeavor to do himself honor among those who are out of all degree of equality or comparison with him. And yet I have seen the moral of my own behavior very frequent in England since my return, where a little contemptible varlet,[73] without the least title to birth, person, wit, or common-sense, shall presume to look with importance, and put himself upon a foot with the greatest persons of the kingdom.

However, my speech only sparked loud laughter, which all the respect owed to his majesty from those around him couldn’t contain. This made me realize how pointless it is for a person to try to gain respect among those who are in no way equal or comparable to him. Yet, I’ve noticed this same moral in my own behavior quite often in England since my return, where a little contemptible nobody,[73] with no claim to nobility, charm, intelligence, or common sense, dares to act self-important and put himself on the same level as the greatest figures in the kingdom.

I was every day furnishing the court with some ridiculous story; and Glumdalclitch, although she loved me to excess, yet was arch enough to inform the queen whenever I committed any folly that she thought would be diverting to her majesty. The girl, who had been out of order, was carried by her governess to take the air about an hour's distance, or thirty miles from town. They alighted out of the coach near a small footpath in a field, and, Glumdalclitch setting down my travelling-box, I went out of it to walk. There was a pool of mud in the path, and I must needs try my activity by attempting to leap over it. I took a run, but unfortunately jumped short, and found myself just in the middle up to my knees. I waded through with some difficulty, and one of the footmen wiped me as clean as he could with his handkerchief, for I was filthily bemired; and my nurse confined me to my box till we returned home, when the queen was soon informed of what had passed, and the footman spread it about the court; so that all the mirth for some days was at my expense.

Every day, I was sharing some silly story with the court, and Glumdalclitch, even though she loved me a lot, was clever enough to tell the queen whenever I did something foolish that she thought would be entertaining for her majesty. The girl, who wasn’t feeling well, was taken by her governess to get some fresh air about an hour’s drive, or thirty miles from town. They got out of the carriage next to a small path in a field, and as Glumdalclitch set down my travel box, I climbed out to walk. There was a muddy puddle in the path, and I decided to test my skills by trying to jump over it. I got a running start but, unfortunately, didn’t jump far enough and landed right in the middle, up to my knees. It was tough to wade through, and one of the footmen tried to clean me up as best as he could with his handkerchief, since I was covered in mud. My nurse made me stay in my box until we got home, and as soon as we returned, the queen heard about what happened, and the footman spread the news around the court, so for a few days, everyone was laughing at my expense.

bar design

CHAPTER VI.

SEVERAL CONTRIVANCES OF THE AUTHOR TO PLEASE THE KING AND QUEEN. HE SHOWS HIS SKILL IN MUSIC. THE KING INQUIRES INTO THE STATE OF ENGLAND, WHICH THE AUTHOR RELATES TO HIM. THE KING'S OBSERVATIONS THEREON.

SEVERAL DEVICES OF THE AUTHOR TO PLEASE THE KING AND QUEEN. HE DEMONSTRATES HIS TALENT IN MUSIC. THE KING ASKS ABOUT THE STATE OF ENGLAND, WHICH THE AUTHOR REPORTS TO HIM. THE KING'S COMMENTS ON IT.

I used to attend the king's levee[74] once or twice a week, and had often seen him under the barber's hand, which indeed was at first very terrible to behold; for the razor was almost twice as long as an ordinary scythe. His majesty, according to the custom of the country, was only shaved twice a week. I once prevailed on the barber to give me some of the suds or lather, out of which I picked forty or fifty of the strongest stumps of hair, I then took a piece of fine wood and cut it like the back of a comb, making several holes in it at equal distance with as small a needle as I could get from Glumdalclitch. I fixed in the stumps so artificially, scraping and sloping them with my knife towards the points, that I made a very tolerable comb; which was a seasonable supply, my own being so much broken in the teeth that it was almost useless: neither did I know any artist in that country so nice and exact as would undertake to make me another.

I used to go to the king's levee[74] once or twice a week and often saw him getting his haircut, which was pretty shocking at first; the razor was nearly twice as long as a regular scythe. His majesty, like everyone else, was only shaved twice a week. I once convinced the barber to give me some of the lather, from which I pulled out forty or fifty strong stumps of hair. I then took a piece of fine wood and shaped it like the back of a comb, making evenly spaced holes in it with the smallest needle I could borrow from Glumdalclitch. I carefully fixed the stumps in, scraping and tapering them toward the tips, creating a decent comb. This came in handy since my own was so broken that it was practically useless, and I didn’t know any skilled craftsmen in that country who could make me another.

And this puts me in mind of an amusement wherein I spent many of my leisure hours. I desired the queen's woman to save for me the combings of her majesty's hair, whereof in time I got a good quantity; and consulting with my friend the cabinet-maker, who had received general orders to do little jobs for me, I directed him to make two chair-frames, no larger than those I had in my box, and then to bore little holes with a fine awl round those parts where I designed the backs and seats; through these holes I wove the strongest hairs I could pick out, just after the manner of cane chairs in England. When they were finished I made a present of them to her majesty, who kept them in her cabinet, and used to shew them for curiosities, as indeed they were the wonder of every one that beheld them. Of these hairs (as I had always a mechanical genius) I likewise made a neat little purse, about five feet long, with her majesty's name deciphered in gold letters, which I gave to Glumdalclitch, by the queen's consent. To say the truth, it was more for show than use, being not of strength to bear the weight of the larger coins, and therefore she kept nothing in it, but some little coins that girls are fond of.

And this reminds me of a hobby I spent many of my free hours on. I asked the queen’s attendant to save the hair she brushed from her majesty, and over time I collected quite a bit. Consulting with my friend the cabinet maker, who had a general agreement to do small projects for me, I had him create two chair frames, about the same size as those I had in my box. Then, he drilled small holes with a fine awl around the areas where I wanted the backs and seats. I wove the strongest strands of hair I could find through these holes, similar to the cane chairs in England. When they were done, I presented them to her majesty, who kept them in her cabinet and showed them off as curiosities, as they truly amazed everyone who saw them. From these hairs—I’ve always had a knack for crafting—I also made a neat little purse about five feet long, with her majesty’s name written in gold letters, which I gave to Glumdalclitch with the queen’s permission. To be honest, it was more decorative than practical, as it wasn’t strong enough to hold larger coins, so she kept in it only some small coins that girls like.

The king, who delighted in music, had frequent concerts at court, to which I was sometimes carried, and set in my box on a table to hear them; but the noise was so great that I could hardly distinguish the tunes. I am confident that all the drums and trumpets of a royal army beating and sounding together just at your ears, could not equal it. My practice was to have my box removed from the place where the performers sat, as far as I could, then to shut the doors and windows of it, and draw the window-curtains, after which I found their music not disagreeable.

The king, who loved music, often held concerts at court, and I was occasionally taken there and placed in my box on a table to listen. However, the noise was so overwhelming that I could barely make out the melodies. I’m sure that the combined sound of all the drums and trumpets of a royal army blasting right in your ears couldn't compare. What I usually did was have my box moved as far away as possible from where the performers were, then shut the doors and windows, and draw the curtains. After that, I found their music somewhat pleasant.

I had learnt in my youth to play a little upon the spinet.[75] Glumdalclitch kept one in her chamber, and a master attended twice a week to teach her. I called it a spinet, because it somewhat resembled that instrument, and was played upon in the same manner.

I learned when I was younger to play a bit on the spinet.[75] Glumdalclitch had one in her room, and a teacher came twice a week to instruct her. I called it a spinet because it looked a bit like that instrument and was played in a similar way.

A fancy came into my head that I would entertain the king and queen with an English tune upon this instrument. But this appeared extremely difficult; for the spinet was nearly sixty feet long, each key being almost a foot wide, so that with my arms extended I could not reach to above five keys, and to press them down required a good smart stroke with my fist, which would be too great a labor, and to no purpose. The method I contrived was this: I prepared two round sticks, about the bigness of common cudgels; they were thicker at one end than the other, and I covered the thicker ends with a piece of mouse's skin, that by rapping on them I might neither damage the tops of the keys nor interrupt the sound. Before the spinet a bench was placed about four feet below the keys, and I was put upon the bench. I ran sideling upon it that way and this as fast as I could, banging the proper keys with my two sticks, and made a shift to play a jig to the great satisfaction of both their majesties; but it was the most violent exercise I ever underwent, and yet I could not strike above sixteen keys, nor consequently play the bass and treble together as other artists do, which was a great disadvantage to my performance.

A thought popped into my head that I would entertain the king and queen with an English tune on this instrument. However, this seemed extremely difficult; the spinet was nearly sixty feet long, with each key almost a foot wide, so with my arms stretched out, I could only reach about five keys, and pressing them down required a solid punch, which would be too much effort and pointless. The solution I came up with was this: I made two round sticks, about the size of regular clubs; they were thicker at one end than the other, and I covered the thicker ends with a piece of mouse skin, so I could tap them without damaging the tops of the keys or interrupting the sound. A bench was set up about four feet below the keys, and I was placed on the bench. I shuffled along it as fast as I could, hitting the right keys with my two sticks, and managed to play a jig to the great satisfaction of both their majesties; but it was the most exhausting exercise I ever did, and I could only strike about sixteen keys, so I couldn’t play the bass and treble together like other musicians, which was a significant drawback to my performance.

The king, who, as I before observed, was a prince of excellent understanding, would frequently order that I should be brought in my box, and set upon the table in his closet.[76] He would then command me to bring one of my chairs out of the box, and sit down within three yards distance upon the top of the cabinet, which brought me almost to a level with his face. In this manner I had several conversations with him. I one day took the freedom to tell his majesty that the contempt he discovered towards Europe and the rest of the world did not seem answerable to those excellent qualities of mind that he was master of; that reason did not extend itself with the bulk of the body; on the contrary, we observed in our country that the tallest persons were usually least provided with it. That, among other animals, bees and ants had the reputation of more industry, art, and sagacity than many of the larger kinds; and that, as inconsiderable as he took me to be, I hoped I might live to do his majesty some signal[77] service. The king heard me with attention, and began to conceive a much better opinion of me than he had ever before. He desired I would give him as exact an account of the government of England as I possibly could because, as fond as princes commonly are of their own customs (for he conjectured of other monarchs by my former discourses), he should be glad to hear of anything that might deserve imitation.

The king, who, as I mentioned before, was a prince of great intelligence, often had me brought in my box and placed on the table in his room.[76] He would then ask me to take one of my chairs out of the box and sit down about three yards away on top of the cabinet, which made me almost eye-level with him. This way, I had several conversations with him. One day, I took the liberty of telling his majesty that the disdain he showed for Europe and the rest of the world didn't reflect his remarkable qualities; that reason didn't necessarily grow with the size of the body; in fact, in our country, we noticed that the tallest people often had the least wisdom. I pointed out that among other animals, bees and ants were known for their industriousness, skill, and intelligence, even more than many larger species; and that, no matter how insignificant he thought I was, I hoped to someday provide his majesty with some notable[77] service. The king listened to me intently and began to have a much better opinion of me than he had before. He requested that I give him a detailed account of the government of England, because, even though princes typically favor their own customs (since he inferred about other monarchs from my previous conversations), he would be happy to hear anything that might be worth imitating.

Imagine with thyself, courteous reader, how often I then wished for the tongue of Demosthenes or Cicero, that might have enabled me to celebrate the praise of my own dear native country, in a style equal to its merits and felicity.

Imagine, dear reader, how many times I wished for the eloquence of Demosthenes or Cicero, which would have allowed me to praise my beloved homeland in a way that matches its greatness and happiness.

THE MOST VIOLENT EXERCISE I EVER UNDERWENT.

"THE MOST VIOLENT EXERCISE I EVER UNDERWENT."

"THE MOST VIOLENT EXERCISE I EVER UNDERWENT."

I began my discourse by informing his majesty that our dominions consisted of two islands, which composed three mighty kingdoms, under one sovereign, besides our plantations in America. I dwelt long upon the fertility of our soil and the temperature of our climate. I then spoke at large upon the constitution of an English parliament, partly made up of an illustrious body, called the House of Peers, persons of the noblest blood and of the most ancient and ample patrimonies. I described that extraordinary care always taken of their education in arts and arms, to qualify them for being counsellors both to the king and kingdom; to have a share in the legislature; to be members of the highest court of judicature, from whence there could be no appeal; and to be champions always ready for the defence of their prince and country, by their valor, conduct, and fidelity. That these were the ornament and bulwark of the kingdom, worthy followers of their most renowned ancestors, whose honor had been the reward of their virtue, from which their posterity were never once known to degenerate. To these were joined several holy persons, as part of that assembly, under the title of bishops, whose peculiar business it is to take care of religion, and those who instruct the people therein. These were searched and sought out through the whole nation, by the prince and his wisest counsellors, among such of the priesthood as were most deservedly distinguished by the sanctity of their lives and the depth of their erudition, who were indeed the spiritual fathers of the clergy and the people.

I started my talk by telling the king that our territories included two islands, which made up three powerful kingdoms under one ruler, not to mention our plantations in America. I spent a long time talking about the fertility of our land and the pleasantness of our climate. Then I discussed in detail the structure of the English Parliament, which includes a distinguished group known as the House of Peers, made up of people from noble families with long-standing and significant estates. I described the exceptional attention given to their education in both arts and military skills, preparing them to advise both the king and the nation; to participate in the law-making process; to be part of the highest court of justice, with no chance for appeal; and to be warriors always ready to defend their king and country through their bravery, leadership, and loyalty. They are the pride and protection of the kingdom, rightful heirs to their illustrious ancestors, whose honor rewarded their virtuous actions, from which their descendants have never been known to stray. Additionally, there are several holy individuals in that assembly, known as bishops, whose main role is to oversee religion and educate the people about it. These individuals were carefully selected from all over the nation by the king and his wise advisors, choosing those from the clergy who were particularly recognized for their virtuous lives and deep knowledge, who truly are the spiritual guides of both the clergy and the community.

That the other part of the parliament consisted of an assembly, called the House of Commons, who were all principal gentlemen, freely picked and culled out by the people themselves, for their great abilities and love of their country, to represent the wisdom of the whole nation. And that these two bodies made up the most august assembly in Europe, to whom, in conjunction with the prince, the whole legislature is committed.

That the other part of the parliament was an assembly called the House of Commons, made up of prominent gentlemen, freely chosen by the people for their skills and patriotism, to represent the wisdom of the entire nation. These two groups formed the most esteemed assembly in Europe, to whom, along with the prince, the entire legislative power is entrusted.

I then descended to the courts of justice, over which the judges, those venerable sages and interpreters of the law, presided, for determining the disputed rights and properties of men, as well as for the punishment of vice and protection of innocence. I mentioned the prudent management of our treasury, the valor and achievements of our forces by sea and land. I computed the number of our people, by reckoning how many millions there might be of each religious sect or political party among us. I did not omit even our sports and pastimes, or any other particular, which I thought might redound to the honor of my country. And I finished all with a brief historical account of affairs and events in England for about a hundred years past.

I then went down to the courts of justice, where the judges, those respected experts and interpreters of the law, presided to resolve disputes over people's rights and properties, as well as to punish wrongdoing and protect the innocent. I talked about the careful management of our treasury, and the bravery and achievements of our forces both at sea and on land. I estimated the size of our population by counting how many millions were in each religious group or political party among us. I didn't leave out our sports and pastimes, or any other details that I thought might bring honor to my country. I wrapped everything up with a brief historical overview of events in England over the last hundred years.

This conversation was not ended under five audiences, each of several hours; and the king heard the whole with great attention, frequently taking notes of what I spoke, as well as memorandums of what questions he intended to ask me.

This conversation lasted at least five sessions, each lasting several hours; and the king listened carefully, often taking notes on what I said and jotting down questions he wanted to ask me.

When I had put an end to these long discourses, his majesty, in a sixth audience, consulting his notes, proposed many doubts, queries, and objections, upon every article. He asked what methods were used to cultivate the minds and bodies of our young nobility, and in what kind of business they commonly spent the first and teachable part of their lives? What course was taken to supply that assembly when any noble family became extinct? What qualifications were necessary in those who are to be created new lords; whether the humor of the prince, a sum of money to a court lady as a prime minister, or a design of strengthening a party opposite to the public interest, ever happened to be motives in those advancements? What share of knowledge these lords had in the laws of their country, and how they came by it, so as to enable them to decide the properties of their fellow-subjects in the last resort? Whether they were always so free from avarice, partialities, or want, that a bribe or some other sinister view could have no place among them? Whether those holy lords I spoke of were always promoted to that rank upon account of their knowledge in religious matters and the sanctity of their lives; had never been compilers with the times while they were common priests, or slavish prostitute chaplains to some noblemen, whose opinions they continued servilely to follow, after they were admitted into that assembly?

After I wrapped up these lengthy discussions, his majesty, during our sixth meeting, reviewed his notes and raised several doubts, questions, and objections about every point. He inquired about the methods used to develop the minds and bodies of our young nobility, and what kind of activities they typically engaged in during their formative years. He also asked how the assembly was replenished when a noble family died out. What qualifications were necessary for those being appointed as new lords? Did the prince's preferences, a bribe given to a court lady as a key facilitator, or a plan to boost a faction against the public interest ever influence those appointments? What level of knowledge did these lords have regarding the laws of their country, and how did they acquire that knowledge to ultimately resolve the issues of their fellow citizens? Were they genuinely free from greed, biases, or need, so that bribery or other corrupt motivations had no impact on them? Were the esteemed lords I mentioned always elevated to their position based on their understanding of religious matters and the purity of their lives, and had they never compromised their integrity as common priests or submissive chaplains to some noblemen, whose views they continued to follow obsequiously after joining that assembly?

He then desired to know what arts were practised in electing those whom I called commoners; whether a stranger, with a strong purse, might not influence the vulgar voters to choose him before their own landlord, or the most considerable gentleman in the neighborhood? How it came to pass that people were so violently bent upon getting into this assembly, which I allowed to be a great trouble and expense, often to the ruin of their families, without any salary or pension: because this appeared such an exalted strain of virtue and public spirit, that his majesty seemed to doubt it might possibly not be always sincere; and he desired to know whether such zealous gentlemen could have any views of refunding themselves for the charges and trouble they were at, by sacrificing the public good to the designs of a weak and vicious prince, in conjunction with a corrupted ministry? He multiplied his questions, and sifted me thoroughly upon every part of this head, proposing numberless inquiries and objections, which I think it not prudent or convenient to repeat.

He then wanted to know what methods were used to elect those I referred to as commoners; whether a newcomer with deep pockets could sway the average voters to pick him over their own landlord or the most significant gentleman in the area. He questioned why people were so eager to join this assembly, which I acknowledged was a great hassle and expense, often leading to the downfall of their families, with no salary or pension attached. This seemed such a high level of virtue and public spirit that his majesty worried it might not always be genuine; he wanted to know if these passionate individuals had any intentions of recouping their expenses and efforts by compromising the public good for the schemes of a weak and corrupt prince, alongside a dishonest ministry. He kept asking more questions and pressed me thoroughly on every aspect of this topic, raising countless inquiries and objections that I think would be unwise or inappropriate to repeat.

Upon what I said in relation to our courts of justice, his majesty desired to be satisfied in several points; and this I was the better able to do, having been formerly almost ruined by a long suit in chancery,[78] which was decreed for me with costs. He asked what time was usually spent in determining between right and wrong, and what degree of expense? Whether advocates and orators had liberty to plead in causes, manifestly known to be unjust, vexatious, or oppressive? Whether party in religion or politics was observed to be of any weight in the scale of justice? Whether those pleading orators were persons educated in the general knowledge of equity, or only in provincial, national, and other local customs? Whether they, or their judges, had any part in penning those laws which they assumed the liberty of interpreting and glossing[79] upon at their pleasure? Whether they had ever, at different times, pleaded for or against the same cause, and cited precedents to prove contrary opinions? Whether they were a rich or a poor corporation? Whether they received any pecuniary reward for pleading or delivering their opinions? And, particularly, whether they were admitted as members in the lower senate?

Upon what I said regarding our courts of justice, his majesty wanted clarification on several points. I was able to provide better answers since I had almost been ruined by a long lawsuit in chancery,[78] which was ultimately decided in my favor with costs. He asked how much time is typically spent determining right from wrong, and what the usual expenses are. He inquired whether advocates and speakers were allowed to argue cases that were clearly unjust, annoying, or oppressive. He wanted to know if a person's religion or political views affected the fairness of justice. He questioned whether the speakers were educated in general equity knowledge or just in local customs and practices. He also asked if they or their judges had any role in drafting the laws they interpreted and commented on at will. He wanted to know if they had ever argued for or against the same case at different times and cited precedents to support opposing views. He asked whether they were a wealthy or poor organization and if they received any monetary compensation for arguing or giving their opinions. Lastly, he specifically wanted to know if they were accepted as members of the lower senate.

He fell next upon the management of our treasury, and said he thought my memory had failed me, because I computed our taxes at about five or six millions a year, and, when I came to mention the issues, he found they sometimes amounted to more than double; for the notes he had taken were very particular in this point, because he hoped, as he told me, that the knowledge of our conduct might be useful to him, and he could not be deceived in his calculations. But if what I told him were true, he was still at a loss how a kingdom could run out of its estate like a private person. He asked me who were our creditors, and where we found to pay them. He wondered to hear me talk of such chargeable and expensive wars; that certainly we must be a quarrelsome people, or live among very bad neighbors and that our generals must needs be richer than our kings. He asked what business we had out of our own islands, unless upon the score of trade or treaty, or to defend the coasts with our fleet. Above all, he was amazed to hear me talk of a mercenary standing army in the midst of peace and among a free people. He said if we were governed by our own consent, in the persons of our representatives, he could not imagine of whom we were afraid, or against whom we were to fight; and would hear my opinion, whether a private man's house might not better be defended by himself, his children, and family, than by half-a-dozen rascals, picked up at a venture in the streets for small wages, who might get a hundred times more by cutting their throats?

He then turned his attention to managing our treasury and said he thought I might be mistaken, because I estimated our taxes to be around five or six million a year, but when I mentioned the expenditures, he discovered they sometimes exceeded double that amount; his notes were very detailed on this point because he hoped, as he told me, that understanding our situation could be beneficial to him, and he wouldn't be misled in his calculations. However, if what I said was true, he couldn't understand how a kingdom could deplete its resources like an individual. He asked who our creditors were and how we managed to pay them. He was surprised to hear me talk about such costly and expensive wars, suggesting we must be a quarrelsome nation or have very bad neighbors, and that our generals must be wealthier than our kings. He questioned what business we had beyond our own islands, except for trade or treaties, or to protect the shores with our navy. Most of all, he was astonished to hear me mention a mercenary standing army during peacetime among a free people. He said if we were governed by our own consent through our representatives, he couldn’t see who we were afraid of or who we needed to fight; he wanted to know if a private person's home couldn't be defended better by himself, his children, and family, rather than by a handful of lowlifes randomly gathered from the streets for little pay, who might make a hundred times more by betraying them.

He laughed at my odd kind of arithmetic (as he was pleased to call it), in reckoning the numbers of our people by a computation drawn from the several sects among us, in religion and politics. He said, he knew no reason why those who entertain opinions prejudicial to the public should be obliged to change, or should not be obliged to conceal them. And as it was tyranny in any government to require the first, so it was weakness not to enforce the second: for a man may be allowed to keep poisons in his closet, but not to vend them about for cordials.

He laughed at my unusual way of doing math (as he liked to call it) when I calculated the numbers of our people based on the different religious and political groups among us. He said he saw no reason why people with harmful opinions should have to change or should be forced to hide them. Just as it’s a form of tyranny for any government to demand the former, it’s a sign of weakness not to enforce the latter: a person might be allowed to keep poisons in their closet, but they shouldn’t be allowed to sell them as remedies.

He observed, that among the diversions of our nobility and gentry, I had mentioned gaming: he desired to know at what age this entertainment was usually taken up, and when it was laid down; how much of their time it employed: whether it ever went so high as to affect their fortunes: whether mean, vicious people, by their dexterity in that art, might not arrive at great riches, and sometimes keep our very nobles in dependence, as well as habituate them to vile companions, wholly take them from the improvement of their minds, and force them, by the losses they received, to learn and practise that infamous dexterity upon others?

He noted that among the activities of our nobility and upper class, I had mentioned gaming. He wanted to know at what age people usually start this pastime and when they stop; how much time it takes up; whether it ever becomes significant enough to impact their wealth; whether lowly, immoral individuals might use their skill in this game to gain great riches, potentially keeping our nobles dependent on them, as well as leading them to associate with unsavory characters, completely distracting them from improving their minds, and forcing them, due to their losses, to learn and practice that shameful skill on others?

He was perfectly astonished with the historical account I gave him of our affairs during the last century, protesting it was only a heap of conspiracies, rebellions, murders, massacres, revolutions, banishments, the very worst effects that avarice, faction, hypocrisy, perfidiousness, cruelty, rage, madness, hatred, envy, lust, malice, and ambition, could produce.

He was completely shocked by the historical account I shared about our affairs over the last century, insisting it was just a collection of conspiracies, rebellions, murders, massacres, revolutions, banishments—basically the worst outcomes that greed, division, hypocrisy, betrayal, cruelty, rage, madness, hatred, envy, lust, malice, and ambition could create.

His majesty, in another audience, was at the pains to recapitulate the sum of all I had spoken; compared the questions he made with the answers I had given; then taking me into his hands, and stroking me gently, delivered himself in these words which I shall never forget, nor the manner he spoke them in: "My little friend Grildrig, you have made a most admirable panegyric upon your country; you have clearly proved that ignorance, idleness, and vice are the proper ingredients for qualifying a legislator; that laws are best explained, interpreted, and applied by those whose interest and abilities lie in perverting, confounding, and eluding them. I observe among you some lines of an institution, which in its original might have been tolerable, but these half erased, and the rest wholly blurred and blotted by corruptions. It doth not appear, from all you have said, how any one perfection is required towards the procurement of any one station among you; much less that men are ennobled on account of their virtue, that priests are advanced for their piety or learning, soldiers for their conduct or valor, judges for their integrity, senators for the love of their country, or counsellors for their wisdom. As for yourself, continued the king, who have spent the greatest part of your life in travelling, I am well disposed to hope you may hitherto have escaped many vices of your country. But by what I have gathered from your own relation, and the answers I have with much pains wrung and extorted from you, I cannot but conclude the bulk of your natives to be the most pernicious race of little odious vermin that nature ever suffered to crawl upon the surface of the earth."

His majesty, in another meeting, took the time to recap everything I had said; he compared the questions he asked with my answers. Then, gently holding me and stroking me, he spoke these words that I will never forget, nor the way he said them: "My little friend Grildrig, you have given a remarkable praise of your country; you have clearly shown that ignorance, laziness, and vice are the right qualities for becoming a legislator; that laws are best explained, interpreted, and applied by those whose interests and skills lie in twisting, confusing, and avoiding them. I see among you some remnants of an institution, which might have been acceptable in its original form, but these are now mostly erased, and the rest is completely blurred and stained by corruption. From everything you have said, it does not seem that any specific quality is needed to gain any position among you; much less that people are honored for their virtue, that priests are promoted for their piety or knowledge, soldiers for their leadership or bravery, judges for their honesty, senators for their patriotism, or advisors for their wisdom. As for you, the king continued, who have spent most of your life traveling, I genuinely hope you have managed to escape many of your country's vices. But from what I have gathered from your own account and the answers I have painstakingly extracted from you, I can't help but conclude that the majority of your people are the most harmful and unpleasant creatures that nature has ever allowed to crawl on the earth's surface."

YOU HAVE MADE A MOST ADMIRABLE PANEGYRIC.

"YOU HAVE MADE A MOST ADMIRABLE PANEGYRIC."

"YOU HAVE MADE A VERY ADMIRABLE TRIBUTE."

bar design

CHAPTER VII

THE AUTHOR'S LOVE OF HIS COUNTRY. HE MAKES A PROPOSAL OF MUCH ADVANTAGE TO THE KING, WHICH IS REJECTED. THE KING'S GREAT IGNORANCE IN POLITICS. THE LEARNING OF THAT COUNTRY VERY IMPERFECT AND CONFINED. THE LAWS, AND MILITARY AFFAIRS, AND PARTIES IN THE STATE.

THE AUTHOR'S LOVE FOR HIS COUNTRY. HE MAKES A PROPOSAL THAT WOULD BENEFIT THE KING, BUT IT IS TURNED DOWN. THE KING'S SIGNIFICANT IGNORANCE IN POLITICS. THE EDUCATION IN THAT COUNTRY IS VERY LIMITED AND NARROW. THE LAWS, MILITARY AFFAIRS, AND POLITICAL PARTIES.

Nothing but an extreme love of truth could have hindered me from concealing this part of my story. It was in vain to discover my resentments, which were always turned into ridicule; and I was forced to rest with patience, while my noble and beloved country was so injuriously treated. I am as heartily sorry as any of my readers can possibly be, that such an occasion was given: but this prince happened to be so curious and inquisitive upon every particular, that it could not consist either with gratitude or good manners, to refuse giving him what satisfaction I was able. Yet this much I may be allowed to say, in my own vindication, that I artfully eluded many of his questions, and gave to every point a more favorable turn, by many degrees, than the strictness of truth would allow. For I have always borne that laudable partiality to my own country, which Dionysius Halicarnassensis[80] with so much justice, recommends to an historian: I would hide the frailties and deformities of my political mother, and place her virtues and beauties in the most advantageous light. This was my sincere endeavor, in those many discourses I had with that monarch, although it unfortunately failed of success.

Nothing but a deep love for the truth could have stopped me from hiding this part of my story. It was pointless to express my grievances, which only ended up being mocked; I had to be patient while my noble and cherished country was treated so poorly. I sympathize as much as any of my readers can that such a situation arose: but this prince was so curious and probing about every detail that it wouldn’t have been right or polite to deny him whatever satisfaction I could provide. However, I can say in my defense that I cleverly dodged many of his questions and presented every issue in a much more positive light than the strict truth would allow. I have always held that commendable bias towards my own country, which Dionysius Halicarnassensis[80] rightly suggests for a historian: I wanted to cover up the flaws and shortcomings of my homeland and highlight her virtues and strengths in the best way possible. This was my genuine intention in the numerous conversations I had with that king, although, unfortunately, it didn’t achieve the desired results.

But great allowances should be given to a king who lives wholly secluded from the rest of the world, and must therefore be altogether unacquainted with the manners and customs that most prevail in other nations: the want of which knowledge will ever produce many prejudices, and a certain narrowness of thinking, from which we and the politer countries of Europe are wholly exempted. And it would be hard indeed, if so remote a prince's notions of virtue and vice were to be offered as a standard for all mankind.

But we should be very understanding toward a king who is completely isolated from the world and therefore knows nothing of the customs and habits that are common in other countries. This lack of knowledge will inevitably lead to many biases and a certain narrow-mindedness, which we and the more cultured nations of Europe are free from. It would indeed be unfair if the views on good and bad from such a distant ruler were seen as a standard for all humanity.

To confirm what I have now said, and farther to show the miserable effects of a confined education, I shall here insert a passage which will hardly obtain belief. In hopes to ingratiate myself farther into his majesty's favor, I told him of an invention discovered between three and four hundred years ago, to make a certain powder into a heap, on which the smallest spark of fire falling would kindle the whole in a moment, although it were as big as a mountain, and make it all fly up in the air together with a noise and agitation greater than thunder. That a proper quantity of this powder rammed into a hollow tube of brass or iron, according to its bigness, would drive a ball of iron or lead with such violence and speed as nothing was able to sustain its force. That the largest balls thus discharged would not only destroy whole ranks of an army at once, but batter the strongest walls to the ground, sink down ships with a thousand men in each to the bottom of the sea; and, when linked together by a chain, would cut through masts and rigging, divide hundreds of bodies in the middle, and lay all waste before them. That we often put this powder into large hollow balls of iron, and discharged them by an engine into some city we were besieging, which would rip up the pavements, tear the houses to pieces, burst and throw splinters on every side, dashing out the brains of all who came near. That I knew the ingredients very well, which were cheap and common; I understood the manner of compounding them, and could direct his workman how to make those tubes of a size proportionable to all other things in his majesty's kingdom, and the largest need not to be above a hundred feet long; twenty or thirty of which tubes, charged with the proper quantity of powder and balls, would batter down the walls of the strongest town in his dominions in a few hours, or destroy the whole metropolis if ever it should pretend to dispute his absolute commands. This I humbly offered to his majesty as a small tribute of acknowledgment, in return for so many marks that I had received of his royal favor and protection.

To back up what I've just said and further illustrate the terrible consequences of a limited education, I’ll include a passage that may be hard to believe. Hoping to win over the king, I mentioned an invention discovered around three to four hundred years ago that turns a certain powder into a pile, which ignites instantly with even the tiniest spark, no matter how big the pile is, and causes it to explode into the air with a noise and commotion greater than thunder. I explained that if the right amount of this powder is packed into a hollow brass or iron tube, depending on its size, it could propel an iron or lead ball with such force and speed that nothing could withstand it. The largest balls fired this way wouldn't just wipe out entire lines of an army but could also bring down the strongest walls, sink ships with thousands of men onboard to the ocean floor; and when linked by a chain, they would slice through masts and rigging, severing hundreds of bodies in half and laying waste to everything in their path. I shared that we often packed this powder into large iron balls and fired them from a machine into a city we were attacking, which would rip up the streets, tear buildings apart, and send splinters flying, killing anyone nearby. I assured him that I knew the ingredients very well, which were inexpensive and readily available; I understood how to mix them, and I could instruct his workers on how to make these tubes in sizes that would be suitable for everything else in his kingdom, with the largest needing to be no more than a hundred feet long. Just twenty or thirty of these tubes, loaded with the right amount of powder and balls, could bring down the walls of the strongest town in just a few hours or destroy the entire city if it ever dared to challenge his absolute authority. I humbly offered this to the king as a small token of appreciation for all the signs of his royal favor and protection that I had received.

The king was struck with horror at the description I had given him of those terrible engines, and the proposal I had made. He was amazed, how so impotent and grovelling an insect as I (these were his expressions), could entertain such inhuman ideas, and in so familiar a manner, as to appear wholly unmoved at all the scenes of blood and desolation, which I had painted, as the common effects of those destructive machines, whereof, he said, some evil genius, enemy to mankind, must have been the first contriver. As for himself, he protested, that although few things delighted him so much as new discoveries in art or in nature, yet he would rather lose half his kingdom than be privy to such a secret, which he commanded me, as I valued my life, never to mention any more.

The king was horrified by the description I gave him of those terrible machines and the proposal I made. He was shocked that someone as weak and lowly as I (those were his words) could entertain such cruel ideas and discuss them so casually, seeming completely unaffected by the scenes of blood and destruction I had described, which he believed must have come from some evil genius, an enemy of humanity. He stated that while few things brought him as much joy as new discoveries in art or nature, he would rather lose half his kingdom than know such a secret, and he commanded me, as I valued my life, never to bring it up again.

A strange effect of narrow principles and short views! that a prince possessed of every quality which procures veneration, love, and esteem; of strong parts, great wisdom, and profound learning, endowed with admirable talents for government, and almost adored by his subjects, should, from a nice unnecessary scruple, whereof in Europe we can have no conception, let slip an opportunity put into his hands, that would have made him absolute master of the lives, the liberties, and the fortunes of his people. Neither do I say this with the least intention to detract from the many virtues of that excellent king, whose character I am sensible will on this account be very much lessened in the opinion of an English reader; but I take this defect among them to have arisen from their ignorance, by not having hitherto reduced politics into a science, as the more acute wits of Europe have done. For I remember very well, in a discourse one day with the king, when I happened to say there were several thousand books among us, written upon the art of government, it gave him (directly contrary to my intention) a very mean opinion of our understandings. He professed both to abominate and despise all mystery, refinement, and intrigue, either in a prince or a minister. He could not tell what I meant by secrets of state, where an enemy or some rival nation were not in the case. He confined the knowledge of governing within very narrow bounds, to common sense and reason, to justice and lenity, to the speedy determination of civil and criminal causes, with some other obvious topics, which are not worth considering. And he gave it for his opinion, that whoever could make two ears of corn, or two blades of grass to grow upon a spot of ground, where only one grew before, would deserve better of mankind, and do more essential service to his country, than the whole race of politicians put together.

A strange result of rigid principles and short-sightedness! that a prince, who had every quality that inspires reverence, love, and respect; with great intelligence, wisdom, and deep knowledge, who had remarkable talents for governance, and was almost worshipped by his people, should, due to an unnecessary scruple that we in Europe can hardly imagine, miss an opportunity that would have made him the absolute master of the lives, freedoms, and fortunes of his subjects. I don’t say this to diminish the many virtues of that excellent king, whose reputation I know will be greatly affected in the eyes of an English reader; but I believe this shortcoming stems from their lack of understanding, as they have not yet turned politics into a science, unlike the sharper minds in Europe. I remember well a discussion one day with the king, when I mentioned that there were several thousand books among us written on the art of government, which, contrary to my intention, made him think very poorly of our intellect. He openly claimed to loathe and despise all mystery, complexity, and intrigue, whether in a prince or a minister. He couldn’t comprehend what I meant by state secrets unless they involved an enemy or rival nation. He limited the knowledge of governance to very basic principles: common sense and reason, justice and kindness, the quick resolution of civil and criminal matters, and a few other obvious points that aren’t worth much consideration. He stated that anyone who could make two ears of corn or two blades of grass grow in a place where only one existed before would deserve more from humanity and provide greater service to their country than all the politicians combined.

The learning of this people is very defective, consisting only in morality, history, poetry, and mathematics, wherein they must be allowed to excel. But the last of these is wholly applied to what may be useful in life, to the improvement of agriculture, and all mechanical arts; so that among us it would be little esteemed. And as to ideas, entities, abstractions, and transcendentals,[81] I could never drive the least conception into their heads.

The education of this group is quite limited, focusing only on morality, history, poetry, and mathematics, in which they can be allowed to excel. However, the latter is entirely focused on practical applications for improving agriculture and various trades, so it would be hardly valued among us. As for concepts, entities, abstractions, and transcendental ideas,[81] I could never manage to instill even the slightest understanding in their minds.

No law of that country must exceed in words the number of letters in their alphabet, which consists only in two-and-twenty. But indeed few of them extend even to that length. They are expressed in the most plain and simple terms, wherein those people are not mercurial[82] enough to discover above one interpretation; and to write a comment upon any law is a capital crime. As to the decision of civil causes, or proceedings against criminals, their precedents are so few, that they have little reason to boast of any extraordinary skill in either.

No law in that country can be longer in words than the number of letters in their alphabet, which has only twenty-two. In fact, very few of them even reach that length. They are written in very straightforward and simple terms, so that the people aren't quick-witted enough to find more than one interpretation; writing a commentary on any law is a serious crime. As for the resolution of civil cases or actions against criminals, their examples are so limited that they have no real reason to take pride in any exceptional skill in either area.

They have had the art of printing, as well as the Chinese, time out of mind: but their libraries are not very large; for that of the king, which is reckoned the largest, doth not amount to above a thousand volumes, placed in a gallery of twelve hundred feet long, from whence I had liberty to borrow what books I pleased. The queen's joiner had contrived in one of Glumdalclitch's rooms, a kind of wooden machine, five-and-twenty feet high, formed like a standing ladder; the steps were each fifty feet long: it was indeed a movable pair of stairs, the lowest end placed at ten feet distance from the wall of the chamber. The book I had a mind to read was put up leaning against the wall: I first mounted to the upper step of the ladder, and turning my face towards the book began at the top of the page, and so walking to the right and left about eight or ten paces, according to the length of the lines, till I had gotten a little below the level of mine eyes, and then descending gradually, till I came to the bottom: after which I mounted again, and began the other page in the same manner, and so turned over the leaf, which I could easily do with both my hands, for it was as thick and stiff as a paste-board, and in the largest folios not above eighteen or twenty feet long.

They’ve had the art of printing as long as the Chinese have: forever, really. But their libraries aren’t very big; the king's library, which is considered the largest, has only about a thousand volumes, arranged in a gallery that’s twelve hundred feet long. I was allowed to borrow any books I wanted. The queen's carpenter had built a sort of wooden machine in one of Glumdalclitch’s rooms, which was about twenty-five feet high and looked like a standing ladder; each step was fifty feet long. It was basically a movable staircase, with the bottom set about ten feet away from the wall of the room. The book I wanted to read was leaning against the wall. I first climbed to the top step of the ladder, turned to face the book, and started reading from the top of the page. I walked to the right and left about eight or ten paces, depending on the length of the lines, until I got just below eye level, then gradually moved down until I reached the bottom. After that, I climbed back up and started on the next page the same way. Turning the page was easy with both my hands since it was thick and stiff like cardboard, and even the largest folios were only about eighteen or twenty feet long.

Their style is clear, masculine, and smooth, but not florid; for they avoid nothing more than multiplying unnecessary words, or using various expressions. I have perused many of their books, especially those in history and morality. Among the rest, I was much diverted with a little old treatise, which always lay in Glumdalclitch's bed-chamber, and belonged to her governess, a grave elderly gentlewoman, who dealt in writings of morality and devotion. The book treats of the weakness of human kind, and is in little esteem, except among the women and the vulgar. However, I was curious to see what an author of that country could say upon such a subject.

Their style is clear, masculine, and smooth, but not flowery; they make a point of not using unnecessary words or varied expressions. I’ve read many of their books, especially those about history and ethics. Among them, I found a little old treatise that always stayed in Glumdalclitch's bedroom, which belonged to her governess, a serious older woman who focused on writings about morality and faith. The book discusses the weakness of humanity and isn’t highly regarded, except among women and the common folk. Still, I was curious to see what an author from that country could say on such a topic.

This writer went through all the usual topics of European moralists, showing how diminutive, contemptible, and helpless an animal was man in his own nature; how unable to defend himself from inclemencies of the air, or the fury of wild beasts; how much he was excelled by one creature in strength, by another in speed, by a third in foresight, by a fourth in industry. He added, that nature was degenerated in these latter declining ages of the world, and could now produce only small births, in comparison to those in ancient times. He said, it was very reasonable to think, not only that the species of men were originally much larger, but also, that there must have been giants in former ages; which as it is asserted by history and tradition, so it hath been confirmed by huge bones and skulls, casually dug up in several parts of the kingdom, far exceeding the common dwindled race of man in our days. He argued, that the very laws of nature absolutely required we should have been made in the beginning of a size more large and robust, not so liable to destruction, from every little accident, of a tile falling from a house, or a stone cast from the hand of a boy, or being drowned in a little brook. From this way of reasoning the author drew several moral applications, useful in the conduct of life, but needless here to repeat. For my own part, I could not avoid reflecting, how universally this talent was spread, of drawing lectures in morality, or, indeed, rather matter of discontent and repining, from the quarrels we raise with nature. And I believe, upon a strict inquiry, those quarrels might be shown as ill-grounded among us as they are among that people.

This writer examined all the typical subjects of European moralists, demonstrating how small, insignificant, and vulnerable humans are by nature; how unable we are to protect ourselves from harsh weather or the attacks of wild animals; how we are outmatched by some creatures in strength, others in speed, some in foresight, and others in industriousness. He added that nature has declined in these later ages of the world and can now only produce smaller beings compared to those from ancient times. He suggested that it makes sense to believe not only that humans were originally much larger, but also that there must have been giants in earlier times; which is supported by history and tradition, as well as by large bones and skulls casually discovered throughout the kingdom, far surpassing the small people we see today. He argued that the laws of nature must have required us to be created larger and stronger, less prone to destruction from minor accidents, like a tile falling from a roof, a stone thrown by a child, or drowning in a small stream. From this reasoning, the author drew several moral lessons that are useful for living, but there's no need to repeat them here. Personally, I couldn’t help but think about how widespread this tendency is to derive moral lectures, or rather, feelings of dissatisfaction and complaints, from our conflicts with nature. I believe that upon closer examination, those grievances might be shown to be just as unfounded in us as they are among that group.

As to their military affairs, they boast that the king's army consists of a hundred and seventy-six thousand foot, and thirty-two thousand horse: if that may be called an army which is made up of tradesmen in the several cities, and farmers in the country, whose commanders are only the nobility and gentry, without pay or reward. They are indeed perfect enough in their exercises, and under very good discipline, wherein I saw no great merit; for how should it be otherwise, where every farmer is under the command of his own landlord, and every citizen under that of the principal men in his own city, chosen after the manner of Venice, by ballot?

In terms of their military matters, they claim that the king's army has one hundred seventy-six thousand foot soldiers and thirty-two thousand cavalry. But can we really call it an army when it's composed of tradespeople from the cities and farmers from the countryside, whose leaders are just the nobility and upper class, without any payment or rewards? They are indeed quite skilled in their drills and are well-disciplined, which didn’t impress me much; I mean, how could it be any different when every farmer reports to his landlord and every citizen follows the top individuals in his city, who are selected by a voting process like in Venice?

I have often seen the militia of Lorbrulgrud drawn out to exercise in a great field, near the city, of twenty miles square. They were in all not above twenty-five thousand foot, and six thousand horse: but it was impossible for me to compute their number, considering the space of ground they took up. A cavalier, mounted on a large steed, might be about ninety feet high. I have seen this whole body of horse, upon a word of command, draw their swords at once, and brandish them in the air. Imagination can figure nothing so grand, so surprising, and so astonishing! it looked as if ten thousand flashes of lightning were darting at the same time from every quarter of the sky.

I have often seen the militia of Lorbrulgrud gather for drills in a huge field, near the city, covering twenty square miles. They numbered no more than twenty-five thousand infantry and six thousand cavalry, but I found it impossible to accurately count them given the area they occupied. A rider on a large horse could have been about ninety feet tall. I witnessed this entire cavalry unit, at a single command, draw their swords simultaneously and wave them in the air. Nothing could be more grand, surprising, and astonishing! It looked as if ten thousand flashes of lightning were striking at once from every direction in the sky.

I was curious to know how this prince, to whose dominions there is no access from any other country, came to think of armies, or to teach his people the practice of military discipline. But I was soon informed, both by conversation and reading their histories: for in the course of many ages, they have been troubled with the same disease to which the whole race of mankind is subject; the nobility often contending for power, the people for liberty, and the king for absolute dominion. All which, however, happily tempered by the laws of that kingdom, have been sometimes violated by each of the three parties, and have more than once occasioned civil wars, the last whereof was happily put an end to by this prince's grandfather, in a general composition;[83] and the militia, then settled with common consent, hath been ever since kept in the strictest duty.

I was curious to know how this prince, whose realm is completely isolated from any other country, came to think about armies or teach his people military discipline. But I quickly learned, through conversations and by reading their histories: over many ages, they have dealt with the same issues that all of humanity faces; the nobility often fighting for power, the people for freedom, and the king for total control. Fortunately, these tensions have been balanced by the laws of that kingdom, although they have sometimes been violated by each of the three groups and have led to civil wars on more than one occasion. The last of these was thankfully resolved by the prince's grandfather, who brought about a general agreement, and the militia, which was established with everyone's consent, has since been maintained under strict duty.

bar design

CHAPTER VIII

THE KING AND QUEEN MAKE A PROGRESS[84] TO THE FRONTIERS. THE AUTHOR ATTENDS THEM. THE MANNER IN WHICH HE LEAVES THE COUNTRY VERY PARTICULARLY RELATED. HE RETURNS TO ENGLAND.

THE KING AND QUEEN DRAMATICALLY TRAVEL TO THE BORDERS. THE AUTHOR JOINS THEM. THE DETAILS OF HIS DEPARTURE FROM THE COUNTRY ARE DESCRIBED IN DEPTH. HE RETURNS TO ENGLAND.

I had always a strong impulse that I should sometime recover my liberty, though it was impossible to conjecture by what means, or to form any project with the least hope of succeeding. The ship in which I sailed was the first ever known to be driven within sight of the coast; and the king had given strict orders, that if at any time another appeared, it should be taken ashore, and with all its crew and passengers brought in a tumbrel[85] to Lorbrulgrud. I was treated with much kindness: I was the favorite of a great king and queen, and the delight of the whole court; but it was upon such a footing as ill became the dignity of human kind. I could never forget those domestic pledges I had left behind me. I wanted to be among people with whom I could converse upon even terms, and walk about the streets and fields, without being afraid of being trod to death like a frog or a young puppy. But my deliverance came sooner than I expected, and in a manner not very common: the whole story and circumstances of which I shall faithfully relate.

I always had a strong feeling that I would eventually regain my freedom, even though I couldn’t imagine how or create any plan with a realistic chance of success. The ship I sailed on was the first ever seen near the coast, and the king had issued strict orders that if another one was spotted, it should be taken ashore along with all its crew and passengers and brought in a cart[85] to Lorbrulgrud. I was treated very kindly; I was the favorite of a great king and queen, and the joy of the entire court, but it was a situation that didn’t reflect the dignity of humankind. I could never forget the family ties I had left behind. I longed to be around people with whom I could have equal conversations and walk the streets and fields without the fear of being stepped on like a frog or a young puppy. But my escape came sooner than I expected and in an unusual way: I will faithfully recount the entire story and circumstances.

SHE HAD SOME FOREBODING.

"SHE HAD SOME FOREBODING."

"She felt a bad vibe."

I had now been two years in this country; and about the beginning of the third, Glumdalclitch and I attended the king and queen in a progress to the south coast of the kingdom. I was carried, as usual, in my travelling-box, which, as I have already described, was a very convenient closet of twelve feet wide. And I had ordered a hammock to be fixed by silken ropes from the four corners at the top, to break the jolts, when a servant carried me before him on horseback, as I sometimes desired, and would often sleep in my hammock while we were upon the road. On the roof of my closet, not directly over the middle of the hammock, I ordered the joiner to cut out a hole of a foot square, to give me air in hot weather as I slept, which hole I shut at pleasure with a board that drew backwards and forwards through a groove.

I had now been in this country for two years, and just as I was starting my third year, Glumdalclitch and I joined the king and queen on a trip to the south coast of the kingdom. I was carried, as usual, in my travel box, which, as I’ve mentioned before, was a really convenient space that was twelve feet wide. I had a hammock attached with silk ropes from the four corners at the top to ease the bumps when a servant carried me in front of him on horseback, which I sometimes preferred, and I would often nap in my hammock while we traveled. On the top of my box, not directly above the hammock, I had the carpenter cut out a one-foot square hole to allow for fresh air while I slept during hot weather. I could close this hole whenever I wanted with a board that slid back and forth in a groove.

When we came to our journey's end, the king thought proper to pass a few days at a palace he hath near Flanflasnic, a city within eighteen English of the sea-side Glumdalclitch and I were much fatigued, I had gotten a small cold, but the poor girl was so ill as to be confined to her chamber. I longed to see the ocean, which must be the only scene of my escape, if ever it should happen I pretended to be worse than I really was, and desired leave to take the fresh air of the sea with a page, whom I was very fond of, and who had sometimes been trusted with me. I shall never forget with what unwillingness Glumdalclitch consented, nor the strict charge she gave the page[86] to be careful of me, bursting at the same time into a flood of tears, as if she had some foreboding of what was to happen.

When we reached the end of our journey, the king decided to spend a few days at a palace he had near Flanflasnic, a city about eighteen miles from the coast. Glumdalclitch and I were really worn out; I had caught a slight cold, but the poor girl was so sick that she had to stay in her room. I was eager to see the ocean, which I believed would be my only chance to escape, if I ever got the opportunity. I pretended to be worse than I really was and asked for permission to get some fresh sea air with a page I liked a lot, who had sometimes been trusted to accompany me. I will never forget how reluctantly Glumdalclitch agreed, nor the strict instructions she gave the page[86] to look after me, while she burst into tears, as if she sensed something bad was going to happen.

The boy took me out in my box about half-an-hour's walk from the palace towards the rocks on the sea-shore. I ordered him to set me down, and lifting up one of my sashes, cast many a wistful melancholy look towards the sea. I found myself not very well, and told the page that I had a mind to take a nap in my hammock, which I hoped would do me good. I got in, and the boy shut the window close down to keep out the cold. I soon fell asleep, and all I can conjecture is, that while I slept, the page, thinking no danger could happen, went among the rocks to look for birds' eggs, having before observed him from my windows searching about, and picking up one or two in the clefts. Be that as it will, I found myself suddenly awaked with a violent pull upon the ring, which was fastened at the top of my box for the conveniency of carriage. I felt my box raised very high in the air, and then borne forward with prodigious speed. The first jolt had like to have shaken me out of my hammock, but afterwards the motion was easy enough. I called out several times, as loud as I could raise my voice, but all to no purpose. I looked towards my windows, and could see nothing but the clouds and sky. I heard a noise just over my head like the clapping of wings, and then began to perceive the woful condition I was in, that some eagle had got the ring of my box in his beak, with an intent to let it fall on a rock like a tortoise in a shell, and then pick out my body and devour it; for the sagacity and smell of this bird enabled him to discover his quarry[87] at a great distance, though better concealed than I could be within a two-inch board.

The boy took me out in my box about a half-hour walk from the palace toward the rocks by the sea. I told him to set me down, and lifting up one of my sashes, I cast many a longing look at the sea. I wasn’t feeling well, so I told the page I wanted to take a nap in my hammock, hoping it would make me feel better. I got in, and the boy closed the window tightly to keep out the cold. I soon fell asleep, and all I can guess is that while I slept, the page, thinking there was no danger, went among the rocks to look for bird eggs, since I had seen him from my windows searching around and picking up one or two in the crevices. Whatever the case, I suddenly woke up with a violent pull on the ring fastened at the top of my box for carrying. I felt my box lifted very high in the air and then rushed forward at an incredible speed. The first jolt nearly threw me out of my hammock, but after that, the motion was smooth enough. I shouted several times as loudly as I could, but it was no use. I looked towards my windows and saw nothing but clouds and sky. I heard a noise just above me that sounded like wings flapping, and that’s when I started to realize the terrible situation I was in—some eagle had grabbed the ring of my box in its beak, intending to drop it on a rock like a tortoise in its shell and then pick me out to eat; this bird’s sharp instincts and sense of smell allowed it to find its prey from a great distance, even when I was better hidden than I could be behind a two-inch board.

In a little time I observed the noise and flutter of wings to increase very fast, and my box was tossed up and down like a sign in a windy day. I heard several bangs or buffets, as I thought, given to the eagle (for such I am certain it must have been, that held the ring of my box in his beak), and then all on a sudden felt myself falling perpendicularly down for above a minute, but with such incredible swiftness, that I almost lost my breath. My fall was stopped by a terrible squash,[88] that sounded louder to my ears than the cataract of Niagara; after which I was quite in the dark for another minute, and then my box began to rise so high that I could see light from the tops of the windows. I now perceived I was fallen into the sea. My box, by the weight of my body, the goods that were in, and the broad plates of iron fixed for strength at the four corners of the top and bottom, floated about five feet deep in the water. I did then, and do now suppose, that the eagle which flew away with my box was pursued by two or three others, and forced to let me drop while he defended himself against the rest, who hoped to share in the prey. The plates of iron fastened at the bottom of the box (for those were the strongest) preserved the balance while it fell, and hindered it from being broken on the surface of the water. Every joint of it was well grooved, and the door did not move on hinges, but up and down like a sash, which kept my closet so tight that very little water came in. I got with much difficulty out of my hammock, having first ventured to draw back my slip-board on the roof already mentioned, contrived on purpose to let in air, for want of which I found myself almost stifled.

In a short time, I noticed the noise and flapping of wings increasing rapidly, and my box was tossed up and down like a sign on a windy day. I heard several thuds, or hits, as I thought, given to the eagle (I’m sure it was an eagle that held the ring of my box in its beak), and then suddenly felt myself falling straight down for over a minute, but with such incredible speed that I almost lost my breath. My fall was stopped by a terrible crash,[88] that sounded louder to me than Niagara Falls; after that, I was completely in the dark for another minute, and then my box began to rise high enough that I could see light from the tops of the windows. I realized I had fallen into the sea. My box, due to the weight of my body, the goods inside, and the heavy iron plates secured at the four corners for strength, floated about five feet deep in the water. I then, and still do, believe that the eagle that carried my box was chased by two or three others and was forced to let me drop while it defended itself against them, who wanted to share in the catch. The iron plates attached to the bottom of the box (which were the strongest) kept it balanced during the fall and prevented it from breaking on the water's surface. Every joint was well grooved, and the door didn’t move on hinges but up and down like a window sash, which kept my space so tight that very little water got inside. I struggled to get out of my hammock, first pulling back the slip-board on the roof that I had designed to let in air, as I found myself nearly suffocating without it.

How often did I then wish myself with my dear Glumdalchtch, from whom one single hour had so far divided me. And I may say with truth that in the midst of my own misfortunes I could not forbear lamenting my poor nurse, the grief she would suffer for my loss, the displeasure of the queen, and the ruin of her fortune. Perhaps many travellers have not been under greater difficulties and distress than I was at juncture, expecting every moment to see my box dashed to pieces, or at least overset by the first violent blast or rising wave. A breach in one single pane of glass would have been immediate death; nor could anything have preserved the windows but the strong lattice-wires placed on the outside against accidents in travelling. I saw the water ooze in at several crannies, although the leaks were not considerable, and I endeavored to stop them as well as I could, I was not able to lift up the roof of my closet, which otherwise I certainly should have done, and sat on the top of it, where I might at least preserve myself some hours longer, than by being shut up (as I may call it) in the hold. Or, if I escaped these dangers for a day or two, what could I expect but a miserable death of cold and hunger? I was four hours under these circumstances, expecting, and indeed wishing, every moment to be my last.

How often did I wish I could be with my dear Glumdalotch, who was separated from me by just a single hour. Honestly, even amid my own problems, I couldn’t help but feel sorry for my poor nurse, thinking about the grief she would experience from my loss, the queen’s displeasure, and the downfall of her fortunes. Maybe many travelers have faced tougher challenges and hardships than I did at that moment, constantly bracing for my box to be smashed to pieces or at least tipped over by the first strong wind or rising wave. A break in just one pane of glass would have meant instant death; nothing could have protected the windows except for the strong lattice wires secured on the outside to prevent accidents during travel. I noticed water seeping in through several cracks, and although the leaks were small, I tried to block them as best I could. I couldn’t lift the roof of my closet, but if I could have, I definitely would have climbed on top of it to at least prolong my survival for a few more hours instead of being trapped (as I may call it) in the hold. Even if I avoided these dangers for a day or two, what could I expect but a miserable death from cold and hunger? I endured these conditions for four hours, hoping, and honestly wishing, that each moment would be my last.

I have already told the reader that there were two strong staples fixed upon that side of my box which had no window, and into which the servant who used to carry me on horseback would put a leathern belt, and buckle it about his waist. Being in this disconsolate state, I heard, or at least thought I heard, some kind of grating noise on that side of my box where the staples were fixed, and soon after I began to fancy that the box was pulled or towed along in the sea, for I now and then felt a sort of tugging which made the waves rise near the tops of my windows, leaving me almost in the dark. This gave me some faint hopes of relief, although I was not able to imagine how it could be brought about. I ventured to unscrew one of my chairs, which were always fastened to the floor, and having made a hard shift to screw it down again directly under the slipping board that I had lately opened, I mounted on the chair, and putting my mouth as near as I could to the hole, I called for help in a loud voice and in all the languages I understood. I then fastened my handkerchief to a stick I usually carried, and thrusting it up the hole, waved it several times in the air, that if any boat or ship were near, the seamen might conjecture some unhappy mortal to be shut up in the box.

I’ve already mentioned that there were two strong staples fixed on the side of my box that had no window, where the servant who used to carry me on horseback would attach a leather belt and buckle it around his waist. Feeling hopeless, I heard—or at least thought I heard—some kind of grating noise on the side of my box with the staples. Soon after, I started to imagine that the box was being pulled or towed along in the sea because I occasionally felt a tugging that made the waves rise near the tops of my windows, leaving me almost in the dark. This sparked some faint hope for relief, although I couldn’t figure out how it might happen. I decided to unscrew one of my chairs, which were always secured to the floor, and after a tough time screwing it down again right under the sliding board I had just opened, I climbed onto the chair. I put my mouth as close as I could to the hole and called for help loudly in all the languages I knew. Then I tied my handkerchief to a stick I usually carried and pushed it up through the hole, waving it several times in the air so that if any boat or ship were nearby, the sailors might guess that some unfortunate soul was trapped in the box.

I found no effect from all I could do, but plainly perceived my closet to be moved along; and in the space of an hour or better, that side of the box where the staples were and had no window struck against something that was hard. I apprehended it to be a rock, and found myself tossed more than ever. I plainly heard a noise upon the cover of my closet like that of a cable, and the grating of it as it passed through the ring. I then found myself hoisted up by degrees, at least three feet higher than I was before. Whereupon I again thrust up my stick and handkerchief, calling for help till I was almost hoarse. In return to which I heard a great shout repeated three times, giving me such transports of joy as are not to be conceived but by those who feel them. I now heard a trampling over my head, and somebody calling through the hole with a loud voice in the English tongue. "If there be anybody below, let them speak." I answered I was an Englishman, drawn by ill fortune into the greatest calamity that ever any creature underwent, and begged by all that was moving to be delivered out of the dungeon I was in. The voice replied I was safe, for my box was fastened to their ship; and the carpenter should immediately come and saw a hole in the cover, large enough to pull me out. I answered that was needless, and would take up too much time, for there was no more to be done, but let one of the crew put his finger into the ring, and take the box out of the sea into the ship, and so into the captain's cabin. Some of them upon hearing me talk so wildly thought I was mad; others laughed; for indeed it never came into my head that I was now got among people of my own stature and strength. The carpenter came, and in a few minutes sawed a passage about four feet square, then let down a small ladder upon which I mounted, and from thence was taken into the ship in a very weak condition.

I didn’t notice any changes from everything I tried, but clearly saw my closet being moved. After about an hour, the side of the box with the staples, which had no window, hit something hard. I figured it was a rock and felt myself being tossed around more than before. I distinctly heard a noise on the cover of my closet like a cable, along with the sound of it sliding through the ring. I then felt myself being lifted up gradually, at least three feet higher than I had been. I pushed my stick and handkerchief up again, calling for help until I was almost hoarse. In response, I heard a loud shout repeated three times, which filled me with joy that can only be truly understood by those who’ve experienced it. I then heard footsteps above me and someone calling through the hole in a loud English voice, “If there’s anyone down there, let them speak.” I replied that I was an Englishman caught by bad luck in the greatest disaster anyone could endure, and I begged fervently to be rescued from the dungeon I was in. The voice reassured me that I was safe, as my box was secured to their ship, and that the carpenter would come immediately to saw a hole in the cover big enough to pull me out. I suggested that wasn’t necessary and would take too much time; all that needed to be done was for one of the crew to put his finger into the ring and lift the box out of the sea and onto the ship, then into the captain’s cabin. Some of them thought I was crazy for speaking so wildly; others laughed, because it hadn’t crossed my mind that I was now among people of my own size and strength. The carpenter arrived and within a few minutes sawed a hole about four feet square, then lowered a small ladder, which I climbed, and from there I was taken onto the ship in a very weak condition.

SOMEBODY CALLING ... IN THE ENGLISH TONGUE.

"SOMEBODY CALLING ... IN THE ENGLISH TONGUE."

"SOMEONE CALLING ... IN ENGLISH."

The sailors were all in amazement, and asked me a thousand questions, which I had no inclination to answer. I was equally confounded at the sight of so many pygmies, for such I took them to be, after having so long accustomed mine eyes to the monstrous objects I had left. But the captain, Mr. Thomas Wilcocks, an honest, worthy Shropshire man, observing I was ready to faint, took me into his cabin, gave me a cordial to comfort me, and made me turn in upon his own bed, advising me to take a little rest, of which I had great need. Before I went to sleep, I gave him to understand that I had some valuable furniture in my box, too good to be lost; a fine hammock, a handsome two chairs, a table, and a cabinet. That my closet was hung on all sides, or rather quilted, with silk and cotton: that if he would let one of the crew bring my closet into his cabin, I would open it there before him, and show him my goods. The captain, hearing me utter these absurdities, concluded I was raving: however (I suppose to pacify me), he promised to give orders as I desired, and going upon deck, sent some of his men down into my closet, from whence (as I afterwards found) they drew up all my goods, and stripped off the quilting; but the chairs, cabinet, and bedstead, being screwed to the floor, were much damaged by the ignorance of the seamen, who tore them up by force. Then they knocked off some of the boards for the use of the ship, and when they had got all they had a mind for, let the hull drop into the sea, which, by reason of so many breaches made in the bottom and sides, sunk to rights.[89] And indeed I was glad not to have been a spectator of the havoc they made; because I am confident it would have sensibly touched me, by bringing former passages into my mind, which I had rather forgotten.

The sailors were all in shock and bombarded me with a ton of questions, which I had no desire to answer. I was just as confused by the sight of so many tiny people, as I thought of them, after being so used to the enormous creatures I had left behind. But the captain, Mr. Thomas Wilcocks, a decent, trustworthy man from Shropshire, noticed I was about to faint, so he took me into his cabin, gave me a drink to help calm me down, and insisted I lie down on his bed, suggesting I take a bit of a rest, which I really needed. Before I fell asleep, I let him know I had some valuable items in my box that were too good to be lost; a nice hammock, a couple of attractive chairs, a table, and a cabinet. I explained that my closet was lined all around, or rather padded, with silk and cotton. I asked if he could have one of the crew bring my closet into his cabin, and I would open it there to show him my belongings. The captain, hearing me ramble on about these nonsense things, figured I was out of my mind; however, (I guess to calm me down) he promised to give my request some attention. He then went on deck and sent some of his crew down to my closet, from where (as I later discovered) they pulled out all my things and ripped off the padding; but the chairs, cabinet, and bedframe, being screwed to the floor, were badly damaged because the sailors forcibly tore them out. Then they knocked off some of the boards for the ship's use, and once they took everything they wanted, they let the rest fall into the sea, which, because of all the damage to the bottom and sides, sank right away.[89] Honestly, I was relieved not to have witnessed the destruction they caused; I was sure it would have deeply affected me by bringing back memories I would rather forget.

I slept some hours, but was perpetually disturbed with dreams of the place I had left, and the dangers I had escaped. However, upon waking, I found myself much recovered. It was now about eight o'clock at night, and the captain ordered supper immediately, thinking I had already fasted too long. He entertained me with great kindness, observing me not to look wildly, or talk inconsistently; and when we were left alone, desired I would give him a relation of my travels, and by what accident I came to be set adrift in that monstrous wooden chest.

I slept for a few hours but was constantly disturbed by dreams of the place I had left and the dangers I had escaped. However, when I woke up, I felt much better. It was around eight o'clock in the evening, and the captain ordered supper right away, thinking I had already gone too long without food. He treated me with great kindness, noticing that I didn’t look frantic or talk nonsense; and when we were alone, he asked me to tell him about my travels and how I ended up adrift in that huge wooden chest.

He said that about twelve o'clock at noon, as he was looking through his glass, he spied it at a distance, and thought it was a sail, which he had a mind to make[90], being not much out of his course, in hopes of buying some biscuit, his own beginning to fall short. That upon coming nearer and finding his error, he sent out his long-boat to discover what it was; that his men came back in a fright, swearing they had seen a swimming-house. That he laughed at their folly, and went himself in the boat, ordering his men to take a strong cable along with them. That the weather being calm, he rowed round me several times, observed my windows and wire-lattices that defenced them. That he discovered two staples upon one side, which was all of boards, without any passage for light. He then commanded his men to row up to that side, and fastening a cable to one of the staples, ordered them to tow my chest (as they called it) towards the ship. When it was there, he gave directions to fasten another cable to the ring fixed in the cover, and to raise up my chest with pulleys, which all the sailors were not able to do above two or three feet. He said they saw my stick and handkerchief thrust out of the hole, and concluded that some unhappy man must be shut up in the cavity. I asked whether he or the crew had seen any prodigious birds in the air about the time he first discovered me? to which he answered, that, discoursing this matter with the sailors while I was asleep, one of them said he had observed three eagles flying towards the north, but remarked nothing of their being larger than the usual size, which I suppose must be imputed to the great height they were at; and he could not guess the reason of my question. I then asked the captain how far he reckoned we might be from land?

He said that around noon, while he was using his telescope, he spotted something in the distance that he thought was a sail. He wanted to check it out since it wasn’t too far off his course, hoping to buy some biscuits because his own supplies were running low. When he got closer and realized he was mistaken, he sent out his longboat to find out what it really was. His crew came back terrified, insisting they had seen a floating house. He laughed at their silliness and decided to go out in the boat himself, instructing his men to bring a strong cable along. The weather was calm, so he rowed around me several times, examining my windows and the wire grating that protected them. He noticed two staples on one side, which was just boards with no light coming in. He then ordered his men to row to that side, fastening a cable to one of the staples and directing them to pull my chest (as they called it) toward the ship. Once it was there, he instructed them to attach another cable to the ring on the lid and to lift my chest with pulleys, which the sailors struggled to raise more than two or three feet. He mentioned they saw my stick and handkerchief sticking out of the hole and guessed that some unfortunate person must be trapped inside. I asked if he or the crew had seen any unusual birds flying around when he first spotted me. He replied that while discussing this with the sailors when I was asleep, one of them mentioned seeing three eagles flying north but didn’t think they were larger than usual, likely because they were so high up; he couldn’t understand why I was asking. I then asked the captain how far he thought we might be from land.

He said, by the best computation he could make, we were at least a hundred leagues. I assured him that he must be mistaken by almost half, for I had not left the country from whence I came above two hours before I dropt into the sea. Whereupon he began again to think that my brain was disturbed, of which he gave me a hint, and advised me to go to bed in a cabin he had provided. I assured him I was well refreshed with his good entertainment and company, and as much in my senses as ever I was in my life.

He said that, based on his best estimate, we were at least a hundred leagues away. I told him he must be mistaken by almost half, because I had only left the place I came from two hours before I fell into the sea. Then he started to think that I was not all there mentally, and he hinted at it, suggesting I should go to bed in a cabin he had arranged. I assured him I was well-rested from his hospitality and company, and that I was as clear-headed as I had ever been.

He then grew serious, and desired to ask me freely whether I were not troubled in mind by the consciousness of some enormous crime, for which I was punished by the command of some prince, by exposing me in that chest, as great criminals in other countries have been forced to sea in a leaky vessel without provisions; for although he should be sorry to have taken so ill a man into his ship, yet he would engage his word to set me safe ashore in the first port where we arrived. He added that his suspicions were much increased by some very absurd speeches I had delivered, at first to his sailors, and afterwards to himself, in relation to my closet chest, as well as by my odd looks and behavior while I was at supper.

He became serious and wanted to ask me openly if I was troubled by the awareness of some huge crime for which I was being punished by a prince, having been locked in that chest, like great criminals in other countries who have been forced to sea in a leaky boat with no supplies. He said he would regret having taken such a bad person on board his ship, but he would promise to get me safely ashore at the first port we reached. He mentioned that his suspicions grew because of some very strange things I had said, first to his crew and then to him, about my chest, as well as my weird expressions and behavior during dinner.

I begged his patience to hear me tell my story, which I faithfully did, from the last time I left England to the moment he first discovered me. And as truth always forceth its way into rational minds, so this honest worthy gentleman, who had some tincture of learning and very good sense, was immediately convinced of my candor and veracity. But, farther to confirm all I had said, I entreated him to give order that my cabinet should be brought, of which I had the key in my pocket (for he had already informed me how seamen disposed of my closet). I opened it in his own presence, and showed him the small collection of rarities I made in the country from whence I had been so strangely delivered. There was the comb I had contrived out of the stumps of the king's beard. There was a collection of needles and pins, from a foot to half a yard long; four wasps' stings, like joiners' tacks; some combings of the queen's hair; a gold ring, which one day she made me a present of in a most obliging manner, taking it from her little finger and throwing it over my head like a collar. I desired the captain would please to accept this ring in return of his civilities, which he absolutely refused. Lastly I desired him to see the breeches I had then on, which were made of a mouse's skin.

I asked him to be patient and listen to my story, which I shared honestly, from the last time I left England to when he first found me. And as truth always finds a way into rational minds, this decent gentleman, who had some education and good sense, was quickly convinced of my honesty and truthfulness. To further support everything I said, I asked him to order my cabinet to be brought, as I had the key in my pocket (since he had already told me how sailors dealt with my belongings). I opened it in his presence and showed him the small collection of rare items I gathered from the place where I had been so oddly rescued. There was the comb I made from the stumps of the king's beard. There was a collection of needles and pins, ranging from a foot to half a yard long; four wasps' stings, like carpenters' tacks; some strands of the queen's hair; a gold ring she gave me one day in a really kind way, taking it off her little finger and tossing it over my head like a collar. I offered the captain this ring as a thank-you for his kindness, but he absolutely refused it. Lastly, I asked him to see the trousers I was wearing, which were made from a mouse's skin.

I could force nothing upon him but a footman's tooth, which I observed him to examine with great curiosity, and found he had a fancy for it. He received it with abundance of thanks, more than such a trifle could deserve. It was drawn by an unskilful surgeon, in a mistake, from one of Glumdalclitch's men, who was affected with the toothache, but it was as sound as any in his head. I got it cleaned, and put it in my cabinet. It was about a foot long, and four inches in diameter.

I couldn’t force anything on him except for a footman's tooth, which I noticed he examined with great curiosity and seemed to like. He accepted it with a lot of thanks, even more than such a small gift deserved. It was pulled by an incompetent surgeon by mistake from one of Glumdalclitch's men, who had a toothache, but it was as healthy as any in his mouth. I cleaned it up and put it in my cabinet. It was about a foot long and four inches wide.

The captain was very well satisfied with this plain relation I had given him, and said he hoped when we returned to England I would oblige the world by putting it on paper, and making it public. My answer was, that I thought we were already overstocked with books of travels; that nothing could now pass which was not extraordinary; wherein I doubted some authors less consulted truth than their own vanity, or interest, or the diversion of ignorant readers, that my story could contain little besides common events, without those ornamental descriptions of strange plants, trees, birds, and other animals; or of the barbarous customs and idolatry of savage people, with which most writers abound. However, I thanked him for his good opinion, and promised to take the matter into my thoughts.

The captain was quite pleased with the straightforward account I had given him and said he hoped that when we got back to England, I would help the world by writing it down and publishing it. I replied that I thought we already had more than enough travel books; that nothing could get attention now unless it was extraordinary. I suspected that some authors cared more about their own vanity, interests, or entertaining ignorant readers than about the truth. I felt my story would include mostly ordinary events, lacking those colorful descriptions of unusual plants, trees, birds, and other animals, or the savage customs and idolatry of uncivilized people that many writers tend to include. Still, I thanked him for his kind words and promised to think about it.

He said he wondered at one thing very much, which was, to hear me speak so loud, asking me whether the king or queen of that country were thick of hearing. I told him it was what I had been used to for above two years past, and that I wondered as much at the voices of him and his men, who seemed to me only to whisper, and yet I could hear them well enough. But when I spoke in that country, it was like a man talking in the street to another looking out from the top of a steeple, unless when I was placed on a table, or held in any person's hand. I told him I had likewise observed another thing, that when I first got into the ship, and the sailors stood all about me, I thought they were the most contemptible little creatures I had ever beheld. For indeed, while I was in that prince's country, I could never endure to look in a glass, after my eyes had been accustomed to such prodigious objects, because the comparison gave me so despicable a conceit of myself. The captain said that while we were at supper he observed me to look at everything with a sort of wonder, and that I often seemed hardly able to contain my laughter, which he knew not well how to take, but imputed it to some disorder in my brain. I answered, it was very true, and I wondered how I could forbear, when I saw his dishes of the size of a silver threepence, a leg of pork hardly a mouthful, a cup not so big as a nut-shell, and so I went on, describing the rest of his household stuff and provisions after the same manner. For although the queen had ordered a little equipage of all things necessary for me, while I was in her service, yet my ideas were wholly taken up with what I saw on every side of me, and I winked at my own littleness, as people do at their own faults. The captain understood my raillery very well, and merrily replied that he did not observe my stomach so good, although I had fasted all day; and, continuing in his mirth, protested he would have gladly given a hundred pounds to have seen my closet in the eagle's bill, and afterwards in its fall from so great a height into the sea; which would certainly have been a most astonishing object, worthy to have the description of it transmitted to future ages: and the comparison of Phaeton[91] was so obvious, that he could not forbear applying it, although I did not much admire the conceit.

He said he was really surprised by one thing, which was hearing me speak so loudly, and he asked me if the king or queen of that country was hard of hearing. I told him that I had been used to it for over two years, and I was just as surprised by the voices of him and his men, who seemed to whisper, yet I could hear them just fine. But when I spoke in that country, it felt like a guy talking in the street to someone looking out from the top of a steeple, unless I was on a table or in someone's hand. I also mentioned another thing I noticed: when I first got on the ship and the sailors crowded around me, I thought they were the tiniest, most insignificant creatures I had ever seen. While I was in that prince's country, I couldn't stand to look in a mirror, as my eyes had gotten used to such giant objects, and the reflection made me feel so small. The captain said that during supper, he noticed me looking at everything with a kind of wonder, and I often seemed like I could hardly contain my laughter, which he didn't know how to interpret and thought might be a sign of some disorder in my brain. I agreed, saying it was true, and I didn't know how I could hold back when I saw his dishes the size of a silver threepence, a leg of pork barely enough for a bite, a cup no bigger than a nut shell, and I kept going, describing the rest of his household items and food in the same way. Even though the queen had ordered a small supply of everything I needed while I was serving her, my mind was completely occupied with what I saw around me, and I overlooked my own smallness as people do with their own faults. The captain understood my humor well and cheerfully replied that he didn’t see my appetite being very good, even though I had fasted all day; and while he was still laughing, he jokingly said he would have gladly paid a hundred pounds to see my closet in the eagle's beak, and then in its fall from such a great height into the sea; that would have definitely been a remarkable sight, worthy of being described for future generations. The comparison to Phaeton was so obvious that he couldn't help but mention it, although I didn't really like the idea.

MY DAUGHTER KNEELED BUT I COULD NOT SEE HER.

"MY DAUGHTER KNEELED BUT I COULD NOT SEE HER."

"MY DAUGHTER KNELT BUT I COULDN'T SEE HER."

The captain having been at Tonquin, was, in his return to England, driven northeastward, to the latitude of 44 degrees, and of longitude 143. But meeting a trade-wind two days after I came on board him, we sailed southward a long time, and, coasting New Holland, kept our course west-south-west, and then south-south-west, till we doubled the Cape of Good Hope. Our voyage was very prosperous, but I shall not trouble the reader with a journal of it. The captain called in at one or two ports, and sent in his long-boat for provisions and fresh water, but I never went out of the ship till we came into the Downs, which was on the third day of June, 1706, about nine months after my escape. I offered to leave pay goods in security for payment of my freight, but the captain protested he would not receive one farthing. We took a kind leave of each other, and I made him promise he would come to see me at my house in Redriff. I hired a horse and guide for five shillings, which I borrowed of the captain.

The captain had been at Tonquin, and on his way back to England, he was pushed northeast to the latitude of 44 degrees and longitude 143. However, after I joined him, we caught a trade wind two days later, and sailed south for quite a while, coasting along New Holland, maintaining a course of west-south-west, then south-south-west, until we rounded the Cape of Good Hope. Our journey went really well, but I won't bore the reader with a detailed account of it. The captain stopped at a port or two and sent his longboat for supplies and fresh water, but I never left the ship until we reached the Downs on June 3, 1706, about nine months after my escape. I offered to leave goods as collateral for my freight payment, but the captain insisted he wouldn’t accept a single penny. We said our goodbyes warmly, and I made him promise to visit me at my home in Redriff. I rented a horse and guide for five shillings, which I borrowed from the captain.

As I was on the road, observing the littleness of the houses—the trees, the cattle, and the people, I began to think myself in Lilliput. I was afraid of trampling on every traveller I met, and often called aloud to have them stand out of the way, so that I had like to have gotten one or two broken heads for my impertinence.

As I was traveling down the road, noticing how small the houses, trees, cattle, and people looked, I started to feel like I was in Lilliput. I was worried about accidentally stepping on every traveler I encountered, and I often shouted for them to step aside, which almost got me a few broken heads for being rude.

When I came to my own house, for which I was forced to inquire, one of the servants opened the door, I bent down to go in (like a goose under a gate), for fear of striking my head. My wife ran out to embrace me, but I stooped lower than her knees, thinking she could otherwise never be able to reach my mouth. My daughter kneeled to ask my blessing, but I could not see her till she arose, having been so long used to stand with my head and eyes erect to above sixty feet; and then I went to take her up with one hand by the waist. I looked down upon the servants, and one or two friends who were in the house, as if they had been pygmies, and I a giant. I told my wife she had been too thrifty, for I found she had starved herself and her daughter to nothing. In short, I behaved myself so unaccountably, that they were all of the captain's opinion when he first saw me, and concluded I had lost my wits. This I mention as an instance of the great power of habit and prejudice.

When I got to my house, which I had to ask about, one of the servants opened the door. I ducked to go in (like a goose going under a gate) to avoid hitting my head. My wife rushed out to hug me, but I bent down lower than her knees, thinking she’d never be able to reach my mouth otherwise. My daughter knelt down to ask for my blessing, but I couldn’t see her until she stood up, since I was so used to looking straight ahead at over sixty feet. Then I picked her up with one hand by the waist. I looked down at the servants and a couple of friends who were in the house, as if they were tiny and I was a giant. I told my wife she had been too careful with money because I realized she had let herself and our daughter go without food. In short, I acted so strangely that they all agreed with the captain's first impression of me and thought I had lost my mind. I mention this to highlight the strong influence of habit and bias.

In a little time, I and my family and friends came to a right understanding: but my wife protested I should never go to sea any more; although my evil destiny so ordered, that she had not power to hinder me, as the reader may know hereafter. In the meantime I here conclude the second part of my unfortunate voyages.

In a short while, my family and friends and I reached a good understanding: however, my wife insisted that I should never go to sea again; yet my unfortunate fate was such that she couldn’t stop me, as the reader will find out later. For now, I will wrap up the second part of my unfortunate voyages.


NOTE.

Jonathan Swift was born in Dublin, Ireland, in 1667, and died in 1745. His parents were English. His father died before he was born, and his mother was supported on a slender pittance by his father's brother. He was educated at Trinity College, Dublin, and all through his early life was dependent on the generosity of others. His college career was not highly creditable, either from the point of view of manners, morals, or learning. After leaving college, he travelled through England on foot, and found employment with a relative of his mother's, Sir William Temple, in whose house was a noble library; and for two years Swift made up for some of his shortcomings by studying diligently therein. He went to Oxford in 1692, took a degree and was ordained in 1694. He was given a parish in Ireland, which he soon resigned, returning to the home of Sir William Temple, where he remained until the death of the latter in 1699.

Jonathan Swift was born in Dublin, Ireland, in 1667, and died in 1745. His parents were English. His father passed away before he was born, and his mother was supported on a small income by his father's brother. He was educated at Trinity College, Dublin, and throughout his early life relied on the kindness of others. His college experience wasn't particularly impressive in terms of behavior, ethics, or academics. After graduating, he walked through England and found work with a relative of his mother's, Sir William Temple, whose house had an impressive library. For two years, Swift made up for some of his earlier deficiencies by studying hard there. He went to Oxford in 1692, earned a degree, and was ordained in 1694. He was given a parish in Ireland but soon resigned, returning to Sir William Temple's home, where he stayed until Temple's death in 1699.

Temple left Swift a legacy, and confided to him the editing and publishing of his works. This task completed, Swift went again to Ireland to another parish, and threw himself into political pamphleteering with great effect, one of the results of his exertions being the securing of freedom from taxation for the Irish clergy. He subsequently became Dean of St. Patrick's in Dublin, and for a period achieved great popularity owing to his powerful political writings.

Temple left Swift a legacy and entrusted him with the editing and publishing of his works. Once that was done, Swift returned to Ireland to another parish and immersed himself in political pamphleteering with significant impact, one outcome of his efforts being the exemption from taxation for the Irish clergy. He later became Dean of St. Patrick's in Dublin and gained considerable popularity during that time thanks to his influential political writings.

While in what he called his "exile" he wrote Gulliver's Travels, which was at first published anonymously, the secret of the authorship being so closely guarded that the publisher did not know who was the author. Dr. Johnson characterized it as "A production so new and strange that it filled the reader with admiration and amazement. It was read by the high and low, the learned and the illiterate." In this work, Jonathan Swift appears as one of the greatest masters of English we have ever had; as endowed with an imaginative genius inferior to few; as a keen and pitiless critic of the world, and a bitter misanthropic accounter of humanity at large. Dean Swift was indeed a misanthrope by theory, however he may have made exception to private life. His hero, Gulliver, discovers race after race of beings who typify the genera in his classification of mankind. Extremely diverting are Gulliver's adventures among the tiny Lilliputians; only less so are his more perilous encounters with the giants of Brobdingnag.... By a singular dispensation of Providence, we usually read the Travels while we are children; we are delighted with the marvellous story, we are not at all injured by the poison. Poor Swift! he was conscious of insanity's approach; he repeated annually Job's curse upon the day of his birth; he died a madman.

While in what he referred to as his "exile," he wrote Gulliver's Travels, which was initially published anonymously, with the secret of the authorship kept so tightly that even the publisher didn't know who had written it. Dr. Johnson described it as "A work so new and strange that it filled the reader with admiration and amazement. It was read by everyone—from the rich to the poor, the educated to the uneducated." In this book, Jonathan Swift stands out as one of the greatest masters of English we've ever had; he is blessed with an imaginative genius that few can match; he is a sharp and relentless critic of the world, and a bitter, misanthropic observer of humanity in general. Dean Swift was indeed a misanthrope in theory, though he may have made exceptions in private life. His hero, Gulliver, encounters different races of beings that represent the various types in his classification of mankind. Gulliver's adventures among the tiny Lilliputians are incredibly entertaining; his more dangerous encounters with the giants of Brobdingnag are just slightly less so. By a unique twist of fate, we usually read the Travels when we are children; we delight in the extraordinary story, and we aren't harmed by the underlying poison. Poor Swift! He was aware of the onset of insanity; he would yearly repeat Job's curse on the anniversary of his birth; he died a madman.

There are numerous biographies of Swift; but probably the best characterization of the man and his life, rather than of his books, is to be found in Thackeray's English Humorists, and a closer study of the man and his works in Leslie Stevenson's "Swift," in Morley's English Men of Letters. The other biographies of him are: Lord Orrery Remarks on the Life and Writings of Dr. Jonathan Swift, 1751; Hawkes, on his life, 1765; Sheridan's life, 1785; Forster's life, 1875 (unfinished); Henry Craik's life (1882). The best edition of Swift's writings and correspondence is that edited by Scott, 1824.

There are many biographies of Swift; however, the best portrayal of the man and his life, rather than just his books, can be found in Thackeray's English Humorists. A deeper exploration of his life and works is in Leslie Stevenson's "Swift" and Morley's English Men of Letters. Other biographies include: Lord Orrery's Remarks on the Life and Writings of Dr. Jonathan Swift, 1751; Hawkes' biography from 1765; Sheridan's life, 1785; Forster's life, 1875 (unfinished); and Henry Craik's life (1882). The best edition of Swift's writings and correspondence is the one edited by Scott in 1824.


FOOTNOTES:

[1] Redriff = Rotherhithe: then a Thames side village, now part of London.

[1] Redriff = Rotherhithe: once a village by the Thames, now part of London.

[2] Pound: nearly five dollars.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Pound: about five bucks.

[3] Levant: the point where the sun rises. The countries about the eastern part of the Mediterranean Sea and its adjoining waters.

[3] Levant: the place where the sun comes up. The countries around the eastern part of the Mediterranean Sea and its nearby waters.

[4] Mrs.: it was formerly the custom to call unmarried women Mrs.

[4] Mrs.: it used to be common to refer to unmarried women as Mrs.

[5] The South Sea: the Pacific Ocean.

[5] The South Sea: the Pacific Ocean.

[6] Van Diemen's Land: N.W. from Van Diemen's Land (Tasmania) and in latitude 30 degrees 2 minutes would be in Australia or off the West Coast

[6] Van Diemen's Land: Northwest of Van Diemen's Land (Tasmania) and at latitude 30 degrees 2 minutes would be in Australia or off the West Coast.

[7] Cable's length: about six hundred or seven hundred feet.

[7] Length of cable: around six hundred to seven hundred feet.

[8] Buff jerkin a leather jacket or waistcoat.

[8] Buff jerkin a leather jacket or vest.

[9] Small: weak, thin.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Small: weak, thin.

[10] Signet-royal: the king's seal.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Signet-royal: the king's seal.

[11] Half-pike a short wooden staff, upon one end of which was a steel head.

[11] Half-pike a short wooden pole with a steel tip on one end.

[12] Stang: an old word for a perch, sixteen feet and a half, also for a rood of ground.

[12] Stang: an old term for a perch, which is sixteen and a half feet, and also refers to a rood of land.

[13] Chairs: a sedan chair is here meant. It held one person, and was carried by two men by means of projecting poles.

[13] Chairs: a sedan chair is being referred to here. It was designed for one person and was carried by two men using extended poles.

[14] Crest: a decoration to denote rank.

[14] Crest: an emblem used to indicate status.

[15] Lingua Franca: a language—Italian mixed with Arabic, Greek, and Turkish—used by Frenchmen, Spaniards, and Italians trading with Arabs, Turks, and Greeks. It is the commercial language of Constantinople.

[15] Lingua Franca: a language—Italian mixed with Arabic, Greek, and Turkish—used by French, Spanish, and Italian traders communicating with Arabs, Turks, and Greeks. It’s the business language of Constantinople.

[16] Fobs: small pockets in the waistband of trousers to receive a watch.

[16] Fobs: small pockets in the waistband of pants designed to hold a watch.

[17] Imprimis: in the first place, (pr.) im pri' mis.

[17] Firstly: in the first place, (pr.) im pri' mis.

[18] Lucid: shining, transparent.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Lucid: clear, transparent.

[19] Yeomen of the guards: freemen forming the bodyguard of the sovereign.

[19] Yeomen of the guards: free citizens serving as the protective detail for the monarch.

[20] Pocket perspective: a small spy-glass or telescope.

[20] Pocket perspective: a small spyglass or telescope.

[21] Trencher: a wooden plate or platter.

[21] Trencher: a wooden plate or dish.

[22] Corn: such grains as wheat, rye, barley, oats.

[22] Corn: grains like wheat, rye, barley, and oats.

[23] Quadrant: an instrument long used for measuring altitudes.

[23] Quadrant: a tool that has been used for a long time to measure heights.

[24] Skirt: coat-tail.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Skirt: coat-tail.

[25] Alcoran the Koran or Mohammedan Bible.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Alcoran the Quran or Islamic Bible.

[26] Embargo: an order not to sail.

[26] Embargo: a directive to refrain from sailing.

[27] Discompose them: displace them.

Displace them.

[28] Puissant: powerful.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Powerful: powerful.

[29] Junto: a body of men secretly united to gain some political end.

[29] Junto: a group of men secretly brought together to achieve a political goal.

[30] Pulling: plucking and drawing, preparatory to cooking,

[30] Pulling: removing and preparing, before cooking,

[31] Meaner: of lower rank.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Meaner: of lesser rank.

[32] Portion: the part of an estate given to a child.

[32] Portion: the share of an estate that is given to a child.

[33] Domestic: the household and all pertaining thereto.

[33] Domestic: the home and everything related to it.

[34] Exchequer bills: bills of credit issued from the exchequer by authority of parliament.

[34] Exchequer bills: credit notes issued from the treasury with the approval of parliament.

[35] Close chair: sedan chair.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Close chair: sedan chair.

[36] Cabal: a body of men united for some sinister purpose.

[36] Cabal: a group of people joined together for a shady purpose.

[37] Lee side: side sheltered from the wind.

[37] Lee side: the side protected from the wind.

[38] Ancient: flag, corrupted from ensign.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ancient: flag, derived from ensign.

[39] Downs: A famous natural roadstead off the southeast coast of Kent, between Goodwin Sands and the mainland, south of the Thames entrance

[39] Downs: A well-known natural harbor off the southeast coast of Kent, located between Goodwin Sands and the mainland, just south of the mouth of the Thames.

[40] Black Bull: inns in England are often named after animals with an adjective descriptive of the color of the sign; as, The Golden Lion, The White Horse.

[40] Black Bull: inns in England are often named after animals with a descriptive color added to the name, like The Golden Lion, The White Horse.

[41] Towardly: apt, docile.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Towardly: obedient, compliant.

[42] Straits of Madagascar: Mozambique Channel.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Straits of Madagascar: Mozambique Channel.

[43] The line: the equator.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ The line: the equator.

[44] Hinds: peasants; rustics.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Hinds: farmers; country folks.

[45] Pistoles: about three dollars and sixty cents.

[45] Pistoles: around three dollars and sixty cents.

[46] Trencher-side: up to his trencher or wooden plate.

[46] Trencher-side: up to his plate or wooden dish.

[47] Discovering: Showing.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Discovering: Revealing.

[48] From London Bridge to Chelsea: about three miles as the birds fly.

[48] From London Bridge to Chelsea: roughly three miles in a straight line.

[49] Pillion: a cushion for a woman to ride on behind a person on horseback. From London to St. Alban's: about twenty miles.

[49] Pillion: a cushion for a woman to ride on behind someone on horseback. From London to St. Alban's: around twenty miles.

[50] Pumpion: pumpkin.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Pumpkin: pumpkin.

[51] Parts: accomplishments.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Parts: achievements.

[52] Sanson's Atlas: a very large atlas by a French geographer in use in Swift's time.

[52] Sanson's Atlas: a huge atlas created by a French geographer that was popular during Swift's era.

[53] As good a hand of me: as much money of me.

[53] As good a hand of me: as much money from me.

[54] Moidore: a Portuguese gold piece worth about six dollars.

[54] Moidore: a Portuguese gold coin valued at around six dollars.

[55] Guineas: an obsolete English gold coin, of the value of five dollars.

[55] Guineas: an outdated English gold coin, worth five dollars.

[56] Phoenix: a bird of fable said to live for a long time and rise anew from its own ashes.

[56] Phoenix: a legendary bird that is said to live for a long time and be reborn from its own ashes.

[57] Cabinet: a private room.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Cabinet: a private office.

[58] Scrutoire: a writing-desk.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Writing desk: a writing desk.

[59] Waiting: attendance on the king.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Waiting: serving the king.

[60] Lusus naturae: a freak of nature.

[60] Lusus naturae: an oddity of nature.

[61] Royal Sovereign: one of the great ships of Swift's time.

[61] Royal Sovereign: one of the impressive ships from Swift's era.

[62] Dunstable lark: large larks are caught on the downs near Dunstable between September and February, and sent to London for luxurious tables.

[62] Dunstable lark: big larks are caught on the hills around Dunstable from September to February and shipped to London for fancy dinners.

[63] Drone: the largest tube of a bag-pipe, giving forth a dull heavy tone.

[63] Drone: the biggest pipe on a bagpipe that produces a deep, resonant sound.

[64] Gresham College, in London, is named after the founder, an English merchant, who died in 1580.

[64] Gresham College in London is named after its founder, an English merchant who passed away in 1580.

[65] The square of: as large as the square of.

[65] The square of: as big as the square of.

[66] Salisbury Steeple: this is about four hundred feet high.

[66] Salisbury Steeple: it's about four hundred feet tall.

[67] Battalia: the order of battle.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Battalia: the battle arrangement.

[68] Espalier: a lattice upon which fruit-trees or shrubs are trained.

[68] Espalier: a framework where fruit trees or shrubs are shaped and supported.

[69] Scull: a short oar.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Scull: a small oar.

[70] Starboard or larboard: right or left.

[70] Starboard or larboard: right or left.

[71] Corking-pin: a larger-sized pin.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Corking pin: a larger-sized pin.

[72] Stomacher: a broad belt.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Stomacher: a wide belt.

[73] Varlet: knave.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Varlet: rogue.

[74] Levee: a ceremonious visit received by a distinguished person in the morning.

[74] Levee: a formal morning visit from a notable person.

[75] Spinet: a stringed instrument, a forerunner of our piano.

[75] Spinet: a string instrument that was an early version of the modern piano.

[76] Closet: private room.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Closet: private space.

[77] Signal: memorable.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Signal: unforgettable.

[78] Chancery: a high court of equity.

[78] Chancery: a top court that deals with fairness and justice.

[79] Glossing: commenting.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Glossing: explaining.

[80] Dionysius of Halicarnassus was born about the middle of the first century, B.C.; he endeavored in his history to relieve his Greek countrymen from the mortification they had felt in their subjection to the Romans, and patched up an old legend about Rome being of Greek origin and therefore their "political mother."

[80] Dionysius of Halicarnassus was born around the middle of the first century B.C. He aimed, in his historical account, to help his Greek compatriots overcome the humiliation they experienced under Roman rule and crafted a story suggesting that Rome had Greek origins, positioning it as their "political mother."

[81] Ideas, entities, abstractions, transcendentals, words used in that philosophy which deals with thinking, existence, and things beyond the senses.

[81] Ideas, entities, abstractions, transcendentals, terms used in the philosophy that explores thought, existence, and things beyond sensory experience.

[82] Mercurial: active, spirited.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Mercurial: lively, energetic.

[83] Composition: compact, agreement.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Composition: concise, agreement.

[84] Progress: an old term for the travelling of the sovereign to different parts of his country.

[84] Progress: an outdated term for the journey of the ruler to various regions of their country.

[85] Tumbrel: a rough cart.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Tumbrel: a simple cart.

[86] Page: a serving-boy, and especially one who waits on a person of rank.

[86] Page: a servant, especially one who attends to a person of high status.

[87] Quarry: prey.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Quarry: target.

[88] Squash: shock, concussion.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Squash: impact, concussion.

[89] To rights speedily.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ To rights quickly.

[90] To make To get alongside.

To get alongside.

[91] Phaeton a son of Apollo who was dashed into the river Endanus for his foolhardiness in attempting to drive the steeds of the sun for one day.

[91] Phaeton was the son of Apollo who was thrown into the river Endanus because of his reckless decision to try to drive the sun’s chariot for just one day.

bar design

ADVERTISEMENTS

Heath's Home and School Classics.

FOR GRADES I AND II.

FOR GRADES 1 AND 2.

Mother Goose: A Book of Nursery Rhymes, arranged by C. Welsh. In two parts. Illustrated by Clara E. Atwood. Paper, each part, 10 cents; cloth, two parts bound in one 30 cents.

Mother Goose: A Book of Nursery Rhymes, arranged by C. Welsh. In two parts. Illustrated by Clara E. Atwood. Paper, each part, 10 cents; cloth, both parts bound together for 30 cents.

Craik's So Fat and Mew Mew. Introduction by Lucy M. Wheelock. Illustrated by C.M. Howard. Paper, 10 cent;, cloth, 20 cents.

Craik's So Fat and Mew Mew. Introduction by Lucy M. Wheelock. Illustrated by C.M. Howard. Paperback, 10 cents; hardcover, 20 cents.

Six Nursery Classics. The House That Jack Built, Mother Hubbard, Cock Robin, The Old Woman and Her Pig, Dame Wiggins of Lee, and the Three Bear.s Edited by M.V. O'Shea. Illustrated by Ernest Fosbery. Paper, 10 cents; cloth, 20 cents.

Six Nursery Classics. The House That Jack Built, Mother Hubbard, Cock Robin, The Old Woman and Her Pig, Dame Wiggins of Lee, and the Three Bears. Edited by M.V. O'Shea. Illustrated by Ernest Fosbery. Paper, 10 cents; cloth, 20 cents.

FOR GRADES II AND III.

FOR GRADES 2 AND 3.

Crib and Fly: A Tale of Two Terriers Edited by Charles F. Dole. Illustrated by Gwendoline Sandham. Paper, 10 cents; cloth, 20 cents.

Crib and Fly: A Tale of Two Terriers Edited by Charles F. Dole. Illustrated by Gwendoline Sandham. Paper, 10 cents; cloth, 20 cents.

Goody Two Shoes. Attributed to Oliver Goldsmith. Edited by Charles Welsh. With twenty-eight illustrations after the wood-cuts in the original edition of 1765. Paper, 10 cents; cloth 20 cents.

Goody Two Shoes. Attributed to Oliver Goldsmith. Edited by Charles Welsh. With twenty-eight illustrations based on the original woodcuts from the 1765 edition. Paper, 10 cents; cloth, 20 cents.

Segur's The Story of a Donkey. Translated by C. Welsh. Edited by Charles F. Dole. Illustrated by E.H. Saunders. Paper, 10 cents; cloth, 20 cents.

Segur's The Story of a Donkey. Translated by C. Welsh. Edited by Charles F. Dole. Illustrated by E.H. Saunders. Paper, 10 cents; cloth, 20 cents.

FOR GRADES III AND IV.

FOR GRADES 3 AND 4.

Trimmer's The History of the Robins. Edited by Edward Everett Hale. Illustrated by C.M. Howard. Paper, 10 cents; cloth, 20 cents

Trimmer's The History of the Robins. Edited by Edward Everett Hale. Illustrated by C.M. Howard. Paper, 10 cents; cloth, 20 cents

Aiken and Barbauld's Eyes and No Eyes, and Other Stories. Edited by M.V. O'Shea, Illustrated by H.P. Barnes and C.M. Howard. Paper, 10 cents; cloth, 20 cents.

Aiken and Barbauld's Eyes and No Eyes, and Other Stories. Edited by M.V. O'Shea, Illustrated by H.P. Barnes and C.M. Howard. Paper, 10 cents; cloth, 20 cents.

Edgeworth's Waste Not Want Not, and Other Stories. Edited by M.V. O'Shea. Illustrated by W.P. Bodwell. Paper 10 cents, cloth, 20 cents.

Edgeworth's Waste Not Want Not, and Other Stories. Edited by M.V. O'Shea. Illustrated by W.P. Bodwell. Paper $0.10, cloth $0.20.

Ruskin's The King of the Golden River. Edited by M. V. O'Shea. Illustrated by Sears Gallagher. Paper, 10 cents; cloth, 20 cents.

Ruskin's The King of the Golden River. Edited by M. V. O'Shea. Illustrated by Sears Gallagher. Paper, 10 cents; cloth, 20 cents.

Browne's The Wonderful Chair and The Tales It Told. Edited by M.V. O'Shea. Illustrated by Clara E. Atwood after Mrs Seymour Lucas. In two parts. Paper, each part, 10 cents; cloth, two parts bound in one 30 cents.

Browne's The Wonderful Chair and The Tales It Told. Edited by M.V. O'Shea. Illustrated by Clara E. Atwood after Mrs. Seymour Lucas. In two parts. Paper, each part, 10 cents; cloth, two parts bound together for 30 cents.

FOR GRADES IV AND V.

FOR GRADES 4 AND 5.

Thackeray's The Rose and the Ring, A Fairy Tale. Edited by Edward Everett Hale. Illustrations by Thackeray. Paper, 15 cents; cloth, 25 cents.

Thackeray's The Rose and the Ring, A Fairy Tale. Edited by Edward Everett Hale. Illustrations by Thackeray. Paper, 15 cents; cloth, 25 cents.

Ingelow's Three Fairy Stories. Edited by Charles F. Dole. Illustrated by E. Ripley. Paper, 10 cents; cloth, 20 cents

Ingelow's Three Fairy Stories. Edited by Charles F. Dole. Illustrated by E. Ripley. Paper, $0.10; cloth, $0.20

Ayrton's Child Life in Japan and Japanese Child Stories. Edited by William Elliot Griffis. Illustrated by Japanese Artists. Paper, 10 cents; cloth, 20 cents

Ayrton's Child Life in Japan and Japanese Child Stories. Edited by William Elliot Griffis. Illustrated by Japanese Artists. Paperback, 10 cents; hardcover, 20 cents.

Ewing's Jackanapes. Edited by W.P. Trent. Illustrated by Josephine Bruce. Paper, 10 cents; cloth, 20 cents.

Ewing's Jackanapes. Edited by W.P. Trent. Illustrated by Josephine Bruce. Paper, 10 cents; cloth, 20 cents.

Muloch's The Little Lame Prince. Preface by Elizabeth Stuart Phelps Ward. Illustrated by Miss E.B. Barry. In two parts. Paper, each part, 10 cents; cloth, two parts bound in one, 30 cents.

Muloch's The Little Lame Prince. Preface by Elizabeth Stuart Phelps Ward. Illustrated by Miss E.B. Barry. In two parts. Paper, each part, 10 cents; cloth, both parts bound together, 30 cents.

FOR GRADES V AND VI.

FOR GRADES 5 AND 6.

Lamb's The Adventures of Ulysses. Edited by W.P. Trent. Illustrations after Flamman. Paper, 15 cents; cloth, 25 cents.

Lamb's The Adventures of Ulysses. Edited by W.P. Trent. Illustrations by Flamman. Paperback, 15 cents; hardcover, 25 cents.

Gulliver's Travels. I. A Voyage to Lilliput. II. A Voyage to Brobdingnag. Edited by T.M. Balliet. Fully illustrated. In two parts. Paper, each part, 15 cents; cloth, two parts bound in one, 30 cents.

Gulliver's Travels. I. A Trip to Lilliput. II. A Trip to Brobdingnag. Edited by T.M. Balliet. Fully illustrated. In two volumes. Paperback, each volume, 15 cents; hardcover, two volumes combined, 30 cents.

Ewing's The Story of a Short Life. Edited by T.M. Balliet. Illustrated by A.F. Schmitt. Paper, 10 cents; cloth, 20 cents.

Ewing's The Story of a Short Life. Edited by T.M. Balliet. Illustrated by A.F. Schmitt. Paperback, 10 cents; hardback, 20 cents.

Tales From the Travels of Baron Munchausen. Edited by Edward Everett Hale. Illustrated by H.P. Barnes after Doré. Paper, 10 cents; cloth, 20 cents.

Tales From the Travels of Baron Munchausen. Edited by Edward Everett Hale. Illustrated by H.P. Barnes after Doré. Paper, 10 cents; cloth, 20 cents.

Muloch's The Little Lame Prince. Preface by Elizabeth Stuart Phelps Ward. Illustrated by Miss E.B. Barry. In two parts. Paper, each part, 10 cents; cloth, two parts bound in one, 30 cents.

Muloch's The Little Lame Prince. Preface by Elizabeth Stuart Phelps Ward. Illustrated by Miss E.B. Barry. In two parts. Paper, each part, 10 cents; cloth, two parts bound in one, 30 cents.

FOR GRADES VI AND VII.

FOR SIXTH AND SEVENTH GRADES.

Lamb's Tales From Shakespeare. Introduction by Elizabeth Stuart Phelps Ward. Illustrated by Homer W. Colby after Pillé. In three parts. Paper, each part, 15 cents; cloth, three parts bound in one, 40 cents.

Lamb's Tales From Shakespeare. Introduction by Elizabeth Stuart Phelps Ward. Illustrated by Homer W. Colby after Pillé. In three parts. Paper, each part, $0.15; cloth, all three parts bound together, $0.40.

Martineau's The Crofton Boys. Edited by William Elliot Griffis. Illustrated by A.F. Schmitt. Cloth, 30 cents.

Martineau's The Crofton Boys. Edited by William Elliot Griffis. Illustrated by A.F. Schmitt. Cloth, 30 cents.

Motley's The Siege Of Leyden. Edited by William Elliot Griffis. With nineteen illustrations from old prints and photographs, and a map. Paper, 10 cents; cloth, 20 cents.

Motley's The Siege Of Leyden. Edited by William Elliot Griffis. Includes nineteen illustrations from old prints and photographs, along with a map. Paperback, 10 cents; hardcover, 20 cents.

Brown's Rab and His Friends and Other Stories of Dogs. Edited by T.M. Balliet. Illustrated by David L. Munroe after Sir Noel Paton, Mrs. Blackburn, George Hardy, and Lumb Stocks. Paper, 10 cents; cloth, 20 cents.

Brown's Rab and His Friends and Other Stories of Dogs. Edited by T.M. Balliet. Illustrated by David L. Munroe after Sir Noel Paton, Mrs. Blackburn, George Hardy, and Lumb Stocks. Paper, 10 cents; cloth, 20 cents.

FOR GRADES VII, VIII AND IX.

FOR GRADES 7, 8, AND 9.

Hamerton's Chapters on Animals: Dogs, Cats and Horses. Edited by W.P. Trent. Illustrated after Sir E. Landseer, Sir John Millais, Rosa Bonheur, E. Van Muyder Veyrassat, J.L. Gerome, K. Bodmer, etc. Paper, 15 cents; cloth, 25 cents.

Hamerton's Chapters on Animals: Dogs, Cats, and Horses. Edited by W.P. Trent. Illustrated by Sir E. Landseer, Sir John Millais, Rosa Bonheur, E. Van Muyder Veyrassat, J.L. Gerome, K. Bodmer, and others. Paper, 15 cents; cloth, 25 cents.

Irving's Dolph Heyliger. Edited by G.H. Browne. Illustrated by H.P. Barnes. Paper, 15 cents; cloth, 25 cents.

Irving's Dolph Heyliger. Edited by G.H. Browne. Illustrated by H.P. Barnes. Paperback, 15 cents; hardcover, 25 cents.

Shakespeare's The Tempest. Edited by Sarah W. Hiestand. Illustrations after Retzch and the Chandos portrait. Paper, 15 cents; cloth, 25 cents.

Shakespeare's The Tempest. Edited by Sarah W. Hiestand. Illustrations after Retzch and the Chandos portrait. Paperback, 15 cents; hardcover, 25 cents.

Shakespeare's A Midsummer Night's Dream. Edited by Sarah W. Hiestand. Illustrations after Smirke and the Droeshout portrait. Paper, 15 cents; cloth, 25 cents.

Shakespeare's A Midsummer Night's Dream. Edited by Sarah W. Hiestand. Illustrations by Smirke and the Droeshout portrait. Paperback, 15 cents; hardcover, 25 cents.

Shakespeare's The Comedy of Errors. Edited by Sarah W. Hiestand. Illustrations after Smirke, Creswick and Leslie. Paper, 15 cents; cloth, 25 cents.

Shakespeare's The Comedy of Errors. Edited by Sarah W. Hiestand. Illustrations by Smirke, Creswick, and Leslie. Paper, $0.15; cloth, $0.25.

Shakespeare's The Winter's Tale. Edited by Sarah W. Hiestand. Illustrations after Leslie, Wheatley, and Wright. Paper, 15 cents; cloth, 25 cents.

Shakespeare's The Winter's Tale. Edited by Sarah W. Hiestand. Illustrations by Leslie, Wheatley, and Wright. Paper, 15 cents; cloth, 25 cents.

Defoe's Robinson Crusoe. Edited by Edward Everett Hale. Illustrated. In four parts. Paper, each part, 15 cents; cloth, four parts bound in one, 60 cents.

Defoe's Robinson Crusoe. Edited by Edward Everett Hale. Illustrated. In four parts. Paper, each part, 15 cents; cloth, four parts bound in one, 60 cents.

Jordan's True Tales Of Birds and Beasts. By David Starr Jordan. Illustrated by Mary H. Wellman. Cloth, 40 cents.

Jordan's True Tales Of Birds and Beasts. By David Starr Jordan. Illustrated by Mary H. Wellman. Cloth, 40 cents.

Fouqué's Undine. Introduction by Elizabeth Stuart Phelps Ward. Illustrations after Julius Hoppner. Cloth, 30 cents.

Fouqué's Undine. Introduction by Elizabeth Stuart Phelps Ward. Illustrations by Julius Hoppner. Hardcover, 30 cents.

Melville'st Types: Life in the South Seas. Introduction by W.P. Trent. Illustrated by H.W. Moore. Cloth, 45 cents.

Melville's Types: Life in the South Seas. Introduction by W.P. Trent. Illustrated by H.W. Moore. Cloth, 45 cents.


Download ePUB

If you like this ebook, consider a donation!